BY ORDER OF THE
SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
AIR FORCE HANDBOOK 23-123
8 AUGUST 2013
Incorporating Change 3, 30 MAY 2017
Certified Current 20 December 2021
Materiel Management
MATERIEL MANAGEMENT
HANDBOOK VOLUME ONE,
MATERIEL MANAGEMENT
REFERENCE INFORMATION
COMPLIANCE WITH THIS PUBLICATION IS MANDATORY
ACCESSIBILITY: Publications and forms are available on the e-Publishing website at
www.e-publishing.af.mil.
RELEASABILITY: There are no releasability restrictions on this publication.
OPR: AF/A4LR Certified by: AF/A4LR
(Col David A. Biggs)
Pages: 276
This handbook facilitates the implementation of AFI 23-101, Air Force Materiel Management
and AFMAN 23-122, Materiel Management Procedures. It provides information regarding
Integrated Logistics System Supply (ILS-S) and supports the execution of guidance in AFI 23-
101, Air Force Materiel Management and AFMAN 23-122, Materiel Management Procedures.
This guidance applies to all personnel (military, civilian, and contractors) working for the United
States Air Force (USAF) including major commands (MAJCOMs), direct reporting units (DRU),
field operating agencies (FOA) and other individuals or organizations as required by binding
agreement or obligation with the Department of the Air Force (DAF). This handbook should be
used in conjunction with AFI 23-101 and AFMAN 23-122 in the execution of materiel
management operations. Refer recommended changes and questions about this publication to the
Office of Primary Responsibility (OPR) using AF Form 847, Recommendation for Change of
Publication; route AF Forms 847 from the field through the appropriate functional chain of
command. Ensure that all records created as a result of processes prescribed in this publication
are maintained in accordance with Air Force Manual (AFMAN) 33-363, Management of
Records, and disposed of in accordance with the Air Force Records Disposition Schedule (RDS)
located in the Air Force Records Information Management System (AFRIMS)
https://www.my.af.mil/afrims/afrims/afrims/rims.cfm. In accordance with the Paperwork
Reduction Act and DoD policy, ensure that reports of information collections that are collected
and/or are compiled and transmitted from the general public are cleared and licensed by the
Office of Management and Budget prior to collection. Information that is collected from other
2 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
DoD components or Federal agencies must be approved by DoD and licensed with a report
control symbol. See Attachment 1 for a glossary of references and supporting information.
SUMMARY OF CHANGES
This interim change revises AFH 23-123 Volume 1, by updating information pertaining to the
DIC/TRIC code; MAJCOM information Table; Type Organization Code; Application codes,
Screen/Index codes; Screen Name/Number Index codes. In addition, the removal of Agile
Logistics (AL)/Two-Level Maintenance (2LM) Maintenance Flag. Administrative changes for
references throughout to change “AFMC SCM-R Activity” to “AFMC”.
Chapter 1 HANDBOOK OVERVIEW 9
1.1. Purpose.................................................................................................................... 9
1.2. Description of Volumes. ......................................................................................... 9
1.3. Relation to other Publications. ................................................................................ 9
1.4. Changes to this publication. .................................................................................... 9
Chapter 2 DATA ELEMENTS, DEFINITIONS & STANDARD SUPPLY CODES 10
2.1. Purpose.................................................................................................................... 10
2.2. References. .............................................................................................................. 10
2.3. Data Elements and Definitions. .............................................................................. 10
Table 2.1. Action Code--AFEMS. ........................................................................................... 10
Table 2.2. Action Flag. ............................................................................................................ 11
Table 2.3. Action Taken Codes. ............................................................................................... 11
Table 2.4. Activity Codes. ....................................................................................................... 13
Table 2.5. Address Type. ......................................................................................................... 14
Table 2.6. Intra-Air Force Advice Codes. ................................................................................ 14
Table 2.7. AFEMS Request Number. ...................................................................................... 16
Table 2.8. AFTO Form 95 Code. ............................................................................................. 16
Table 2.9. Deleted. ................................................................................................................... 17
Table 2.10. Allowance Maintenance Level. .............................................................................. 17
Table 2.11. Allowance Maintenance Type. ............................................................................... 17
Table 2.12. Allowance Mobility Type Indicator. ....................................................................... 17
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 3
Table 2.13. AFVSPO Fuel Codes And Comments. ................................................................... 18
Table 2.14. Application Code. ................................................................................................... 22
Table 2.15. Approval Activity. .................................................................................................. 22
Table 2.16. Area Code. .............................................................................................................. 23
Table 2.17. Authority for Issue Flag and Descriptions. ............................................................. 23
Table 2.18. Non-Stocked Item Due-Out Cause Codes. ............................................................. 25
Table 2.19. Stocked Item Due-Out Cause Codes. ...................................................................... 26
Table 2.20. Special Purpose Due-Out Cause Codes. ................................................................. 27
Table 2.21. Basis of Relationship Code. .................................................................................... 28
Table 2.22. Scrap Classification and Segregation Guide. .......................................................... 30
Table 2.23. Data Location Flags. ............................................................................................... 33
Table 2.24. Demand Code. ........................................................................................................ 35
Table 2.25. Intra-Air Force Demand Codes. .............................................................................. 35
Table 2.26. Denial Codes. .......................................................................................................... 36
Figure 2.1. Deployed Flag. ........................................................................................................ 37
Table 2.27. Detail Output Flags. ................................................................................................ 38
Table 2.28. Document File Code (DFC). ................................................................................... 39
Table 2.29. DIFM Status Flags. ................................................................................................. 39
Table 2.30. Equipment Codes. ................................................................................................... 40
Table 2.31. Equipment Management Exception Flags. ............................................................. 41
Table 2.32. Evaluator Type. ....................................................................................................... 41
Table 2.33. Exception Flag Codes. ............................................................................................ 41
Table 2.34. Exception Notice Code (ENC)................................................................................ 42
Table 2.35. Excess Cause Identification Table. ......................................................................... 42
Table 2.36. Expense Record Output Code. ................................................................................ 43
Table 2.37. Foam-In-Place Code. .............................................................................................. 44
Table 2.38. Hold Code Cargo. ................................................................................................... 46
Table 2.39. Interrogation Code and Date. .................................................................................. 48
Table 2.40. Inventory Management Record Adjustment Code--Stock Fund. ............................ 48
4 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
Table 2.41. Item Codes. ............................................................................................................. 49
Table 2.42. Joint Management Codes. ....................................................................................... 49
Table 2.43. Lateral Requisition Flag. ......................................................................................... 50
Table 2.44. MPC Codes. ............................................................................................................ 51
Table 2.45. Major Command Code. ........................................................................................... 52
Table 2.46. Major Command Reporting Designator. ................................................................. 54
Table 2.47. MACR Update Codes (BC Z Transactions). .......................................................... 55
Table 2.48. MUC Field Identifiers. ............................................................................................ 55
Table 2.49. Media of Communication Code. ............................................................................. 57
Table 2.50. MICAP Codes. ........................................................................................................ 58
Table 2.51. Mode of Shipment Codes........................................................................................ 59
Table 2.52. National Codification Bureau (NCB) Code. ........................................................... 61
Table 2.53. Organization Code. ................................................................................................. 64
Table 2.54. Over/Short Flag. ...................................................................................................... 66
Figure 2.2. FAD and UND Conversion Charts. ........................................................................ 68
Table 2.55. Quantity Purchased Variation Codes. ..................................................................... 70
Table 2.56. Quantity Variance Flag. .......................................................................................... 70
Table 2.57. Reason Why Codes. ................................................................................................ 71
Table 2.58. RAMPS Report Codes. ........................................................................................... 72
Table 2.59. Relationship Codes (RC). ....................................................................................... 73
Table 2.60. Disposition Code and Ship-To-Account Code........................................................ 74
Table 2.61. Routing Identifier Code Examples. ......................................................................... 76
Table 2.62. Serialized Report Code. .......................................................................................... 77
Table 2.63. DELETED .............................................................................................................. 78
Table 2.64. SPRAM Flag. .......................................................................................................... 78
Table 2.65. Special Requirements Flag. .................................................................................... 79
Table 2.66. SPC Assignment Rules. .......................................................................................... 80
Table 2.67. Stockage Priority Subgroup Codes. ........................................................................ 80
Table 2.68. Stop/Restart Codes. ................................................................................................. 81
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 5
Table 2.69. Substitute Action Codes. ......................................................................................... 82
Table 2.70. Supply Response Designator Codes and Definitions. ............................................. 83
Table 2.71. Supportability Code. ............................................................................................... 84
Table 2.72. Retail System Designator Code (SDC). .................................................................. 85
Table 2.73. Wholesale System Designator Codes. .................................................................... 85
Table 2.74. Type Adjustment Code. .......................................................................................... 87
Table 2.75. WRM Type Authorizations..................................................................................... 88
Table 2.76. Type Balance Code. ................................................................................................ 89
Table 2.77. Not Used. ................................................................................................................ 89
Table 2.78. Type Fuel Code. ...................................................................................................... 89
Table 2.79. Guide to Assigning Type Level Flags. ................................................................... 90
Table 2.80. Type Organization Code. ........................................................................................ 91
Table 2.81. Type Procurement Code. ........................................................................................ 92
Table 2.82. Type Record Code. ................................................................................................. 93
Table 2.83. Category Review Codes. ......................................................................................... 93
Table 2.84. Type Ship-Not-Credited (SNC) Flag. ..................................................................... 94
Table 2.85. Type Spares Codes. ................................................................................................. 95
Table 2.86. Unserviceable Status Codes. ................................................................................... 96
Table 2.87. Urgency of Need Funding Flag............................................................................... 97
Table 2.88. Use Codes. .............................................................................................................. 97
Table 2.89. Vehicle Registration Number. ................................................................................ 97
Table 2.90. Vehicle Status Codes. ............................................................................................. 98
Table 2.91. Vehicle Maintenance Work Order Numbers. ......................................................... 99
Table 2.92. War Reserve Materiel (WRM) Application Code. ................................................. 100
Table 2.93. Wartime Category (WC) Code. .............................................................................. 100
Table 2.94. WPC Codes. ............................................................................................................ 101
Table 2.95. Error Codes and Message/Solutions. ...................................................................... 101
Table 2.96. Weapon Control Transaction Code. ........................................................................ 104
2.4. Transportation Account Code. ................................................................................ 105
6 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
Table 2.97. TAC Assignment Chart. ......................................................................................... 105
2.5. Document Identifier Code (DIC) And Transaction Identification Code (TRIC) .... 107
Table 2.98. DIC/TRIC Codes Chart. ......................................................................................... 109
2.6. Document Number. ................................................................................................. 149
Table 2.99. Document Numbers, Example One. ....................................................................... 149
Table 2.100. Document Numbers, Example Two. ....................................................................... 150
Table 2.101. Document Numbers, Example Two. ....................................................................... 150
Table 2.102. Document Numbers, Example Three. ..................................................................... 150
Table 2.103. Document Numbers, Example Four. ...................................................................... 151
Table 2.104. Document Numbers, Example Five. ....................................................................... 151
2.7. Expendability, Recoverability, Reparability, Cost Designator (ERRCD). ............. 151
Table 2.105. ERRCD Breakout. .................................................................................................. 152
Table 2.106. EMC Codes. ............................................................................................................ 152
2.8. Materiel Category and/or Source of Supply Code. ................................................. 153
Table 2.107. Materiel Category and/or Source of Supply Code. ................................................. 153
2.9. Organization Identification Code. ........................................................................... 153
Table 2.108. Organization Identification Code. ........................................................................... 153
Table 2.109. Identity Edits. .......................................................................................................... 154
2.10. Transaction Exception Code (TEX). ....................................................................... 154
Table 2.110. Code Breakout - TEX Code Sequence. ................................................................... 154
Table 2.111. Code Breakout - DIC/TRIC Sequence. ................................................................... 168
2.11. Type Transaction Phrase and Code (TTPC). .......................................................... 178
Table 2.112. Type Transaction Phrase and Code (TTPC). .......................................................... 179
2.12. Acquisition Advice Code (AAC). ........................................................................... 185
2.13. Budget Code. .......................................................................................................... 185
Table 2.113. Budget Codes. ......................................................................................................... 185
Table 2.114. Centrally Managed Budget Programs Codes. ......................................................... 186
2.14. Custody Receipt Account Code/Shop Code. .......................................................... 188
Table 2.115. Custody Receipt Account Codes. ........................................................................... 189
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 7
2.15. Disposal Authority Code. ....................................................................................... 192
Table 2.116. Air Force Disposal Authority Codes. ...................................................................... 193
2.16. Document Identifier Code, Wholesale. ................................................................... 196
Table 2.117. Document Identifier Codes. .................................................................................... 196
Table 2.118. Document Identifier Code--Intra-Air Force. ........................................................... 202
2.17. Excess Transaction Status Code. ............................................................................ 210
Table 2.119. Excess Status Codes. ............................................................................................... 210
2.18. Level Justification Code. ........................................................................................ 217
Table 2.120. Level Justification Code (LJC). .............................................................................. 217
2.19. Status/Cancellation Justification Code/Phrase. ....................................................... 219
Table 2.121. Intra-Air Force Status Codes. ................................................................................. 219
Table 2.122. Intra-Base Status Codes. ......................................................................................... 223
2.20. Urgency Justification Code. .................................................................................... 224
Table 2.123. Urgency Justification Code (UJC). ......................................................................... 225
2.21. Screen Name/Number Index. .................................................................................. 229
Table 2.124. Screen Name/Number Index. .................................................................................. 230
2.22. MICAP Codes. ........................................................................................................ 237
Table 2.125. MICAP Condition Codes. ....................................................................................... 238
Table 2.126. MICAP Hour Codes. ............................................................................................... 239
Table 2.127. MICAP Delete (Termination) Codes. ..................................................................... 239
Table 2.128. MICAP Advice Codes. ........................................................................................... 240
2.23. ES-S Definitions. .................................................................................................... 241
2.24. Classes Of Supply. .................................................................................................. 247
Table 2.129. Classes of Supply. ................................................................................................... 247
Table 2.130. End Item Serial Number (ESN) Standard Structure. .............................................. 249
Table 2.131. Package Serial Number (PSN) Standard Structure. ................................................ 250
Table 2.132. Credit Policy Table. ................................................................................................ 251
Table 2.133. Special and Miscellaneous Allowances. ................................................................. 254
Table 2.134. Alpha Code and Agency. ........................................................................................ 255
8 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.25. End Item Serial Number (ESN ............................................................................... 255
2.26. Package Serial Number (PSN) ................................................................................ 256
Chapter 3 FORMATS & STANDARDS FOR THE DOD SUPPLY CHAIN 257
3.1. Overview. ................................................................................................................ 257
3.2. DLM 4000.25-M, .................................................................................................... 257
3.3. DLM 4000.25-1, ..................................................................................................... 257
3.4. DLM 4000.25-2-M, ................................................................................................ 257
3.5. DLM 4000.25-6-M, ................................................................................................ 257
3.6. DLM 4000.25-3-M, ................................................................................................ 257
3.7. DoD 4100.39-M ...................................................................................................... 257
3.8. DoD 4140.1-R, ........................................................................................................ 257
3.9. CJCSI 4110 01D, .................................................................................................... 258
Chapter 4 EXTERNAL MATERIEL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 259
4.1. Overview. ................................................................................................................ 259
4.2. Mobility Inventory Control Accountability System (MICAS). .............................. 259
4.3. Hazardous Materials Information Resource System (HMIRS). ............................. 259
Attachment 1 GLOSSARY OF REFERENCES AND SUPPORTING INFORMATION 260
Attachment 2 UPDATED TERMS FOR AF SUPPLY CHAIN SUPPORT 274
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 9
Chapter 1
HANDBOOK OVERVIEW
1.1. Purpose. The purpose of this handbook is to provide system interface guidance related to
the execution of materiel management procedures outlined in AFMAN 23-122.
1.2. Description of Volumes. This manual is divided into the following volumes and parts:
1.2.1. AFH 23-123, Volume 1, Materiel Management Reference Information, provides ready
identification and use of various codes and terms applicable to procedures covered in
AFMAN 23-122.
1.2.2. AFH 23-123, Volume 2, Integrated Logistics System Supply (ILS-S), prescribes
standardized processes for all materiel management activities operated or supported by the
Integrated Logistics System Supply (ILS-S). It applies to all ILS-S users.
1.2.2.1. AFH 23-123, Volume 2, Part 1, ILS-S, Materiel Management Operations
provides system interface guidance related to the execution of materiel management
processes outlined in AFMAN 23-122.
1.2.2.2. AFH 23-123, Volume 2, Part 2, ILS-S, Standard Base Supply System Operations
specifies the functional and technical processes applicable to status inquiries, notices,
record maintenance and associated information within the Standard Base Supply System
(SBSS).
1.2.2.3. AFH 23-123, Volume 2, Part 3, ILS-S, Standard Base Supply System Reference
specifies the functional and technical processes applicable to system operations within
the SBSS.
1.2.2.4. AFH 23-123, Volume 2, Part 4, ILS-S, Ancillary Components addresses the Air
Force Supply Central Database (AFSCDB) and the Enterprise Solution-Supply (ES-S).
The AFSCDB is designed to replicate the SBSS processes without changing its business
practices. This part of the handbook provides detailed information on the AFSCDB.
Additionally, an introduction to the ES-S and link to the online ES-S handbook is
provided.
1.2.3. AFH 23-123, Volume 3, Air Force Equipment Management, specifies processes and
information applicable in the management of organizational equipment under the Air Force
Equipment Management System (AFEMS).
1.3. Relation to other Publications. If the information in this handbook appears to conflict
with other volumes, parts, or chapters of this handbook, the conflicts will be referred to the
designated OPR for resolution.
1.4. Changes to this publication. Command staff offices or AF bases desiring to make
recommended changes to the information contained herein will make such recommendations
through their respective MAJCOM/command chain. Supplements to this publication are allowed
at MAJCOM level or higher and must be routed to the OPR of this publication for coordination
prior to certification and approval.
10 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
Chapter 2
DATA ELEMENTS, DEFINITIONS & STANDARD SUPPLY CODES
2.1. Purpose. This chapter is designed to provide AF’s worldwide logistics customers with a
practical, ready reference for all codes used in the Military Standards (MILS) systems such as
accounting, reporting, requisitioning, etc. The codes contained herein are intended to standardize
procedures and, unless otherwise specified, these codes will be used and apply to all applicable
AF activities.
2.2. References. The information provided in this section is intended to supplement lists and
glossaries found in other AF references. For additional definitions, acronyms, and abbreviations
refer to the publications listed in Attachment 1.
2.3. Data Elements and Definitions.
2.3.1. Purpose. To define data elements consisting of codes, flags, numbers, or quantities
used internally or externally to the Air Force Logistics legacy systems.
2.3.1.1. Arrangement. The elements are listed alphabetically by full name. (Some entries
are also listed under their acronyms, with cross-references to the full names and
definitions.)
2.3.1.2. Contents. Each entry includes the title of a data element, followed by the number
and type of digits it contains. The purpose of each element is explained, and cross-
references to applicable chapters.
2.3.2. Glossary of Terms.
2.3.2.1. ACCOUNTING AND DISBURSING STATION NUMBER (ADSN) (6-
position N). Identifies the Accounting & Finance Office that disburses, collects, reports,
or accounts for materiel transactions. These data elements are recorded on output
documents and PFMR.
2.3.2.2. ACQUISITION ADVICE CODE (AAC) (1-position A). Indicates how (as
distinguished from where) and under what restrictions an item will be acquired. The AAC
will reflect applications of three basic methods: (1) by requisition; (2) by fabrication or
assembly; (3) by local purchase. See DoD 4100.39-M, Vol 10, Table 58, for a list of
these codes. Also see Para. 2.12.
2.3.2.3. ACQUISITION METHOD SUFFIX CODE (AMSC) (2-position A). This
code reflects the decision of the Primary Inventory Control Activity (PICA) from a
planned procurement review. A combination of the two codes is required. See DoD 4
100.39-M, Vol 10, Table 71, for a list of codes.
2.3.2.4. ACTION CODE--AFEMS (C001) TRANSACTION (1-position A). This is a
standard code for on-line transactions in the AFEMS (C001).
Table 2.1. Action Code--AFEMS.
Code
Value
A
Add a record
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 11
C
Change a record
D
Delete a record
2.3.2.5. ACTION CODE--FILE MAINTENANCE (1-position A). Indicates what
action to take on certain SBSS input and output formats. The action codes are identified
in AFH 23-123, Vol 2, Pt 2, Ch 7 with the required input for the transaction being
processed.
2.3.2.6. ACTION FLAG--VENDOR/AF-OWNED CONTAINERS (1-position
A). Indicates the action the program should take on certain input formats.
Table 2.2. Action Flag.
Code
Description
C
Will change purchase order number/BPA call number number/return date/ optional data
F
Reverse post of shipment of AF-owned container for credit. Positions 1-43 must
contain valid data which can be obtained from the 1VS input in the CTH.
2.3.2.7. ACTION TAKEN CODE--MAINTENANCE (1-position A/N). Indicates
maintenance actions which dictate Standard Base Supply System (SBSS) updating of
repair cycle records. See Table 2.3. below.
2.3.2.8. ACTION TAKEN CODE--SUPPLY (1-position A). Indicates Logistics
Readiness Squadron (LRS)/Materiel Management Activity actions which dictate updating
of repair cycle records. These codes apply to Economic Order Quantity (EOQ), supply
point, War Reserve Materiel (WRM) spares, and equipment turn-ins. (See Table 2.3
below for the Action Taken Codes.)
Table 2.3. Action Taken Codes.
Code
Remarks/Notes
A
B
C
D
Note 1, 2
F
G
J
K
L
R
Supply Action Taken
code. Not to be used for
12 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
Turn-in of a Due-In From
Maintenance (DIFM)
asset.
S
Supply Action Taken
code. Not to be used for
Turn-in of a DIFM asset.
T
Supply Action Taken
code. Not to be used for
Turn-in of a DIFM asset.
U
Supply Action Taken
code. Not to be used for
Turn-in of a DIFM asset.
V
X
Z
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Note 3
9
Blank
Notes:
1. Action taken code D is used to indicate an item was 1) bench checked at a forward operating
base, dispersed operating base, or en route base, 2) found to be unserviceable, and 3) transferred
to a main operating base or home base for repair. If a turn-in input contains a supplementary
address in positions 45-50, action taken code D will cause the item to be shipped to that
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 13
address. Do not use code D for turn-in of items with
Expendability/Recoverability/Repairability/Cost Designator (ERRCD) XB, and do not use it
when shipping unserviceable items to Inventory Managers, special repair activities, or other
official depot level repair functions.
2. Under the conditions listed below, items turned in with other action taken codes will be
shipped to other Air Force bases and the code will be automatically changed to D.
a. Override record address. When the override record correlates with the shipment exception
code, the item is shipped to the override record address.
b. Reparable destination address. When the reparable destination/ disposition code contains an
address, the item is shipped to that address.
c. Missing address reject. When the turn-in does not direct a shipment to another Air Force
base, an invalid action taken code reject will be generated.
3. Action Taken Code 8 forces the automatic shipment of items to AFMC depots. Do not use it
with ERRCD XB items; do not use it for shipment to repair facilities other than AFMC; and do
not use it when the Inventory Manager directs the return of an awaiting parts (AWP) asset for
lack of parts.
2.3.2.9. ACTIVITY CODE (1-position A). Identifies the method that an organization
uses when submitting an issue or turn-in request to the supplies and equipment manager.
This code appears in the first position of an organization document number. The activity
codes are listed below:
Table 2.4. Activity Codes.
Code
Description
A
Special level.
B
Bench stock (bench stock issues).
C
Contract maintenance/in-house repair/ Unsatisfactory Report (UR) exhibits.
D
Special Purpose Recoverables Authorized Maintenance (SPRAM) issues.
E
Equipment manager.
F
Internally assigned to the local manufacturer receipts of stock funded (budget
code 9) items. For transaction identification codes (TRIC) other than receipts,
this code is the service code portion of the MILSTRIP document number.
Also, the organizations and/ or LRS/Materiel Management Activities use this
code for miscellaneous DO NOT POST transactions. Such transactions are not
processed through the SBSS but are transferred to DLADS.
J
Maintenance (IMDS CDB or G081) issues.
K
Retail outlet transactions. General outlet (BSS/TIC) uses this code for issues
and turn-ins.
L
Bulk issue point (Base Service Store, Individual Equipment Element, and GSA
Self-Service Store).
14 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
M
Mission support kit (MSK).
P
Non- Equipment Authorization Inventory Data
(EAID) Equipment. Equipment items (ERRCD NF/ND) for which authorized
or in-use detail records are not maintained.
R
Routine maintenance.
S
Identifies a transaction related to a supply point. It is used for across-the-
counter issues, for turn-ins, and for action between the supply point and the
CSB account.
U
RSP.
W
War Reserve Materiel consumables and spares.
X
Expedite.
Y
Identifies file maintenance transactions that were assigned document numbers
under program control.
Z
Internal transactions.
2.3.2.10. ADDRESS TYPE (1-position N). Indicates whether an "in the clear" address
is to be used for mail, freight, or billing.
Table 2.5. Address Type.
Code
Meaning
1
Mail address
2
Freight address
3
Bill to address
2.3.2.11. ADJUSTMENT ACTION CODE (1-position A/N). Used on Accounting
and Finance inputs to specify processing actions for programs (see DFAS-DE 7077.10-
M, SBSS On-Line Users Manual). https://ceds.gunter.af.mil/Publications.aspx .
2.3.2.12. ADVICE CODE--REQUISITIONING (2-position A/N). Provides the
source of supply with coded instructions that specify processing actions for programs.
The requisition transaction advice codes flow from requisition originators to initial
processing points and are thereafter perpetuated into passing actions and release/receipt
documents. See DLM 4000.25-1 for a list of these codes.
Table 2.6. Intra-Air Force Advice Codes.
Code
Explanation
6A
Request for shipment of unserviceable (reparable) materiel (fill or kill).
6B
Request for shipment of TOC materiel (fill or kill).
6C
If unable to ensure availability before expiration of priority or indicated delivery
date, reject and furnish a source of supply from which purchase may be made from
funds of requisitioner.
6D
Request for incomplete materiel (fill or kill).
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 15
6E
Required to replace an item lost to the equipment management reporting
inventory/EAID; that is, redistribution and marketing, inventory adjustment
voucher, and other relief of accountability documents.
6F
Required for issue to non EAID reporting function or agency; that is, DD Form
780, Aircraft Inventory Record, CE real property training device, bench mock-up or
other governmental agencies, NASA, ARMY, NAVY, etc., and contractors.
6G
Required as replacement issue to support an EAID authorization.
6H
Required to satisfy shortage resulting from increased EAID authorization
subsequent to the last RCS: LOG-MM(M) 7328 EAID report.
6J
Required to satisfy initial shortage previously reported in the EAID report.
6K
Item is required for an AWP end item (fill or kill).
6L
Item is required for an AWP item. Quantity not shipped will be back ordered.
6M
Pick, pack, and hold materiel for port call. Use of this code is restricted to
aggregation type Air Force supply directive (perpetuated only in the Inventory
Manager Stock Control and Distribution (IM SC&D) system).
6N
Organic depot maintenance projected materiel requirements (use is restricted to
AFMC depot supply only.
6P
Specifies “New and Unused Materiel Only” will be shipped to satisfy this specific
requirement. This code will be used by AF for selected Foreign Military Sales
(FMS) case requisitions and will cause the phrase “New and Unused Materiel
Only” to be printed on the DD Form 1348-1, DoD Single Line Item Release/Receipt
Document, shipment documentation.
6Q
Item requires calibration, repair, and return.
6R
Complete overhaul of “ND2” item required to insure performance, safety or
maximum utilization. Replacement item must be available before item can be
released.
6S
Repair costs for “NF2” item exceed economic repair criteria. Operational
requirement prevents condemnation until replacement is received.
6V
Request for single vendor integrity control for a FMS requisition, procurement
action required by the Item Manager (IM).
6W
Specified materiel required to be delivered to FMS country by date.
6X
Used to request back order of lateral requests authorized only for lateral (base to
base) actions.
6Y
Fill in backorder required quantity as update cumulative recurring demands (EOQ
items only).
6Z
Routed repair replacement requirement (fill or kill). Authorized for Air Force
Recoverable Assembly Management System
(AFRAMS) only.
61
FW2020 requisitions received will be output as “9A” controlled exceptions. Split
actions are not allowed.
62
Materiel requested is for replacing installed equipment in next higher assembly.
63
The item is required to replace a time change asset that was issued to satisfy a local
requirement.
64
Used on deployed Combat Supply System (CSS) requisitions submitted to the
supporting base. Processed by the supporting base as a fill or pass, and released to
16 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
zero balance. Generated by the CSS under program control.
65
Asset requires calibration prior to shipment calibration facility to ship directly to
using activity upon completion.
66
Used only by AFMC Forward Stockage sites to indicate manual materiel release
transactions.
67
Not used.
68
Not used.
69
Not used.
2.3.2.13. ADVICE CODE--DIFM (1-position A/N). Indicates either awaiting parts
(AWP) dispositions or requests for AWP disposition action.
2.3.2.14. AFEMS REQUEST NUMBER (11-position N). Control number assigned
for an action into the AFEMS (C001) which consists of three parts. The first part of the
AFEMS request number denotes the type of user responsible for initiating an allowance
change request. Valid values are as follows:
Table 2.7. AFEMS Request Number.
Code
Value
1
EQUIPMENT CUSTODIAN (USER)
2
EAE
3
Command Equipment Management
Office (CEMO)
4
ALLOWANCE MANAGER
5
AFMC
6
HQ USAF
2.3.2.14.1. The second part of the AFEMS request number is a 5-position date
(YYDDD), showing when the change request was initially entered into the AFEMS
(C001). The third part of the AFEMS request number is a 5-position sequence
number.
2.3.2.15. AFTO FORM 95 CODE (1-position A). Used to prevent LRS/Materiel
Management Activities from shipping assets to repair activities unless historical
records/time change data accompanies the assets.
Table 2.8. AFTO Form 95 Code.
Code
Definition
X
Life Limited Data Required
Y
AFTO Form 95 Required
Z
AFTO Form 95/Life Limited Data Required
2.3.2.16. Deleted .
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 17
Table 2.9. Deleted.
2.3.2.17. ALLOWANCE CHANGE DESCRIPTION (79-position A/N). Describes a
change to an allowance standard updated in the AFEMS (C001). This description appears
on an email allowance change notice.
2.3.2.18. ALLOWANCE IDENTIFIER (7-position A/N). Identifies the specific
allowance basis of issue from which the authorization was derived. This element is made
up of the allowance source code and the allowance identifier suffix.
2.3.2.19. ALLOWANCE IDENTIFIER SUFFIX (4-position A/N). Identifies a
mission application and mission exception within an allowance standard when used with
the mission application (4A). The suffix for miscellaneous allowances (041, 048, 063,
etc.) and special allowances (rentals, local manufacture) is structured.
2.3.2.20. ALLOWANCE MAINTENANCE LEVEL (1-position N). Identifies
individual allowances that may be used only by organizations performing that level of
maintenance.
Table 2.10. Allowance Maintenance Level.
Code
Value
1
Organizational level
2
Intermediate level
3
Depot level
4
Organizational and
intermediate level
2.3.2.21. ALLOWANCE MAINTENANCE TYPE (1-position A). Indicates whether
the allowance standard is for a combat or non-combat oriented maintenance organization.
These codes are:
Table 2.11. Allowance Maintenance Type.
Code
Value
C
Combat
N
Non-combat
2.3.2.22. ALLOWANCE MAJCOM (3-position A/N). Identifies allowance standards
that may be used only by organizations assigned to that MAJCOM.
2.3.2.23. ALLOWANCE MOBILITY TYPE INDICATOR (3-position A). Identifies
the mobility concept for a specific allowance.
Table 2.12. Allowance Mobility Type Indicator.
Code
Value
DEP
Dependent mobility mission
IND
Independent mobility mission
2.3.2.24. ALLOWANCE UNIT KIND CODE (3-position A/N). Identifies individual
allowances that may be used only by organizations with an equal unit kind code.
18 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.3.2.25. ALLOWANCE UNIT TYPE CODE (5-position A/N). Identifies individual
allowances that may be used only by organizations that are tasked to the specified unit
type code.
2.3.2.26. ALLOWANCE SOURCE CODE (ASC) (3-position N). Identifies the
appropriate allowance standard from which the authorization was derived, or
miscellaneous sources (041, 055, etc.) on which the authorization is based.
2.3.2.27. ALTERNATE STORAGE LOCATION CODE (3-position A/N). Identifies
the base at which WRM equipment is stored when that location is not the reporting base
or the base of planned use. These codes and their definitions can be retrieved from the
AFEMS (C001) using the WRM base code list (OWBL) on-line query (classified users
only). The WRM Monitor or the EAE can obtain a listing through their parent major
command CEMO.
2.3.2.28. ALTERNATIVE FUEL CODE (1-position A/N). Identifies type fuel used in
vehicle. Complies with Department of Energy Policy Act 1992 to reduce dependence on
foreign fuel and Clean Air Act. See Table 2.13.
Table 2.13. AFVSPO Fuel Codes And Comments.
New
Fuel
Code
AFVSPO’S
Fuel Description
Source
AFVSPO’s Comments
Old
Fuel
Code
FLEX-FUEL = Passenger
cars designed to run on
blends of unleaded
gasoline and either ethanol
or methanol
1
A
Ethanol (15% G / 85% E)
‘Flex-Fuel’
OEM
(Also known as ethyl alcohol,
grain alcohol) can be produced
chemically from ethylene or
biologically from the fermentation
of various sugars from
carbohydrates found in agricultural
crops & cellulosic residues from
crops or wood.
A
2
M
Methanol (15% G / 85%
M)’Flex-Fuel’
OEM
(Also known as methyl alcohol<
wood alcohol) A liquid fuel
formed by catalytically combining
CO with hydrogen in a 1:2 ratio
under high temperature and
pressure.
M
BI-FUEL = a vehicle with
two separate fuel systems
designed to run on either
BI-FUEL systems are usually used
in passenger cars or trucks.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 19
an alternative fuel or
conventional gasoline,
using only one fuel at a
time
3
B
Gasoline or CNG (Bi-Fuel)
OEM
Burns either gasoline or CNG
B
4
F
Gasoline or CNG (Bi-Fuel)
CONV
Burns either gasoline or CNG
F
5
Q
Gasoline or Propane (Bi-
Fuel)
OEM
Burns either gasoline or propane
Q
6
R
Gasoline or Propane (Bi-
Fuel)
CONV
Converted to burn either gasoline
or propane
None
7
H
Gasoline or LNG (Bi-Fuel)
CONV
LNG on board storage (CNG fuel)
H
8
G
Gasoline
OEM
Designed for unleaded gasoline
G
9
C
Compressed Natural Gas
(Dedicated)
OEM
Designed for CNG
C
10
D
Diesel Fuel
OEM
Designed for Diesel Fuel
D
‘REPOWER’=replacement
of conventional diesel
fueled engine with
dedicated CNG engine.
11
U
CNG - dedicated Diesel
‘REPOWER’
CONV
Modified to burn only CNG ‘
None
DUAL-FUEL - a vehicle
capable of operating on a
combination of alternative
fuel, such as CNG or LPG,
and a conventional fuel,
such as gasoline or diesel.
A vehicle has two separate
fuel tanks from which both
fuels are injected into the
combustion chamber
simultaneously.
A dual-fuel system is used in
heavy-duty or diesel engines.
12
S
Diesel and CNG (Dual
Fuel)
CONV
Converted to burn Diesel and
CNG
None
13
W
Diesel and Propane (Dual-
Fuel)
CONV
Converted to burn diesel and
propane
None
BIO-DIESEL-a
biodegradable
transportation fuel for use
Biodiesel is used as a component
of diesel fuel. In the future it may
be used as a replacement for
20 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
in diesel engines that is
produced through
transesterification of
organically derived oils or
fats
diesel.
14
Z
BIO Diesel ( 80%> Diesel)
OEM
Designed for 80% or more bio-
diesel
None
15
E
BIO Diesel 100% (NEAT)
OEM
Designed for 100% Bio-Diesel
(NEAT)
None
16
J
JP-8 Aviation Fuel
Single battlefield fuel
J
17
L
Diesel and Liquefied
Natural Gas
OEM
Diesel > 50 gal CNG on board
storage
L
18
P
Liquefied Petroleum Gas
OEM
Designed for dedicated LPG
P
19
N
No Fuel
OEM
Towed Vehicles and Equipment
Items
N
ELECTRIC VEHICLE = A
vehicle powered by
electricity, generally
provided by storage
batteries but also provided
by photovoltaic cells or a
fuel cell.
20
V
Electric
OEM
Battery Powered (EVs)
V
Hybrid Electric Vehicle
(HEV) = a vehicle that is
powered by two or more
energy sources, one of
which is electricity. HEVs
combine the engine and
fuel tank of a conventional
vehicle with the battery
and electric motor of an
electric vehicle in a single
drive rain.
21
T
Electric and Diesel
OEM
Hybrid - Electric
T
22
X
Electric and Gasoline
OEM
Hybrid Electric Vehicle
X
23
Y
Electric and CNG
OEM
Hybrid Electric Vehicle
Y
FUEL-CELL: an
electrochemical engine (no
moving parts) that converts
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 21
the chemical energy of a
fuel such as hydrogen, and
an oxidant, such as oxygen,
directly to electricity. The
principal components of a
fuel cell are catalytically
activated electrodes for the
fuel (anode) and the
oxidant (cathode) and an
electrolyte to conduct ions
between the two
electrodes.
24
6
Hydrogen Fuel Cell
OEM
To include (1) Phosphoric Acid,
(2) Proton Exchange Membrane
cell, (3) Solid Oxcide, (4) Molten
Carbonate, Fuel Cells
6
25
8
Miscellaneous (Any Other)
8
26
9
Fossil Fuels
OEM
WR-ALC Use Only
9
The following codes are
available for future use -
(Note: Try not to use I-O-
0-1)
27
I
28
K
29
O
30
1
31
2
The following codes are
available for future use -
(Note: Try not to use I-O-
0-1)
32
3
33
4
34
5
35
7
36
0
22 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.3.2.29. APPLICATION CODE (2-position A/N/Blank). Identifies items relative to a
specific system, subsystem, or end item. These codes are assigned locally, except for
those appearing in the FK account. These codes are listed below:
Table 2.14. Application Code.
Code
Description
AO
Packaged aviation oil products (alpha) only.
HF
Utility/heating, fuel item records.
N(X)
Reserved for future use.
R(X)
Reserved for future use.
DT
C-17 Weapon System - Limited Restrictions (Note)
11
C-5 Weapon System - Limited Restrictions (Note)
Notes:
1.AFMC is primarily responsible for processing all required actions for managing
these codes for supported LRS/Materiel Management Activities identifying
enterprise weapon system support. AFMC supported activities will process required
inputs for all local stock number items.
2.Do not use Application code AO. This code applies to Packaged Aviation
products which are no longer maintained in the SBSS, although the supply logic
will still update the EEIC to 602 when AO is used."
2.3.2.30. APPROPRIATION FUND CODE (2-position N). Identifies which
appropriation should be charged or credited for issue/turn-in of materiel. Reference
http://www.dfas.mil/contractorsvendors/fundcodes.html for additional information.
2.3.2.31. APPROVAL ACTIVITY (1-position A/N) . Identifies the appropriate level
for an individual allowance.
Table 2.15. Approval Activity.
Code
Value
A
HQ USAF
B
HQ AFMC
C
MAJCOM
D
Allowance Manager/Item Manager
E
Base Level
2.3.2.32. APPROVED SIGNATURE CODE (1-position A/N). See CERTIFYING
SIGNATURE CODE.
2.3.2.33. AREA CODE (1-position N). Assigned to each stock record account number
within AFEMS (C001) for use during redistribution of assets.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 23
Table 2.16. Area Code.
Code
Value
1
All bases in North, Central, and
South America
2
All bases in European theater of
operations (other than Germany)
3
All bases within Germany.
4
All bases in Asian theater of
operations
2.3.2.34. ASSET STATUS REPORT CODE (1-position A/N). Identifies in the Asset
Status Reporting Request the type of reporting required and indicates whether a request is
for commencement, change, or termination of reporting. Each new code will update the
reporting requirement. Identifies in asset status reports the type of reporting being
furnished. See DLM 4000.25-2 for a list of these codes.
2.3.2.35. ATTACHMENT INDICATOR (1-position A). Used on electronic AF Form
601, Equipment Action Request, on AFEMS terminal. Indicates that the allowance
change request has one or more attachments. May also have T/O data, manning
documents, etc. This information will help to evaluate an allowance change request.
Valid values are as follows:
2.3.2.35.1. Y = YES
2.3.2.35.2. Blank = NO
2.3.2.36. AUTHORITY FOR ISSUE FLAG (1-position A). Indicates under what
authority an item can be issued.
Table 2.17. Authority for Issue Flag and Descriptions.
AI Flag
Description
A
Individual Equipment
B
Real Property Installed Equipment (RPIE)
C
Reimbursement Issues to Non-Appropriated Fund Activities
D
Assembly/Disassembly (Bench Sets, Parachutes, etc.)
E
Reserved by AFMC
F
Medical Organization Issues
G
Air Drop
H
Test Projects/Research and Development Project Expenditures
I
End-Item Components
J
Commissary Store Equipment
K
Printing Plant
L
Laundry Equipment
M
Tools Authorized in Tool Kits/Shadow Boards
N
Reimbursable Issues to DMA Units
O
Issue of Replacement Items to General Officers
P
Reimbursable Issues to DLADS
24 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
Q
Reimbursable Issues to DIS
R
HQ USAF/MAJCOM Directed Projects
S
Reimbursable Issue to Agencies/Contractors Not Assigned Another Authority
for Issue Code
T-Y
Reserved by AFMC
Z
Equipment Management Code (EMC) 1 Items
2.3.2.37. AUTHORIZED PERCENT VARIANCE CODE (1-position A) . A
percentage used on Local Procurement Status transactions to indicate the variation in
quantity authorized by the contract. This code is stored on the status detail. The percent
variance is shown as an alpha character: A = 10%; B = 1%; C = 2%; D = 3%; E = 4%; F
= 5%; G = 6%; H = 7%; I = 8%; J = 9%.
2.3.2.38. AUTHORIZED QUANTITY (5-position N). Designates the maximum
quantity authorized for a particular activity. It is used on the authorized/in-use,
MRSP/MSK, WRM spares, and supply point detail records Note: This field is used only
on authorized detail records. On substitute detail records, leave it blank.
2.3.2.39. AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT (ADPE) CODE (1-
position A/N). Identifies ADPE equipment being transferred to DLA Disposition
Services (DLADS) See DoD 4100.39-M, Vol 10, Table 159, for a list of these codes.
Also, see Reference; DoD 4100.39-M, Vol 10, Table 161 for a list of ADPE
identification codes.
2.3.2.40. BACKORDER (DUE-OUT) CAUSE CODE. Backorder (due-out) cause
codes identify the stock position in the retail supply system at the time a customer
backorder is established. The due-out cause code is also used to isolate causes for
backorders, and what action(s) is needed to prevent recurrence of the problem.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 25
Table 2.18. Non-Stocked Item Due-Out Cause Codes.
26 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
Table 2.19. Stocked Item Due-Out Cause Codes.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 27
Table 2.20. Special Purpose Due-Out Cause Codes.
2.3.2.41. BASE CLOSURE/PHASEDOWN FLAG (1-position binary). Identifies
items in the base closure or phasedown program. This flag appears on the item record
data control field. The field will contain either a zero, indicating the base closure flag is
off, or a one, indicating the base closure flag is in effect.
2.3.2.42. BASE INITIATED CANCELLATIONS (5-position N). Represents the
requisitions that have been canceled by the requisitioner. The canceled requisitions are
listed by priority group. Such data are accumulated for one year on the routing identifier
record.
2.3.2.43. BASE OF PLANNED USE (3-position A/N). Identifies the exact base on
which WRM is to be used when the base of planned use is not the reporting base. These
codes and their definitions can be retrieved using the WRM base code list (OWBL) from
the AFEMS (C001) on-line query (classified users only). The WRM monitor or the
operations support branch can obtain this listing through their parent major command
CEMO, for a description of these codes as used for FCI input.)
2.3.2.44. BASE STOCK LEVELS. Items are generally classified as stocked and non-
stocked. Stocked items are normally assigned demand-based stock levels that contain
either full or less than full base stock on hand. The retail supply system makes this
determination by comparing the serviceable property on hand to the demand-based stock
level quantity. If the quantity on hand is less than the demand-based stock level quantity,
the item is considered to be at less than full base stock. See Stocked Item Full Base
Stock and Stocked Item - Less than Full Base Stock.
2.3.2.45. BASIS OF ISSUE (BOI) INDICATOR (1-position A/N). The basis of issue
indicator identifies whether the basis of issue for calculation of the quantity allowed by
various means within the AFEMS (C001). Valid values are as follows:
2.3.2.45.1. C - Calculate
2.3.2.45.2. F Fixed
2.3.2.45.3. N - Narrative
28 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.3.2.45.4. R - Range
2.3.2.45.5. S Sets
2.3.2.45.6. V - Variance
2.3.2.46. BASIS OF RELATIONSHIP CODE (2-position N). Identifies the source
from which the relationships within this Interchangeable and Substitute Group (ISG)
were obtained or determined. The sources for these codes are listed below:
Table 2.21. Basis of Relationship Code.
Code
Source
01
From comparison of T.O. data
02
Physical installation and test
03
Physical comparison
04
Part number and manufacturer
05
Other
2.3.2.47. BEGINNING ITEM CONTROL NUMBER (4-position N). Identifies the
beginning item number to be assigned when details from one account are being merged
with another account. This code is entered if the organization and custody receipt account
codes are input for program selection purposes.
2.3.2.48. BENCH STOCK BACK ORDER RATE (6-position N). Indicates the
percentage derived by dividing the bench stock delayed due-outs into the line items
authorized bench stock. Definition and use on the Organization Effectiveness Report
(M24), for the format of the Monthly Base Supply Management Report (M32). This rate
is determined and shown on both the M24 and the M32 as discussed below:
2.3.2.48.1. Due-Out More Than 14 Days. Line items due-out delayed (that is, due-out
which is greater than 14 days and which applies only to on-base organizations) should
be divided by line items authorized bench stock.
2.3.2.48.2. Due-Out More Than 29 Days. Line items bench stock due-out delayed
(that is, due-out which is greater than 29 days and which applies only to off-base
organizations) should be divided by line items authorized bench stock.
2.3.2.49. BENCH STOCK FLAG (1-position A/N). Indicates on the item record that a
bench stock detail exists. This flag will contain either a zero, indicating that no details
exist, or a one, indicating that bench stock details exist.
2.3.2.50. BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (BPA) CALL NUMBER (3-
position N). Identifies calls made against established blanket purchase agreements.
These codes, 001-999, are assigned by procurement.
2.3.2.51. BULK ISSUE ACCOUNTING INDICATOR (1-position A). Indicates that
retail outlets are operating using the bulk issue concept. This flag can be input only
through the RPS/main system, the Records Maintenance terminal, or the satellite terminal
functions. This flag appears as a "B" alongside organization code 001 and 041-069. See
Organization Codes for load, change, or deleting of this flag.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 29
2.3.2.52. BUDGET CODE (1-position A/N or Special Character). Determines
whether items are centrally procured, investment, or Supply Management Activity Group
( SMAG). In SBSS a FIL input will load this code to the item record, while FIC will
change or delete it. For a list of these codes refer to DoD 4100.39-M, Vol 10, Table 67.
See Para. 2.13.
2.3.2.53. BUSINESS OVERHEAD COSTS AT LAC. Downward-directed aggregate
expenses that will be prorated by the inventory control point for standard sales (includes
expenses for Defense Information Systems Agency (DISA), Defense Finance and
Accounting Service (DFAS), Defense Logistics Agency Transaction Services (DLATS),
DLADS, DLIS, JLSC, Accumulated Operating Results (AOR), and loss and
obsolescence).
2.3.2.54. BUSINESS OVERHEAD COSTS AT LRC. Downward-directed aggregate
expenses that will be prorated by the inventory control point for exchange sales (includes
expenses for DISA, DFAS, DLATS, DLADS, DLIS, JLSC, AOR, and loss and
obsolescence).
2.3.2.55. CAUSE CODE. See Backorder (Due-Out) Cause Code.
2.3.2.56. CERTIFYING/APPROVED SIGNATURE CODE (1-position
A/N). Determines the sequence for printing the Consolidated Inventory Adjustment
Document Register according to levels of certification and approval. See AFH 23-123,
Vol 2, Pt 3 on Inventory Adjustment Basic Records for application.
2.3.2.57. COMBAT SUPPLIES MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (CSMS) REPORT
FLAG (1-position A). This flag will contain either a Y or M which indicates the item
record is CSMS reportable or an N which indicates it is not CSMS reportable. This flag is
entered in the transaction history for items which require asset/transaction reporting for
the Weekly CSMS Report R30/NGV895.
2.3.2.57.1. Below is a list of weekly CSMS Report:
2.3.2.57.1.1. Special Level Detail Record (level justification code 3 only).
2.3.2.57.1.2. Airborne MRSP Record.
2.3.2.57.1.3. HPMSK Record.
2.3.2.57.1.4. Non-Airborne MRSP Record
2.3.2.57.1.5. Airborne, non-airborne and Civil Engineer In-Place Readiness
Spares Package (IRSP) Record.
2.3.2.58. COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT ENTITY (CAGE) (5-position
A/N). Identifies the manufacturer of an item.
2.3.2.59. COMMODITY GROUP CODE (1-position A). Determines the
classification of scrap material and the sequence of that material by content classification.
See the table below for a list of codes used on the Scrap Classification and Segregation
Guide.
30 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
Table 2.22. Scrap Classification and Segregation Guide.
Commodity
Group Code
Description
A
Paper - 1. Tabulating Cards; 2. Ledgers; 3. Newspaper; 4. Books and
Magazines; 5. Mixed Paper; 6. Cardboard
C
Textiles - 1. Burlap; 2. Canvas; 3. Rags; 4. Webbing; 5. Rope;
6. Rayon Rags; 7. Nylon Rags; 8. Wool Rags; 9. Cotton Rags;
10. Silk Rags; 11. Textile Scrap; 12. Cotton Comforters Scrap;
13. Cotton Mattresses Scrap; 14. Hawser Scrap; 15. Polyester Scrap; 16.
Poncho Scrap; 17. Rubberized Clothing and Equipage, Scrap; 18. Sleeping
Bags Scrap.
D
Nonferrous Metals - 1. Aluminum a. Foil and screen b. Obsolete solids
(cable, utensils, castings, forgings) c. Iron (borings, turnings, shavings); 2.
Copper base alloys; 3. Copper a. Cable and wire (insulated or lead
covered) b. Brass c. Bronze d. Electric motors, transformers; 4. Lead a.
Batteries b. Battery plates; 5. Magnesium; 6. Zinc.
E
Ferrous Metals - 1. Iron; 2. Steel.
F
Wood 1. Scrap.
G
Rubber - 1.Tires, Aircraft; 2. Tires, Automotive; 3. Inner Tubes, Aircraft;
4. Inner Tubes, Automotive; 5. Miscellaneous.
H
Miscellaneous Scrap and Waste - 1. Asbestos; 2. Chemicals, Scrap, and
Related Scrap Materials; 3. Dehydrating Agency, Grade A; 4. Exposed
Film; 5. Glass Cullet (Broken Glass); 6. Tile, Concrete, Bricks, Clay, and
Crockery; 7. Leather; 8. Plastic; 9. Electrical and Electronic Residue.
Reclaimed or demilitarized end items and electrical and electronic
property which has no value except for basic ferrous or nonferrous content
whenever practical; 10. Ashes, Waste (Coal or Wood); 11. Electronic
Tube; 12. Residue; 13. Miscellaneous Scrap not Otherwise Classifiable;
14. Magnetic Tape. (Use ADP computer magnetic tape no longer suited
for ADP operations); 15. Lubricating Oil Waste (motor vehicle types and
similar); 16. Fuel, Oil, Jet Fuel, Waste, and Similar Types; 17. Oil,
Lubricants, Grease, Waste, Miscellaneous Types; 18. Synthetic Base
Aircraft Turbine Engine Oil, Waste (MIL-L-7808, 8188, and 13699); 19.
Wax, Scrap, and Related Scrap.
P
Precious Metals 1. Unsegregated Platinum (Platinum pointed spark
plugs, magneto point assemblies, and other items containing platinum; 2.
Platinum and Platinum Group (Includes noble metals such as palladium,
rhodium, iridium, osmium ruthenium, etc.; 3. Silver Scrap; 4. Gold Scrap;
5. Platinum-plated Scrap; 6. Silver-plated Scrap; 7. Gold-plated Scrap.
S
Stainless Steel - 1. Alloy Group 1 a. Materiel Specifications: AISI 302,
303, 304, 305, 308, 316, 321, 347, 17-7PH, PH15-7MO, 321, and Inconel
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 31
W when joined. b. Percent of Principal Elements: 7-13 Nickel (Ni), 17-19
Chromium (Cr).
2. Alloy Group 2. a. Materiel Specifications: AISI 403, 405, 410, 414,
416, 420, 430, 431, 440. b. Percent of Principal Elements: 0-2 Ni, 12-16
Cr.; 3. Stainless Steel, Nonmagnetic; 4. Stainless Steel, Magnetic 5.
Chrome Nickel 6. Nickel, Miscellaneous. 6. Alloy Group 12. a. Materiel
Specifications: 17-4PH, AM 355, AMS 5355, 5359, 5368, 5398, 5547,
5548, 5549, 5554, 5643, 5775, 5780, 5781, PH 15-7MO, Inconel W and
AMS 321 when joined. b. Percent of principal elements: 4 Ni, 17 Cr. 7.
Alloy Group 21. a. Materiel Specifications: AMS 5700 (TPA) valves,
PWA 143, WAC 8163. b. Percent of Principal Elements: 14 Ni, 14 Cr. 8.
Alloy Group 24. a. Materiel Specifications: HR Crown, PWA 785, WAC
8338.
b. Percent of Principal Elements: 12 Ni, 25 Cr.
T
High Temperature Alloys.
2.3.2.60. COMPOSITION CODE (4-position A/N). Identifies the use and type of
requirement for WRM/JU. These codes and their definition are in the AFEMS (C001) for
classified users. A listing can be obtained through the parent major command CEMO.
2.3.2.61. CONFIGURATION CODE (4-position A/N). A code representing specific
organization criteria that must be met when determining an allowance or defining a basis
of issue quantity. During initial conversion, the values for this code will be manually
created. For operational AFEMS, the code is system generated.
2.3.2.62. CONTRACT LOGISTICS SUPPORT (CLS). The performance of
maintenance or materiel management functions for a DoD system by a commercial
entity. Historically done on an interim basis until systems support can be transitioned to a
DoD organic capability.
2.3.2.63. CONTRACTOR SUPPORTED WEAPON SYSTEMS (CSWS) . The Air
Force process to bring initial (new) weapon system spares into the inventory.
2.3.2.64. CONTROLLED ITEM CODE (1-position A/N). Indicates the degree of
security handling that a particular item requires. The controlled items can be classified,
sensitive, or pilferable. See DoD 4100.39-M, Vol10, Table 61, for list of codes.
2.3.2.65. COOPERATIVE LOGISTICS PROGRAM SUPPORT CATEGORY
CODE (1-position A/N). Provides information as to whether or not supply support on a
CLSSA requisition or passing order (NSN only) should be made on a programmed or
unprogrammed basis. See DLM 4000.25-1 for a list of these codes .
2.3.2.66. CORE AUTOMATED MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (CAMS) FLAG (1-
POSITION A). Identifies the specific maintenance system interface as IMDS CDB or
G081.
2.3.2.66.1. CORRECTION/CHANGE CODE FOR STORAGE ITEM RECORDS
(1-position A/N). Indicates actions to be taken and affected data fields. See DLM
4000.25 for a list of these codes.
32 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.3.2.67. COST CENTER CODE (6-position A/N). Identifies ORGs, subordinate
units of activity, successive levels of responsibility, and functional categories. See
DFASDE 7077.10-M, Standard Base Supply System User’s Manual,
https://ceds.gunter.af.mil/pubs.asp?Series=7077 for a list of these codes and their uses.
2.3.2.68. COST INDICATOR (1-position N). Identifies for budget code 8 TIN
transaction histories the type of price in the 901-Extended-Cost field and is stored in the
901-FILLER-3. Values are S for standard price, E for exchange, C for carcass, M for
mark-up price, L for latest acquisition cost, and K for standard price where the DIFM
detail is over 60 days.
2.3.2.69. COUNTRY ACTIVITY CODE (2-position A/N). Identifies country and
activity codes used throughout the DoD to identify the country, international
organization, or account. See DLM 4000.25-1 for a list of these codes.
2.3.2.70. CREDIT CODE (1-position A). Identifies when an override of the internal
edits connected with credit return policy has been processed. These codes normally
appear on the credit code field of the TIN. See Table 2.132.
2.3.2.71. CONSOLIDATED SUSTAINMENT ACTIVITY GROUP-SUPPLY
(CSAG-S) CARCASS COST. The value of an asset when the latest repair cost, direct
allocable at latest acquisition cost, and business overhead cost at latest acquisition cost
have been removed from the standard price. This price will be charged, in addition to the
exchange price, when a DIFM asset has been issued for over 60 days minus AWP days.
Note: Not applicable to CAMS funded assets.
2.3.2.72. CSAG-S EXCHANGE PRICE. The latest repair cost, plus direct allocable
cost at latest repair cost, plus business overhead cost at latest repair cost, plus material
cost recovery, or latest recovery cost, plus direct allocable cost at latest repair cost, plus
business overhead cost at latest repair cost, plus material cost recovery.
2.3.2.73. CSAG-S LATEST ACQUISITION COST. The value based upon last
representative procurement.
2.3.2.74. CSAG-S LATEST REPAIR COST. The latest depot repair cost.
2.3.2.75. CSAG-S MARK-UP PRICE. The standard price minus the exchange price.
2.3.2.76. CSAG-S MATERIAL COST RECOVERY. The projected buy-year material
cost at forecast unit price (equals the material cost recovery rate times the latest recovery
cost).
2.3.2.77. CSAG-S STANDARD PRICE. The latest acquisition cost, plus direct
allocable cost at latest acquisition cost, plus business overhead cost at latest acquisition
cost.
2.3.2.78. CSAG-S UNSERVICEABLE ASSET PRICE. The carcass cost, plus direct
allocable cost at latest acquisition cost, plus business overhead cost at latest acquisition
cost.
2.3.2.79. CUMULATIVE RECURRING DEMANDS (7-position N). Records the
total quantity of an item requested on a recurring basis (R or C demand code). When the
difference between the date of the first demand and the current date exceeds one year, the
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 33
total number of items is adjusted so that it equals one year's demand. This number,
located on the item record, is updated by issue, due-out cancellation, and turn-in
programs.
2.3.2.80. CURRENCY-RECORD FLAG (1-position A/N). Applies to bases only
when foreign currency is involved. In that case, the value of this flag on the item record is
set to one.
2.3.2.81. CUSTODIAN CODE (1-position A). Identifies the primary and alternate
custodians authorized to receipt for supplies or equipment having a security classification
within the SBSS.
2.3.2.82. D028-LEVEL-FLAG (1-position N). Flag stored on the item record in the
D028-Level-Flag field to identify item records that have a Readiness Based Level (type
level “F”) associated with them.
2.3.2.83. DAILY DEMAND RATE (variable size N). Indicates the average quantity of
an item used daily. The DDR is computed by the program.
2.3.2.84. DATA BASE NUMBER (1-position N). Identifies multiple SBSS databases
which reside on the same S1100/60.
2.3.2.85. DATA LOCATION FLAG (1-position binary). To identify which record
area’s supplementary print lines are to be printed from rejects.
Table 2.23. Data Location Flags.
Binary
Bits
ASCII
Octal
Value
ASCII
Symbol
Print From
1
135
]
CSCOM-RECORD-AREA 1
2
055
-
CSCOM-RECORD-AREA 2
4
061
1
CSCOM-RECORD-AREA 3
8
065
5
CSCOM-RECORD-AREA 4
1-2
060
0
CSCOM-RECORD-AREA 1 and 2
1-4
062
2
CSCOM-RECORD-AREA 1 and 3
1-8
066
6
CSCOM-RECORD-AREA 1 and 4
2-4
063
3
CSCOM-RECORD-AREA 2 and 3
2-8
067
7
CSCOM-RECORD-AREA 2 and 4
4-8
071
9
CSCOM-RECORD-AREA 3 and 4
1-2-4
064
4
CSCOM-RECORD-AREA 1 through 3
1-2-8
070
8
CSCOM-RECORD-AREA 1, 2, 4
1-4-8
134
\
CSCOM-RECORD-AREA 1, 3, 4
2-4-8
073
;
CSCOM-RECORD-AREA 2, 3, 4
34 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
1-2-4-8
133
[
CSCOM-RECORD-AREA 1 through 4
2.3.2.86. DATE OF FIRST DEMAND (DOFD) (7-position N). Indicates the Ordinal
date of the first request for issue, regardless of demand code or TEX code. It is included
on the item record and the master bench stock record.
2.3.2.87. DATE OF LAST ADJUSTMENT (DOLA) (7-position N). Indicates the
ordinal date of the most recent increase in an item record balance. This date is stored on
the item record and the master bench stock record.
2.3.2.88. DATE OF LAST CHANGE (DOLC) (7-position N). Indicates the ordinal
date of the most recent change to the item record.
2.3.2.89. DATE OF LAST DEMAND (DOLD) (7-position N). Indicates the ordinal
date of the most recent transaction in which a recurring demand was processed. This date
is stored on the item record and the master bench stock record.
2.3.2.90. DATE OF LAST FOLLOW-UP (DOLF) (7-position N). Indicates the
ordinal date of the last follow-up. This date is stored in the DOLF field of the follow-up
or status detail record.
2.3.2.91. DATE OF LAST INVENTORY (DOLI) (7-position N). Indicates the
ordinal date of the conclusion of the most recent inventory. The DOLI on the item record
and on the supply point detail record will be changed as follows: Freezing a Record for
Inventory. When selecting and freezing a record for inventory, the computer changes the
DOLI with the current system date.
2.3.2.92. DATE OF LAST TRANSACTION (DOLT) (7-position N). Indicates the
ordinal date of the last transaction which changed or updated an item record or a detail
record and produced a transaction history.
2.3.2.93. DEBTOR CODE (3-position A/N). Identifies which activity or organization
should be billed and which should send payment. These codes are locally assigned. (See
DFAS-DE 7077.10-M at https://ceds.gunter.af.mil/pubs.asp?Series=7077.)
2.3.2.94. DEFENSE LOGISTICS AGENCY DISPOSITION SERVICES
(DLADS). DLA Disposition Services (formerly known as the Defense Reutilization and
Marketing Service) is part of the Defense Logistics Agency. Their mission is to oversee
the reuse, transfer, donation, sale or disposal of excess property within the DoD.
2.3.2.95. DEFENSE LOGISTICS AGENCY TRANSACTION SERVICES
(DLATS ). DLATS’ mission is to receive, edit, and route logistics transactions for the
Military Services and Federal Agencies. The term “DLATS” is also used to refer to the
system that provides information on Communication Routing Identifiers (COMMRI),
Distribution Codes, DoD Activity Address Codes (DODAAC), National Item
Identification Number (NIIN), Routing Identifier Codes (RIC), and Military Assistance
Program Address Codes (MAPAC).
2.3.2.96. DEFICIT AMOUNT (10-position A/N). On the Consolidated Status and
Transaction Statement (TABLE III/M20) the deficit column is the dollar value difference
between the requirements, serviceable, unserviceable, and due-in columns. The value is
entered as whole dollars. If a negative figure is reflected (last position is alpha), this
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 35
indicates an excess (computed requirements are less than dollar value on hand and on
order).
2.3.2.97. DELAYED RECEIPTS BASE STANDARD (3-position binary). Same as
ON TIME RECEIPTS BASE STANDARD except it indicates that the order and shipping
time (O&ST) for these receipts exceeded the base standard.
2.3.2.98. DELAYED RECEIPTS UNIFORM MATERIEL MOVEMENT AND
ISSUE PRIORITY SYSTEM (UMMIPS) STANDARD (3-position binary). Same as
ON TIME RECEIPTS UMMIPS STANDARD except it indicates that the O&ST days for
these receipts exceeded UMMIPS standards.
2.3.2.99. DELAYED STATUS (5-position N). Same as ON TIME STATUS except it
indicates that this status exceeded the time limits allowed.
2.3.2.100. DELIVERY DESTINATION (3-position A/N). Indicates the location for
delivery of supplies and equipment by building, room, and work area.
2.3.2.101. DELIVERY PRIORITY (1-position Numeric). Same as SUPPLY
RESPONSE PRIORITY DESIGNATOR
2.3.2.102. DEMAND CODE (1-position A). Indicates how to accumulate demand
information about stock leveling and DIFM control. See DLM 4000.25-1 for a list of
these codes.
Table 2.24. Demand Code.
Code
Explanation
I
INACTIVATED ITEM DEMAND. This code will be entered only in requisitions
(DI A0_) applicable to inactivated items by the DLA Transaction Services (DLATS).
N
NONRECURRING DEMAND. A request made for a requirement known to be a
one-time occurrence; for example, a Modification Work Order (MWO) kit for
application or an initial request for storage.
O
(Alpha)
NO DEMAND. To be assigned by requisitioning activities in submitting requisitions
for substitute items which are acceptable in lieu of previously requisitioned but
delayed items and for initial fill of Prepositioned War Reserve Materiel Stock
(PWRMS) consumable item requirements.
P
NONRECURRING DEMAND FOR SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS.
Entered in requisitions by a requisition initiator to identify a requisition for special
program/requirements for which stocks were known to have been acquired by the
ICP in anticipation of such demands.
R
RECURRING DEMAND. A request made periodically or anticipated to be
repetitive by an authorized requisitioned for consumption or use or for stock
replenishment.
S
COMMISSARY RESALE DEMAND. A demand for perishable and nonperishable
subsistence items only for resale.
Table 2.25. Intra-Air Force Demand Codes.
Code
Explanation
36 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
C
Initial issues to contractor activities. To be entered in contractor issue requests when a
like item will not be returned to supply. Due-in from maintenance controls do not apply
to demand code “C” issues.
J
Initial issues to training aids.
K
Initial issues to special projects.
L
Initial issues to maintenance for assembly, disassembly and TCTO installation
including TCTO kit buildup.
M
Initial issues to mock ups or test stands.
2.3.2.103. DEMILITARIZATION CODE (1-position A). Indicates if demilitarization
is needed and how to carry it out. These DOD standard codes are located on the item
record and provided to the bases via SNUD. The managing service assigns the codes to
NSN items. If assigned to the item records, these codes are printed in clear text on the
transfer to disposal (DEMIL A). If these codes are unassigned, the computer will print
DEMIL X. See DoD 4100.39-M, Vol 10 for a list of these codes.
2.3.2.104. DENIAL CODE (1-position A/N). Indicates property cannot be shipped as
directed by a redistribution order. These codes may be assigned by program control or
assigned manually.
Table 2.26. Denial Codes.
Code
Reason For Denial
Category 1. When
A2* transactions
are manually input
with any of these
denial codes in
position 72, the
retail supply system
outputs a B7*
denial transaction.
D
On-hand assets are deployed.
E
On-hand assets are in a built-up configuration and cannot be
broken down locally.
F
On-hand assets are in an off-base supply point.
G
Only assets available are on items with an incompatible ISG
source code.
W
Warehouse refusal. On-hand group balance is zero.
X
Denied as a result of request for cancellation from the ICP.
Category 2. These
codes cannot be
manually assigned.
Rather, they are
programmatically
assigned by the
retail supply system
as appropriate
during A2*
processing.
1
On-hand balance for condition code requested is zero.
3
On-hand balance is equal to or less than the authorized
requisitioning objective. Applies to priority 01-15 non-MICAP
RDOs.
4
Item record is not loaded for serviceable transactions, or
unserviceable detail is not on file for unserviceable transactions.
5
WRM due-out quantities on file are less than the input quantity
of the RDO.
6
Date of last demand is not zero or the DOLD is less than 910
days from the ordinal date.
A
Firm DIFM assets (excluding on-hand balance) for condition
code requested are zero.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 37
C
Firm DIFM assets (excluding Deficiency Report exhibits) on-
hand balance is equal to or less than the authorized requisitioning
objective. Applies to priority 01-15 non-MICAP RDOs.
I
Condition or identity change does not allow shipment.
J
Partial denial. On-hand balance for condition code requested is
zero.
L
Partial denial. On-hand balance is equal to or less than the
authorized requisitioning objective. Applies to priority 01-15
non-MICAP RDOs.
N
No accessible assets available to satisfy RDO. Code N is
assigned when an RDO is automatically passed through ES-S
(from DLATS) and the ES-S asset availability (automatic
sourcing) logic determines that no assets are available for
automatic release. Assets may be on-hand but manual
intervention is required. See Chapter 12 of the ES-S user’s
manual for more information on the asset availability logic used
by ES-S.
S
Level on master. On-hand balance is less than or equal to the
authorized safety level. Applies to non-MICAP priority 01-08
RDOs.
T
Level on master. On-hand balance is less than or equal to the
authorized requisitioning objective. Applies to priority 09-15
RDOs.
2.3.2.105. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE ACTIVITY ADDRESS CODE
(DODAAC) (6-position A/N). Identifies the name and address of the activity to which
materiel, documentation, and billing are to be submitted. The first character identifies the
appropriate military service or the government ownership or sponsorship (MILSTRIP
service code). The next five characters identify the name and address of the specific
activity, unit, or organization. The codes and their corresponding names and addresses
are published and cross-referenced in the DOD Activity Address Directory found DLM
4000.25, Vol 6, Logistics Systems Interoperability Support,. Note: This manual also
refers to these codes as ship-to account code, SRAN, and supplementary address.
2.3.2.106. DEPLOYED FLAG (1-position binary).
Figure 2.1. Deployed Flag.
2.3.2.107. DEPLOYED ROUTING IDENTIFIER (3-position A/N). Identifies the
location of deployed EAID, SPRAM, and RSP (Readiness Spares Package) assets. This
may be the MILSTRIP routing identifier assigned to the deployed location or a code
assigned for a specific deployment. Each deployed location must be identified by a
different deployed routing identifier (see ROUTING IDENTIFIER CODE, this chapter).
38 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.3.2.108. DEPOT CANCELLATION (5-position N). Represents how many
requisitions with cancellation/reject supply status have been received by a priority group.
These data accumulate on the routing identifier record for one year.
2.3.2.109. DETAIL OUTPUT FLAG (1-position A or Blank). Indicates whether or
not the detail billing output will be produced for each transaction that affects the Project
Funds Management Record Code. (PFMR). This flag also indicates whether or not the
resource adviser will require the optional PFMR Audit List. (See DFAS-DE 7077.10-M
for a detailed explanation of these flags.) The detail output flags, which are stored in the
PFMR, are listed below:
Table 2.27. Detail Output Flags.
Code
Description
Blank
Omit output; print the PFMR Audit List if the PFMR is out of balance.
B
Omit output; resource adviser requires the PFMR Audit List.
C
Produce DB* detail billings; print the PFMR Audit List if the PFMR is out of
balance.
D
Produce DB* detail billings; resource adviser requires the PFMR Audit List.
Note: The optional PFMR Audit List is given only to those resource advisers who have
a large volume of transaction activity. Other resource advisers should analyze
transactions through the Daily Document Register (D04).
2.3.2.110. DIRECT ALLOCABLE COSTS AT LAC. The expenses developed by the
wholesale division with inputs from the inventory control point for standard sales
(includes inventory control point operations, DLA receipt costs, second destination
transportation, and depreciation).
2.3.2.111. DIRECT ALLOCABLE COSTS AT LRC. The expenses developed by the
wholesale division with inputs from the inventory control point for exchange sales
(includes inventory control point operations, DLA receipt costs, second destination
transportation, and depreciation).
2.3.2.112. DISCREPANCY INDICATOR CODE (1position A). Code used in the
MRA to indicate when a supply or transportation discrepancy or product quality
deficiency affects the receipt posting and/or MRA process. See DLM 4000.25-2 for a list
and explanation of these codes.
2.3.2.113. DISTRIBUTION CODE (3-position N). Indicates the system designator for
which materiel is received. These codes are used on requisitions, related details, and
input/output formats. The first position of this field will contain a blank, which is
assigned by the internal program. See DLM 4000.25-1 for a list and explanation of these
codes.
2.3.2.114. DLADS DECISION FLAG (1-position A). Used on AFX and AFZ inputs
to clear reject 528. The flag may be shown as B, R, W, C, or L.
2.3.2.115. DLADS-TMO DELIVERY FLAG (1-position A or blank). Indicates the
method of delivery to the servicing DLADS. Note: Old term of TMO is used for Cargo
Movement.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 39
2.3.2.116. DLADS-TRM FLAG (1-position A). Indicates that the detail was created
from a TRM input. The flag T is located on the shipment suspense detail record. Any
output will result in a DIC AS3 with a 9 in the first position of the distribution code.
2.3.2.117. DOCUMENT CONTROL RECORD FLAG (1-position binary). Indicates
that a document control record is required and will be output. These codes are
represented by one bit on the transaction history record under program control.
2.3.2.118. DOCUMENT FILE CODE (DFC) (1-position A or blank). Indicates
whether a document is to be filed in the document file or destroyed. This code shows the
automated Document Control receipt and processing of an SBSS document.
Table 2.28. Document File Code (DFC).
Code
Description
F
Identifies the document as a file document for filing in the document file.
D
Identifies the document as a document to be destroyed after validation.
C
Identifies receipt, processing, and filing of a file document.
Blank
Omit entry; identifies receipt of a document to be destroyed and that the
document was destroyed after validation.
2.3.2.119. DOCUMENT FILE FLAG (1-position A). See DOCUMENT FILE CODE
(DFC).
2.3.2.120. DOCUMENT NUMBER (14-position A/N). Identifies a document by
control or reference number. See DLM 4000.25-1 for a list of these codes.
2.3.2.121. DUE-IN FROM MAINTENANCE (DIFM) STATUS CODE (3-position
A). Reflects the current and previous status of the asset. These codes are loaded to the
DIFM detail record with a DIFM input.
2.3.2.122. DUE-IN FROM MAINTENANCE (DIFM) STATUS FLAG (1-position
N). Used in reporting to reflect the current and previous status of an asset and to identify
assets removed. This flag is used on the DIFM detail record in the requirements
computation, assigned through internal programming, and updated by the issue, turn-in,
and due-out release programs. The DIFM status flags are listed below:
Table 2.29. DIFM Status Flags.
Code
Description
0
Indicates that quantity due-in from maintenance is firm
1
Indicates a quantity due-out
2
Indicates a credit quantity (the requested item is still due-out but the
exchanged item has already been turned in)
3
Indicates a firm DIFM detail with a C activity code issued free of charge to the
customer. Used on budget code 8 DIFM details for functional check or TCTO
modification.
40 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
4
Indicates a firm DIFM detail that has been charged to the customer at standard
price and is over 60 days old. Used on recurring budget code 8 DIFM details.
2.3.2.123. ECONOMIC ORDER QUANTITY (EOQ) CONSUMPTION FLAG (1-
position A/N). Identifies items with an EOQ consumption detail record for special
processing.
2.3.2.124. ELEMENT OF EXPENSE/INVESTMENT CODE (3/5-position
A/N). See DFAS-DE 7077.10-M for a list of these codes and their meanings.
2.3.2.125. END ITEM IDENTIFICATION CODE-EIIC (3-position A/N). Identifies
the type of aircraft, major end item, or system. (See TO 00-20-2, Maintenance Data
Documentation for a complete listing and End Item Identification Code/Standard
Reporting Designator (EIIC/SRD )for an abbreviated listing.)
2.3.2.126. EQUIPMENT CODE (1-position A). Identifies which specific categories of
equipment are authorized and/or in-use. If none of the categories listed below apply, the
field on the authorized and/or in-use detail record remains blank: EQUIPMENT
MANAGEMENT CODE (1-position N). Identifies the requirement for reporting
equipment assets. These codes are located on the item record in the third position of the
ERRC field. See Table 2.105
Table 2.30. Equipment Codes.
Code
Description
A
Locally manufactured, nonstocklisted items
C
Bench mockup sets
D
Controlled mission equipment (CME)
H
Vehicles, not USAF owned, provided by Host Nation
L
Vehicles, not USAF owned, economical lease
P
Vehicles, not USAF owned, POV (privately owned
vehicle) and NAF (non-appropriated funds)
Q
Quick reaction capability (QRC) assets
R
Rental equipment
U
Vehicles, not USAF owned, uneconomical lease
V
Vehicles, USAF owned and leased
W
Expendable WRM items authorized by the allowance
standard (AS)
X
See REGISTERED EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT
(REM) COMPONENT FLAG
Note: For USAF registered vehicles and vehicular assets refer to
AFI 24-302, Vehicle Management.
2.3.2.127. EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT EXCEPTION FLAG (EMEF) (1-
position A/N). Identifies the reason for maintaining in-use details on items which do not
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 41
normally require EAID accounting. The equipment management exception flags are
listed below: Note: Alpha codes are assigned and maintained under program control.
Table 2.31. Equipment Management Exception Flags.
Code
Description
R
Assigned when the in-use detail requires reporting to
the AFEMS (C001) system.
T
Bare Base component detail.
Z
Details which no longer require EAID accounting.
9
Equipment management code 1 or 2 items that are
required on authorized/in-use detail records because
an AF base wants to maintain local visibility.
2.3.2.128. ERROR CLASSIFICATION CODE (3-position A/N). Provides
processing activities a means of mechanically identifying the causes for errors which
resulted in potential/actual inventory adjustments, accounting adjustments, and the
processing operations in which they occurred. For a list of these codes see DLM 4000.25-
2.
2.3.2.129. EVALUATOR TYPE (1-position N). Denotes the level of activity
responsible for reviewing, concurring with, and approving or disapproving an allowance
change request. Valid values are as follows:
Table 2.32. Evaluator Type.
Type
Description
2
EAE
3
CEMO
4
Allowance
manager
5
AFMC
2.3.2.130. EXCEPTION FLAG CODE (1-position A/N). Identifies the type of
exception and its effect on system processing. These codes and the location of their
descriptions are listed below:
Table 2.33. Exception Flag Codes.
Code
Description
E
Excess
I
Issue
R
Requisition
S
Shipment
2.3.2.131. EXCEPTION NOTICE CODE (ENC) (1-position A). Determines if an
input will reject or output a notice when the code on the input is different from the code
on the item record. This code is loaded to the exception phrase record.
42 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
Table 2.34. Exception Notice Code (ENC).
Code
Description
P
If this code appears on the exception phrase record, the computer
prints a notice of the correct transaction to be processed against an
item record containing an issue, shipment, excess, or requisition
exception code.
R
If this code appears on the exception phrase record, a reject will
occur if the input is not identical to the exception code on the record.
2.3.2.132. EXCESS CAUSE IDENTIFICATION CODE (1-position A/N). Identifies
and tracks the causes of excess.
Table 2.35. Excess Cause Identification Table.
Excess
Cause
Code
TRIC
Description Of Condition
Notes
1(J)
TIN
Base Civil Engineer
Type Organization A or B
Note 1 or Blank
2(K)
TIN
Vehicle Maintenance
Type Organization V
Note 1 or Blank
3(L)
TIN
Maintenance
Type Organization G, I, 3,7, or 9
Note 1 or Blank
4(M)
TIN
WRM RSP Activity Code U or W
5(N)
TIN
Other - All Others Not Listed
Note 1 or Blank
6(O)
REC
Due-In Over/Short Flag E
7(P)
REC
Receipt Not Due-In Flag
8(Q)
REC
SPL REQ FLAG R in Due-In Detail
9(R)
FRR
Demand Data Decrease
FCL
A(/)
BIR
Increase Serviceable Balance
B(S)
CIC
Increase Serviceable Balance
IRC
FCH
FCC
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 43
C(T)
FCU
Price
FIC
ERRCD/QUP Change
SNUD
D(U)
DOC
Customer Request for Cancellation
Assign D if no Due-In is Related. Store 9 in
Due-In if related. REC Assign D if 9 or Due-
In.
E(V)
1F3
Deletion of Initial Spares Support List (ISSL)
Level
F(W)
1F3
Base initiated Adjusted Level
Note 2
G(X)
1F3
Headquarters Directed Adjusted Level
Note 3
H(Y)
LVL
Demand Level Inline Decreased
I(Z)
LVL
Inline Deletion of Demand Level
Notes:
1. Action Taken Code (ATC) B, S, T, and U applies on TIN transactions and all other
maintenance action taken codes if TEX (+) is used to bypass DIFM detail update.
2. Load or change to maximum or fixed. Delete/decrease to minimum or fixed.
3. Load or change to maximum or fixed. Delete/decrease to minimum or fixed.
2.3.2.133. EXCESS EXCEPTION CODE (EEX) (1-position A/N). Identifies items
not subject to normal excess reporting. See AFH 23-123, Vol 2, Pt 1, Ch 2.
2.3.2.134. EXPENDABILITY/RECOVERABILITY/REPARABILITY/COST
DESIGNATOR (ERRCD) (3-position A/N). Designates the expendability status, level
of repair, and cost category of an item. See DoD 4100.39-M, Vol 10 for a list of these
codes.
2.3.2.135. EXPENSE RECORD OUTPUT CODE (1-position A/N). Under program
control, an A is entered in this field for organization records 100-999. The flags are listed
below:
Table 2.36. Expense Record Output Code.
Code
Description
A
Produce expense E record
B
Suppress expense E record.
3
Cost per flying hour.
2.3.2.136. FACILITY IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (FAC NO) (5-position
N). Identifies a single facility on AF Form 1445, Materials And Equipment List. This
field will contain zeros for those work order items or equipment maintenance items
meant for multiple facilities, for facilities exempt from costing, for job orders, and for
service calls.
44 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.3.2.137. FEDERAL SUPPLY CLASS (FSC) (4-position N). Identifies the
commodity class of an item and appears in the first four positions of an NSN. (See
STOCK NUMBER, NIIN, and NSN.) This was previously called NATIONAL SUPPLY
CLASS (NSC). See DoD 4100.39-M, Vol 10 for a list of these codes.
2.3.2.138. FEDERAL SUPPLY GROUP (2-position N). Identifies the commodity
group of an item. This is a component code which occupies positions 1 and 2 of the FSC
and of the NSN.
2.3.2.139. FILE STATUS QUARTER CODE (1-position A/N). Indicates the last
quarterly review of the entire item record area.
2.3.2.140. FINANCIAL INVENTORY ACCOUNTING CODE (FIA) (3-position
N). See DFAS-DE 7077.10-M, https://ceds.gunter.af.mil/pubs.asp?Series=7077 , for a
list of these codes and their meanings.
2.3.2.141. FIXED LEVEL FLAG (Type Level E) (1-position A/N). Indicates that a
fixed level is assigned to a NSN. This flag is stored on the item record.
2.3.2.142. FOAM-IN-PLACE CODE (1-position A). Identifies to LRS/Materiel
Management Activity personnel the specific methods or requirements for preparing and
packaging selected items to avoid loss, damage, or destruction during handling. This code
is stored in the first position of the manufacturer's identification code field. The codes
are listed below:
Table 2.37. Foam-In-Place Code.
Code
Description
F
Flexible packaging
R
Rigid packaging
S
Semi-rigid packaging
2.3.2.143. FORCE ACTIVITY DESIGNATOR (FAD) (1-position N). Signifies the
relative order of importance of the activities requesting supplies and equipment. See DoD
4140.1-R, Appendix 9.
2.3.2.143.1. FREEZE CODE (1-position A). Restricts SBSS processing of selected
inputs. It also identifies the activity responsible and the reason for freezing the item
record.
2.3.2.144. FTR/SM FLAG (1-position A). Helps the follow-up program determine
when the detail should be deleted. The character F is placed in the excess report detail
record as a result of processing an FTR with status code SM.
2.3.2.145. FUNCTIONAL CHECK FLAG (1-position A/N). Identifies two types of
items: (1) those requiring a functional check or calibration before they are issued for
installation, and/or (2) those requiring a serviceability check before issue. If the value of
the flag is zero, then the asset does not require a functional check. If the value is one, then
the asset does require a functional check.
2.3.2.146. FUND CODE (2-position A/N). Indicates that funds are available to pay a
charge when and where the asset is delivered. This code is entered by the requisitioner.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 45
When used with a signal code C or L, the fund code also indicates the activity to be
billed. See DLM 4000.25-1 and AFMAN 65-604, Appropriation Symbols and Budget
Codes for a list of these codes. For Intra-Air Force Fund Codes reference DoD 4100.39-
M, Vol 1.
2.3.2.147. FUND CODE IDENTIFIER (1-position A/N). Indicates which Materiel
Acquisition Control Record (MACR) to use for budget code Z processing. The fund code
identifiers are:
2.3.2.147.1. Octal 042 (") identifies those transactions or details that were financed
from fund code 17 (appropriation 57*3080, O&M investment).
2.3.2.147.2. Octal 051 ()) identifies those transactions or details that were financed
from fund code 8C (appropriation 97*0300.4802, Defense Mapping Agency).
2.3.2.147.3. Octal 076 (>) identifies those transactions or details that were financed
from fund code 29 (appropriation 57*3600, Research, Development, Test, and
Evaluation (RDT&E).
2.3.2.148. GENERAL LEDGER ACCOUNT CODE (GLAC) (3-position
N). Identifies a major financial account series. See AFH 23-123, Vol 2, Pt 2, Ch 5.
2.3.2.149. GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION FLAG (GEOLOC FLG) (4-position
A/N). Identifies the geographical location of a base or activity used on WRM reports.
See AFI 25-101 and reference the term Base Cross Reference Data.
2.3.2.150. HAZARDOUS MATERIEL IDENTIFICATION CODE (HMIC) (1-
position A). Identifies items that require special handling, storage, use, transportation,
and disposal because of hazardous material. Reference DoD 4100.39 -M, Vol 10 for a list
of these codes.
2.3.2.151. HEALTH HAZARD FLAG (1-position binary). Identifies items that have
been reviewed by DMS and/or Inspection but were not assigned IEX 9. This flag appears
in the item record data control flag field. Items listed in AFJMAN 23-209, Storage and
Handling of Hazardous Materials, AFI 40-201, Managing Radioactive Materials in the
US Air Force, and FED-STD-313D, Material Safety Data, Transportation Data, And
Disposal Data, For Hazardous Materials Furnished To Government Activities must be
reviewed by the base BES to determine the specific health hazard. When suspected
hazardous commodities are received into the materiel management account and have not
been reviewed by the BES, Inspection personnel will notify BES and the Base Safety
Office. A complete list of chemical contents and nomenclature must be provided.
Inspection personnel will see that potential health hazard items are assigned an IEX 9 or a
Health Hazard Flag (HHF). The BES may advise Inspection to assign IEX 9 to items that
require surveillance or waiver and are not specifically mentioned above. See AFH 23-
123, Vol 2, Pt 1, Ch 2 loading this flag to the item record.
2.3.2.152. HOLD CODE CARGO (1-position A). Identifies specific reasons for
holding cargo at the shipping activity after it has been selected, marked, and made ready
for shipment. This code appears in position 51 of the shipment status and confirmation.
These codes are listed below:
46 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
Table 2.38. Hold Code Cargo.
Code
Explanation
A
Shipment unit held for consolidation
B
Awaiting carrier equipment
C
Awaiting export or domestic traffic release
D
Either the delay was requested and/or agreed to by the consignee, or the delay complies
with valid delivery dates at CONUS destinations or outloading terminals, or the item
was diverted to surface or to air.
E
The delay resulted from challenge processes by the clearance authority or Satellite LRS
CC/AO for which no diversion exists.
F
Embargo
G
Strikes, riots, civil commotion
H
Acts of God
I
Reserved
J
Shipment was delayed so that customer cancellation requests could be processed.
K
Diversion to surface movement due to characteristics of materiel that preclude air
shipment, for example, size, weight, or hazard classification.
L
Delay requested and/or concurred in by consignee.
M
Delay to comply with valid delivery dates CONUS and destinations/out-loading
terminals.
N
Delay due to diversion to air (requisition priority upgraded).
O-Y
Reserved
Z
Holding action is less than 24 hours from the date on which the materiel was available
for shipment.
2.3.2.153. INCREMENT CODE/NUMBER - IC/N (6-position A/N). A six- position
code subdivided into: positions 1-2 = deployment echelon code; and positions 3-6 =
increment number. The deployment echelon code identifies a capability within a Unit
Type Code (UTC) which should be deployed as an entity. The increment number
identifies an item or group of items within a deployment echelon.
2.3.2.154. INSTALLATION CODE (IN) (4-position A). Identifies the installations
where an activity is located.
2.3.2.155. INTERCHANGEABLE AND SUBSTITUTE GROUP (IS & G) ORDER
CODE (2-position A/N). Identifies items in a D043B/SBSS ISG when stored on the
item record. The first character of the code is the ISG source code which identifies the
relationship among the items in the ISG. The second character is the parts preference
code, which represents the preference for an item in relation to other items in the same
ISG.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 47
2.3.2.156. INTERCHANGEABLE AND SUBSTITUTE GROUP SOURCE CODE
(1-position A/N). Identifies the source from which the ISG relationship is established.
Definitions of acceptable ISG source codes are as follows:
2.3.2.156.1. a. An alpha character identifies D043B grouped items. For example, an
X identifies X file processing. Note: Alpha codes may be assigned to an item by FIS
processing if the item's current source code is 9.
2.3.2.156.2. b. A numeric character identifies a relationship that is established
locally or under program control. The source code may be different from that in the
D043B system. Types of Numeric Characters. The use of and definitions for
acceptable numeric characters are as follows:
2.3.2.156.2.1. Code 2. Items originally established as code 7 are changed to code
2 (by the computer) when XXR (AFMC Response From XXX Interrogation)
response or R file processing shows a valid relationship exists between the items.
AFMC may assign code 2 with FIS change inputs when the item's current source
code is 7.
2.3.2.156.2.2. Code 3. Items originally established as code 7 are changed to code
3 (by the computer) when XXR response or R file processing shows a valid
relationship exists between the items. AFMC may assign code 3 with FIS change
inputs when the item's current source code is 8.
2.3.2.156.2.3. Code 4. Items originally established as code 7 are changed to code
4 (by the computer) when XXR response or R file processing shows no D043B
relationship exists between the items. AFMC may assign code 4 with FIS change
inputs when the item's current source code is 7.
2.3.2.156.2.4. Code 6. This code identifies items that are component parts, next
higher assemblies, or repair kits for one or more of the other NSNs in the ISG.
Code 6 can be assigned by AFMC with FIS inputs or under program control from
X file processing.
2.3.2.156.2.5. Code 7. This code identifies items grouped by local Records
Maintenance processing of FIS inputs as substitutes or complete interchangeables.
Code 7 is temporary; it is changed to an alpha, 2, or 4 when AFMC processes the
XXX inquiry, produced when this ISG relationship is made. Items with
incompatible management/controlling indicative data can be used only as
substitutes.
2.3.2.156.2.6. Code 8. This code identifies items grouped as a result of
MILSTRIP status, push due-in, or receipt processing. Assigned through the SBSS
program, code 8 is temporary; it is changed to an alpha or 3 when AFMC
processes the XXX inquiry, produced when this ISG relationship is made. If
AFMC reports an invalid relationship between items, that relationship will be
broken under computer control. Code 8 cannot be assigned.
2.3.2.156.2.7. Code 9. This code identifies D043B grouped relationships that are
not compatible with the relationship required for base use. Note: When a
relationship is identified as code 9, local management may find it necessary to
48 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
assign other item record exception data to the items. For example, local
management may assign the requisition exception (REX), issue exception (IEX),
or excess exception (EEX) code.
2.3.2.157. INTERIM SUPPLY SUPPORT (ISS) . The operational turnover of a
weapons system to the user and the establishment of an inventory control point
(contractor or government). Contractor is the source of supply for the peculiar items
associated with the new weapon system or modification and is responsible for managing
the inventory and repairing or replacing of the items. ISS ends after the weapon system
program has transitioned to an inventory control point for complete support.
2.3.2.158. INTERROGATION CODE AND DATE (1-position A). Identifies the date
field on an ISG record. This code is also used to determine if follow-up is required on an
XXX interrogation. The codes are listed below:
Table 2.39. Interrogation Code and Date.
Code
Date Definition
I
Date of XXX interrogation
E
Date that a BVS E image was received
F
Date that a follow-up was prepared
2.3.2.159. INVENTORY MANAGEMENT RECORD ADJUSTMENT CODE--
STOCK FUND (3-position N). Adjusts a specific balance field in the stock fund
inventory management record (SFIMR) without affecting a transaction field. These codes
are used in the SMR input. (See DFAS-DE 7077.10-M for a detailed description.) The
codes are listed below:
Table 2.40. Inventory Management Record Adjustment Code--Stock Fund.
Code
Description
001
Inventory end-of-period: warehouse and retail outlets
002
Inventory end-of-period: with contractors and testing agencies
003
Inventory end-of-period: temporarily in-use
004
Inventory beginning-of-period: temporarily in-use
005
Inventory beginning-of-period: warehouse and retail outlets
006
Inventory beginning-of-period: with contractors and testing agencies
007
On order and in transit: beginning-of-period
008
On order and in transit: end-of-period
2.3.2.160. ISSUE EXCEPTION CODE (IEX) (1-position A/N). Issue exception codes
identify unique issue conditions and/or processing instructions for items. Standard IEX
codes that apply to every item, or a group of items, may be assigned through the use of
exception phrase records. See AFH 23-123, Vol 2, Pt 1, Ch 5.
2.3.2.161. ITEM CODE (1-position A). Indicates the relationship of an equipment item
to the authorized item.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 49
Table 2.41. Item Codes.
Code
Description
P
Authorized (preferred item or NSN)
S
Suitable substitute for an authorized item
U
Unsatisfactory substitute for an authorized item
M
A suitable substitute component item that is one of the many components which may be
substituted for an authorized item
N
An unsatisfactory substitute component item that is one of many components which
may be substituted for an authorized item
T
Bare base component
D
Deployed Equipment Item
2.3.2.162. ITEM IDENTITY CODE (4-position A/N). This code is assigned by HQ
AFMC identify the representative item. Codes for munitions items start with an
alphabetic character and are the same as their DoD Identification Code (DODIC). All
other items start with a numeric value and end with an alphabetic character that indicates
the commodity type: W-tanks, Y-chaff, Z-guns, P-pylons, Q-POL, and X-films and
miscellaneous (see AFI 25-101, War Reserve Materiel (WRM) Program Guidance and
Procedures)
2.3.2.163. JCS PROJECT FLAG (1-position A). This flag is assigned as follows:
2.3.2.163.1. Assign flag A for units engaged in combat or where combat is imminent.
All RSP re-supply requisitions will contain the JCS project code.
2.3.2.163.2. Assign flag B for units not actively engaged but preparing to engage in
air operations. Requisitions to bring the on-hand quantity above 50 percent of the
authorized quantity will contain the JCS project code.
2.3.2.163.3. Assign flag C for units not actively engaged but enforcing a no-fly zone
with an established re-supply pipeline. Only the requisitions for a stock-out condition
will contain the JCS project code.
2.3.2.164. JOINT MANAGEMENT CODES (JMC) BY SERVICES. The Joint
Management Codes applicable to the item manager stock control and distribution (IM
SC&D) system are for all consumable items and the nonconsumable items with a
secondary inventory control activity (SICA) nonconsumable item materiel support code
(NIMSC) of "0," "5," or "6" are listed.
Table 2.42. Joint Management Codes.
JMC
Services
Column 30
1
Army
A, C, W
2
Army and Navy
A, C, W, N, Q, R, V
3
Army, Navy, Marine Corps
A, C, W, N, Q, R, V, L, M
4
Army, Marine Corps
A, C, W, L, M
5
Navy
N, Q, R, V
50 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
6
Navy, Marine Corps
N, Q, R, V, L, M
7
Marine Corps
L, M
8
Air Force
E, F, J
J
Coast Guard
Z
K
Coast Guard and Army
Z, A, C, W
L
Coast Guard, Army and Navy
Z, A, C, W, N, Q, R, V
M
Coast Guard, Army, Navy, Marine Corps
Z, A, C, W, N, Q, R, V, L, M
N
Coast Guard, Army and Marine Corps
Z, A, C, W, L, M
P
Coast Guard, Navy
Z, N, Q, R, V
Q
Coast Guard, Navy, Marine Corps
Z, N, Q, R, V, L, M
R
Coast Guard, Marine Corps
Z, L, M
2.3.2.165. LABEL FLAG (1-position A). Indicates that labels should not be produced
when the custody receipt is processed. These flags are loaded on authorized/in-use detail
records.
2.3.2.166. LATERAL REQUISITION FLAG (1-position N). Indicates assets which
can be redistributed by any SBSS activity.
Table 2.43. Lateral Requisition Flag.
Code
Description
1
Lateral requisition that may be passed.
0
Lateral requisition that may not be passed.
2.3.2.167. LINE ITEM ACCOUNTING FLAG (1-position A). Indicates whether the
base retail outlet is operating using line item accounting procedures.
2.3.2.168. LINE NUMBER (4-position A/N). Refers to the line or sub-line on the
Consolidated Status and Transaction Statement and begins with a B. The lines stratify
items as supporting Assets, Assets Nonrecoverable, WRM, Requirements, Life Cycle
Retention, Policy Retention, Economic Retention, or Potential Excess. The
Requirements, Policy Retention, and Potential Excess are stratified further into sub-lines.
2.3.2.169. LOCAL ERRCD FLAG (1-position A). Identifies a locally assigned ERRC
designator and indicates that correspondence has been received from or forwarded to the
applicable inventory manager for corrective action.
2.3.2.170. LOCAL PURCHASE FLAG (1-position A). This code is used identify
items that require a , DD Form 1348-6, Single Line Item Requisition System Document,
DoD (Manual Long Form). This code is stored on the SBSS Item Record and updated
by status programs. The Local Purchase Flag is set under program control to 0 (zero)
when loading item record with Routing Identifier (RID) equal to JBB, JBF, JBG, JBH,
JBK, JBL, or JBI to identify items that require a DD Form 1348-6 for first time
requisitioning action. This flag is set to 1 (one) by the status programs when local
purchase status is received.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 51
2.3.2.171. MAINTENANCE PRIORITY CODE (MPC) (1-position A/N). Assigned
programmatically to each item record for repair cycle items (XD, XF) to indicate the
priority or sequence of repair. The stock position of a repair cycle (XD, XF) item
determines which MPC code it is assigned. See T.O. 00-20-3, Maintenance Processing of
Reparable Property and The Repair Cycle Asset Control System for additional
information. MPC codes are listed and described as follows:
Table 2.44. MPC Codes.
MPC
Description
3
HQ AFMC critical items. An RAMPS report code 5 or 7 assigned to these items
identifies them as HQ AFMC critical.
4
Item required for forecasted base requirements. This code is assigned to repair cycle
items when 1) the item does not meet the criteria for other codes; or 2) assets exceed the
requisition objective and an EEX code is assigned to the item record.
7
Item excess to base requirements. Assigned to ERRCD XD and ERRCD XF items as
follows:
ERRCD XD items are assigned MPC 7 when 1) the serviceable balance exceeds the
requisitioning objective, and the EEX is blank; or 2) the serviceable balance and the
requisitioning objective are zero, a DIFM exists, and EEX is blank.
ERRCD XF items are assigned MPC 7 when the total assets on hand exceed the
requisitioning objective.
L
Computed supply critical item with less than 10 days on-hand stock (annual demands
are 6 or more, percent of base repair is 50 percent or more, serviceable assets are less
than 10 days requirements (10 x daily demand rate)) and a due-out balance
T
Computed supply critical item with less than 10 days on-hand stock (annual demands
are 6 or more, percent of base repair is 50 percent or more, serviceable assets are less
than 10 days requirements (10 x daily demand rate)) and no due-out balance
2.3.2.172. MAINTENANCE REPAIR CONCEPT (1-position A). This is a repair
analysis that takes into account remove and replace and remove, repair, and replace
capabilities needed for maintenance procedures. Conclusions of the analysis will vary,
depending on the requirements of a maintenance procedure. The analysis takes into
account all requirements and procedures, including tear down, transportability, setup, and
equipment check-out time. An A identifies RR; a B identifies RRR.
2.3.2.173. MAJOR COMMAND CODE (2-position A/N). Identifies the command to
which an organization is assigned. These codes, which designate Air Force organizations,
are the only codes authorized for loading to organization cost center records. This manual
also refers to these codes as parent command code, using command code, gaining
command code, and reporting command code. The codes listed below are just some of
the major commands. Table 2.45 contains MAJCOM and agency codes* derived from
DLM 4000.25 Volume 6 (search for Air Force Major Command Code).
52 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
Table 2.45. Major Command Code.
Command Code
Title
02
Air Force Inspection Agency (FO)
03
Air Force Op Test & Eval Ctr
05
Air Force Intelligence Analysis Ag
06
Air Force Audit Agency
07
Air Force Off Spec Investigation
08
Hq USAF Security Forces Ctr
09
Air Force Personnel Ctr
0B
US Air Force Academy
0D
US Air Forces In Europe
0E
Defense Finance & Acct Service
0I
Air Reserve Personnel Center
0J
Air Education & Training Command
0M
Headquarters Air Force Reserve Command
0N
Headquarters USAF
0R
Pacific Air Forces
0U
Air Force ISR Agency
0V
Air Force Special Operations Command
0W
Headquarters Field Activities
0Y
Communications Agency
00
NATO Airborne Early Warning (NAEW) E-3A Component
11
Air Force Manpower Agency
12
Air Force Public Affairs Ag
13
Headquarters USAF And Support Elements
1A
AFC2ISRC
1C
Air Combat Command
1F
US Ammunition Control Point (USAF-ACP)
1G
AF Logistics Management Agency
1K
Air Force Cyber Command
1L
Air Mobility Command
1M
Air Force Materiel Command
1P
Air Force Real Property
1Q
Hq Air Force Flt Std Ag
1R
United States Africa Command
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 53
1S
Hq Air Force Space Command
1W
Air Force Civil Engineer Center
1Y
Air Force Civ Career Trng
20
Air Force Ag For Modeling / Sim
21
Air Force Nuc Weapons Ag
24
Hq USAF Direct Spt Elements
25
Air Force Wide Spt Elements
26
AFELM BMDO
27
Air Force Ag For Modeling & Sim
29
Air Force Nat Sec Eme Pre
2A
Air Force Cost Ana Ag
2D
Air Force Personnel Op Ag
2E
Air Force Legal Op Agency
2F
Air Force Medical Support Agency
2G
News Agency
2H
Air Force Operations Gp
2I
ANG Readiness Center
2K
Air Force Hist Res Ag
2L
Air Force Tech Appl Center
2M
Air Force Review Boards Agency
2N
Air Force Studies And Analyses Ag
2Q
Hq Air Force Weather Ag
2R
Air Force Program Executive Office
2S
AFELM NORAD
2T
Air Force Safety Center (Fo)
2U
Air Force Services Agency
2Z
Air Force Medical Operations Ag
30
AFELM DISA
31
AFELM DFAS
33
AFELM DLA
34
Air National Guard
35
AFELM DIA
37
AFELM DEF Threat Red Acy
38
AFELM JCS
39
AFELM OSD
3A
Defense Contract Mgt Ag
3C
AFELM Us Central Cmd
54 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
3D
AFELM Us Special Ops Cmd
3G
Air Force Elements NATO
3K
AFELM USEUCOM
3M
AFELM US Southern Command
3N
AFELM US Joint Forces Cmd
3O
AFELM US Pacific Command
3P
Counter Intel Field Activity
3Q
AFELM USSTRATCOM
3T
AFELM USTRANSCOM
3V
Air Force Elements
3W
Air Force Ctr For Eng & Environment
3X
US Central Command Air Forces (USCENTAF)
41
National Geospatial-Intel Ag
4D
US Northern Command
4A
US Northern Command
4W
Air Force District Of Washington
4Z
Air National Guard
51
Special Activities Program
5J
Air Force Financial Services Center
5K
Air Force Petroleum Agency
GS
Air Force Global Strike Command
HQ
Not For Use On UMD Code
2.3.2.174. MAJOR COMMAND REPORTING DESIGNATOR (2-position
A/N). Identifies reporting codes used for MICAP reporting. Note: Do NOT load these
codes to the organization cost center record. Major command codes may be used as
reporting designator codes even though reporting designators may not be used as major
command codes. The codes are listed below:
Table 2.46. Major Command Reporting Designator.
Code
Description
4B
Federal Aeronautical Administration (FAA)
4C
U.S. Government, other than DOD
4Q
Air Mobility Command industrial funded aircraft. (This code is program
assigned for Maintenance Cost System reporting only.)
42
Royal Canadian Air Force
43
Royal Air Force, United Kingdom
45
German Air Force
46
Other foreign countries
47
Commercial aircraft
49
Department of Defense, other than US Air Force (i.e., Army, Navy, etc.)
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 55
2.3.2.175. MANAGEMENT CODES (1-position A/N). Provides supplemental data
not indicated through the transaction coding structure. When a situation exists which is
not covered by a code, the Component managing the distribution system may assign
Management Codes A thru L (except I), and other codes as specified below, and may
prescribe their entry in appropriate transactions. For a list of these codes see DLM
4000.25-2.
2.3.2.176. MARK-FOR (14-position A/N). The mark-for field is used for a variety of
purposes on customer issue requests. Mark-for requirements are normally based upon the
type of maintenance organization and/or the type of item being requested. The mark-for
is also used to further identify and specify end-item applications.
2.3.2.177. MATERIEL ACQUISITION CONTROL RECORD UPDATE CODE (1-
position A). Identifies the specific field to be updated on the MACR. This code is stored
on the transaction history record and will be used in two ways: (1) in budget code (BC) Z
transactions, the MACR update code will remain as entered; or (2) in Air Force Supply
Management Activity Group (AF SMAG) transactions, the MACR update code will be
replaced by the materiel category/source of supply code. (See DFAS-DE 7077.10-M for a
detailed description.) The MACR update codes are listed below:
Table 2.47. MACR Update Codes (BC Z Transactions).
Code
Action
MACR Field
A
+
Annual Budget Authorization
B
-
Annual Budget Authorization
C
+
Allotment
D
-
Allotment
E
+
LP Requisitions Not Obligated
F
-
LP Requisitions Not Obligated
J
+
Undelivered Orders Outstanding
K
-
Undelivered Orders Outstanding
L
+
Received Not Paid
M
-
Received Not Paid
P
+
Received And Paid
Q
-
Received And Paid
Table 2.48. MUC Field Identifiers.
MUC
Field To Be Updated
Default Value
10
Reserved
11
Approved Net Demands
0
12
Net Demands Actual
0
13
Approved Operating Obligations (Non-LP)
0
14
Approved Operating Obligations (LP)
0
15
OPER OBS Other Actual
0
16
OPER OBS LP Actual
0
17
INV AUG OBS Plan
0
56 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
OPR OBS Plan
0
TFA OPER Plan
0
18
INV AUG OBS Actual
0
OPR OBS Other Actual
0
19
INV AUG COMM Actual
0
Operating COMM Actual
0
20
Approved WRM Obligations
0
21
WRM OBS Actual
0
22
WRM COMM Actual
0
23
Approved Operating Commitments
0
24
Operating COMM Actual
0
25-26
Reserved
28-29
Reserved
30
EOP 91003 OBLIG DUO
0
31-53
Reserved
54
BOP 910 DUO
0
55
BOP 910 DUO
0
56
OPER OBS NON LP PCT
0
57
OPER COMM PCT
0
58
OPER OBS LP PCT
0
59
Threshold For Printing Detail Transactions Updating
Commitments On D08
0
60
Threshold For Printing Detail Transactions Updating
Obligations On D08
0
61
Maximum Automatic Obligation - Due-Outs
0
62
Maximum Automatic Obligation - Stock Replen
0
63
Percentage To Provide Management Notice For TFA
80
64
Percentage To Provide Management Notice For
Operating Obligations
80
65
Percentage To Stop Requisitions For Operating
Obligations
90
66
Percentage To Stop Requisitions For Operating TFA
100
67
Percentage To Provide Management Notice For WRM
Obligations
100
68
Percentage To Stop Requisitions For WRM Obligations
100
69
Percentage To Stop Requisitions For WRM TFA
100
70
Percentage To Stop Requisitions For IA TFA
100
71
Percentage To Provide Management Notice For IA
Obligations
100
72
Percentage To Stop Requisitions For IA Obligations
100
73
Percentage Of Operating Obligation Authority Reached
By Operating Obligations + Operating Commitments
To Provide A Management Notice
80
74
Percentage Of Operating Obligation Authority Reached
90
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 57
By Operating Obligations + Operating Commitments
To Stop Requisitioning
2.3.2.178. MATERIEL CATEGORY OR SOURCE OF SUPPLY CODE (1-position
A). Identifies the lowest level of financial inventory transaction data which have
accumulated for each type of stock record account code. See Para 5.8.
2.3.2.179. MATERIEL MANAGEMENT AGGREGATION CODE (MMAC) (2-
position A). A two-position alphabetic code assigned to each segment or category of
materiel which is to be managed and reported as a separate logistics program. Such
programs include weapon/support systems, engines, FSCs, approved technology groups
(that is, groupings of materiel based on specialized technologies used in the logistics
support processes), special programs, special projects, or combinations of these.
Reference DoD 4100.39M, Vol 10 for additional information.
2.3.2.180. MATERIEL RETURNS PROGRAM FLAG (1-position A). Indicates that
the shipment suspense detail was created from an FTR input. When a shipment suspense
(SSC) is processed to produce an FTM, this flag is used to determine which type of
output will be made when an SSC or follow-up is processed.
2.3.2.181. MAXIMUM AUTOMATIC OBLIGATION FIELDS MACR (6-position
N). Limits the maximum dollar amount of individual automatic requisitions. These
(MACR)monetary fields are locally established by SMAG management. Two fields are
provided: one controls requisitions for stock replenishment; the other controls
requisitions for due-outs. These fields are always expressed in whole dollars. They are
adjusted by loading the new dollar figure by means of a MAC adjustment input.
2.3.2.182. MAXIMUM LEVEL FLAG (Type D) (1-position A). Identifies maximum
levels when stored on the item record.
2.3.2.183. MEDIA AND STATUS CODE (M&S) (1-position A). Advises the source
of supply of the type status required, the media of communications, and the activity to
which the status should be directed M&S codes are used on requisitions and
redistribution orders and are loaded to the base constants -1 record. See DLM 4000.25-1
for a list of these codes.
2.3.2.184. MEDIA OF COMMUNICATION CODE (1-position N). Indicates the
media of communication and the activity which should receive replies to reports of
customer excess. Air Force activities use these codes in position 7 of customer excess
reports. These codes are listed below.
Table 2.49. Media of Communication Code.
Code
Description
2
Transceive the reply to the activity indicated in positions 30-35.
3
Send the reply to the activity indicated in positions 30-35 by other
than transceiver.
4
Transceive the reply to the activity indicated in positions 45-50.
5
Send the reply to the activity indicated in positions 45-50 by other
than transceiver.
58 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.3.2.185. MEMO DUE-OUT DESIGNATOR (1-position N). Indicates whether to
include a due-out as a requirement during stock level computations. Two codes are used:
0 = firm and 1 = memo. An example of a memo due-out is an issue coded DO NOT
REQUISITION FOR THIS DUE-OUT, TEX 7.
2.3.2.186. MERGE/RETAIN CODE (1-position A). Indicates whether the losing
detail records should be merged with the gaining detail records. These codes are entered
on the 1RB555 input.
2.3.2.187. MICAP CODES (1-position A/N). Relates the importance of an item to Air
Force readiness. Reference Para 2.22.
Table 2.50. MICAP Codes.
Code
Description
MICAP Action Flag
Actual date and time that base maintenance
determined a MICAP condition occurred--not the
date and time the MICAP transactions or reports
were prepared and processed.
MICAP Advice Code
Provide the reason the MICAP incident is being
reported.
MICAP Cause Code
Used to isolate causes for backorders, and what
action(s) is needed to prevent recurrence
of the problem
MICAP Condition Code
Assigned to each MICAP incident and describes the
type of requirement and how the MICAP end-item is
functioning.
MICAP Deletion Code
Identify the reason for termination of the MICAP
incident.
MICAP Hours Code
Identify the time in hours for each MICAP start and
stop occurrence.
2.3.2.188. MINIMUM LEVEL FLAG (Type A, B, or C) (1-position A). Identifies
minimum levels. This flag is located on the item record.
2.3.2.189. MISSION APPLICATION IDENTITY (8-position A/N). Uniquely
identifies the mission(s) for each end item application within the AFEMS (C001).
2.3.2.190. MISSION CHANGE/ISSL FLAG (1-position N). Indicates that either a
mission change record or an ISSL adjust stock level detail record exists. This flag,
located on the detail record, will contain either a zero denoting that no details exist or a
one denoting that details exist.
2.3.2.191. MISSION CHANGE LEVEL FLAG (Gain-Type Level G) (1-position
A). Identifies a gain in the mission change level.
2.3.2.192. MISSION CHANGE LEVEL FLAG (Loss-Type Level H) (1-position
A). Identifies a loss in the mission change level. This flag is stored on the item record.
2.3.2.193. MISSION DESIGN SERIES (MDS) (7-position A/N). Identifies the type
of aircraft or major end item. See AFJI 16-401, Designating and Naming Defense
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 59
Military Aerospace Vehicles, and Air Force Policy Directive 16-4, Accounting for Units,
Installations, and Aerospace Vehicles.
2.3.2.194. MISSION EXCEPTION CODE (2-position A/N). This identifies an
exception to a mission application and is used as a qualifier to a basis of issue; for
example, note codes, approval levels. Internal to AFEMS (C001).
2.3.2.195. MISSION IMPACT CODE (MIC) (1-position N). The MIC code is used to
determine if an XF3 base reparable item demand level should be established irrespective
of unit price. Used by the requirements program to determine if a demand level should be
computed for EOQ items on the second demand without processing through COST-TO-
STOCK COST-NOT-TO-STOCK process.
2.3.2.196. MISSION ITEM ESSENTIALITY CODE - MIEC (3-position
A/N). Designates the level of criticality of an asset to the mission. This code is broken
down into: position 1 = System Essentiality, position 2 = Item Essentiality, and position
3 = Organization Essentiality. This code is provided to the bases by the major commands.
2.3.2.197. MISSION LIMITING INDICATOR (1-position A). A code established by
the major commands to identify those specific equipment requirements which are mission
limiting. Valid values are as follows:
2.3.2.197.1. C Critical
2.3.2.197.2. Blank Non-critical
2.3.2.198. MISSION SUPPORT KIT (MSK) ITEM FLAG (1-position
binary). Indicates on the item record that a MSK detail exists. A value of zero indicates
that no details exist. A value of one indicates that MSK details exist.
2.3.2.199. MOBILITY READINESS SPARES PACKAGE (MRSP) LOCATION
CODE (11-position A/N). Identifies the physical location of the MRSP assets. Location
codes for these details are loaded, changed, and deleted with an FCS input. There is no
specified structure for the location code.
2.3.2.200. MODE OF SHIPMENT (1-position A/N). Indicates the initial method of
moving a shipment. This code is stored on the status detail record. For a list of these
codes see DoD 4500.9-R, Part II, Appendix I.
Table 2.51. Mode of Shipment Codes.
Code
Description
A
Motor, truckload
B
Motor, less than a truckload
C
Van (unpacked, uncrated personal and/or government property)
D
Driveaway, truckaway, towaway
E
Busline
F
AMC
G
Surface, parcel post
H
Air, parcel post
I
Government truck, including common service
60 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
J
Air, small package carrier
K
Rail, carload
L
Rail, less than one carload
M
Freight forwarded
N
Contract air (LOGAIR/QUICKTRANS)
O
Organic military air
P
Through bill of lading
Q
Air freight
R
Air express
S
Air charter
T
Air freight forwarded
U
Air, van
V
Sea-van service
W
Water, river, lake, coastal (commercial)
X
Sealift express service (SEA-EX)
Y
Intratheater airlift system
Z
MSTS (controlled, contract, or arranged space)
2
Government watercraft (barge or lighter)
3
Roll-on, roll-off service
4
Armed Forces Courier Service (ARFCOS)
5
United Parcel Service
6
Military ordinary mail (MOM)
7
Weapon Systems Pouch
8
Pipeline
9
Local delivery, including deliveries to Port of Embarkation (POE) from adjacent
LRS/Materiel Management Activities
2.3.2.201. MONITORING AMA (IM-SSM) ROUTING IDENTIFIER (3-position
A). Identifies the MILSTRIP routing identifier AMA (IM-SSM) responsible for
monitoring those items shipped to a repair facility for repair and return to the Air Force
inventory. That activity normally monitors the contractor's operation, schedules input,
provides disposition for output, and determines distribution. See ROUTING
IDENTIFIER CODE. Routing identifier code (RIC) information is available in
MILSTRIP, DLM 4000.25-1.
2.3.2.202. MULTIPLE-DIFM (1-position binary). Indicates the repair cycle assets
that can be issued in quantities greater than one. This flag, located on the item record, is
loaded by FCD input. A value of zero shows an issue quantity of one only. A value of
one shows an issue quantity of more than one.
2.3.2.203. NATIONAL ITEM IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (NIIN) (9-position
A/N). Serves to fix the identity of an individual item of supply and to distinguish it
concisely and permanently from all other items. The national item identification number
occupies positions 5-13 of the NSN. NSNs are constructed with the FSC in positions 1-4,
the NIIN in positions 5-13, and the MMAC in positions 14-15. An NIIN cannot be used
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 61
with more than one federal supply class/materiel management code. Unlike the FSC,
which indicates the relationship of an item to other items in the same FSC, there is no
relationship between one NIIN and other NIIN in numerical sequence. The NIIN is a
semi-significant number; that is, the first two positions contain the National Codification
Bureau (NCB) code identifying the country that assigns the number. The remaining seven
positions contain a nonsignificant serially assigned number.
Table 2.52. National Codification Bureau (NCB) Code.
Code
Country
00
United States
01
United States
11
NATO
12
Germany
13
Belgium
14
France
15
Italy
17
Netherlands
18
South Africa
21
Canada
22
Denmark
23
Greece
24
Iceland
25
Norway
26
Portugal
27
Turkey
28
Luxembourg
29
Argentina
66
Australia
98
New Zealand
99
United Kingdom
2.3.2.204. NATIONAL MOTOR FREIGHT CLASSIFICATION CODE (NMFC)
(6-position N). Classifies items on the item record according to freight rate. The national
motor freight classification code is also printed on shipping documents to enable
LRS/transportation activity personnel to quickly identify the type of materiel and its
mode of shipment. Technical assistance and guidance must be obtained from the
LRS/Transportation activity when assigning these codes. For a complete listing, see the
National Motor Freight Classification Guide published by the National Classification
Board.
2.3.2.205. NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (NSN) (13-position A/N). An
identification number associated with a specific item. It is made up of the FSC 4 digits
and the NIIN 9 digits. A two digit Material Management Code (MMAC 2 digits) may
be assigned to the NSN, but it is not part of the NSN. Note: The first two digits of the
FSC are the FSG and identify the commodity of an item. Likewise, the first two digits of
62 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
the NIIN are the NCB Code and identify the country that assigns the number. See also
STOCK NUMBER.
2.3.2.206. NEW-OTHER-ASSET-FLAG (6-position A/N). Identifies on the item
record any of six types of items by means of the following individual flags: 1) bench
stock, 2) MSK-item, 3) overflow adjunct, 4) supply point, 5) supplemental adjunct, and
6) mission-change-ISSL items. These six flags are explained separately in this chapter.
2.3.2.207. NOMENCLATURE (19-position A/N). Describes on the item record those
items which are identified by a unique NSN. Nomenclature identifies items in graphic
and specific terms (for example, LUMBER 2X4X4X GR2, or SUIT FLY SIZE 46S).
2.3.2.208. NONCONSUMABLE ITEM MATERIEL SUPPORT CODE . A
nonconsumable item has been defined as an item of supply which is managed by one or
more Military Services as a nonconsumable (i.e., major end item, depot reparable or
nonstock-funded consumable). See DoD 4100.39-M, Vol 10 for a list of these codes.
2.3.2.209. NON-STOCKED ITEM DUE-OUT CAUSE CODES (NIMSC). Non-
stocked item backorder cause codes are assigned due to insufficient item demand history
for computation of a demand-based stock level. Normally, non-stocked item cause codes
consist of three general groups of items including: items with no previous demand (first-
time) or not enough demand history; items the retail supply system has decided not to
stock; and items management has decided not to stock. See Backorder (Due-Out)
Cause Code for more information and explanation of each type of non-stocked item
backorder cause code.
2.3.2.210. NOT REPARABLE THIS STATION INDICATOR (NRTS) (1-position
N) . NRTS code 1 identifies repair cycle items for which there is no base level repair or
diagnostics capability. For NSNs identified as NRTS-1, the phrase NRTS-1 BENCH
CHECK is printed on the ISU, DOR, and I004 management notice. The NRTS-1
indicator is placed in the Repair Cycle Asset Management Listing (D23/NGV905) to
allow LRS/Materiel Management Activity to expedite bench check material return and
shipment. Reference Table 2.3 Action Taken Codes for NRTS items.
2.3.2.211. NUCLEAR WEAPONS RELATED MATERIEL (NWRM) INDICATOR
(1-position A*). Indicates a NSN is NWRM and is used to ensure NWRM visibility
through the entire life cycle. * If NWRM, the value is Q and phrase is NWRM.
2.3.2.212. NUMBER OF DEMANDS (1-position N). Indicates the number of times an
item has been requested during a given period of time.
2.3.2.213. NUMERIC PARTS PREFERENCE CODE (NPPC) (1-position
N). Indicates on the item record why an ISG item is unsuitable and identifies the
limitations of the item in terms of future use. When an ISG item is unacceptable for Air
Force use or may be used only under restrictive conditions, it is assigned a numeric,
rather than an alpha, parts preference code (see also PARTS PREFERENCE CODE). An
NPPC (*, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 9) may be assigned by AFMC D043B ISG Update processing, by
SNUD processing, or by FCD processing, as explained in.
2.3.2.214. OFF-BASE FLAG (1-position A). Identifies on the Cost Center Record
(OCCR)those activities not located on their supporting base or satellite. When this flag is
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 63
present, the computer produces a LRS/transportation activity copy of ISU and DOR. The
off-base flag field should be blank for those activities serviced by the supporting base or
satellite Pickup and Delivery Section.
2.3.2.215. ON ORDER DUE IN AMOUNT (10-position N). On the Consolidated
Status and Transaction Statement (TABLE III/M20) the on-order due-in column reflects
the dollar value of due ins on order at the time of the report and applied in priority
sequence to all residual deficits remaining after application of serviceable, unserviceable
and DIFM. The value is entered as whole dollars.
2.3.2.216. ON ORDER DUE IN FROM MAINTENANCE AMOUNT (10-position
N). On the Consolidated Status and Transaction Statement (TABLE III/M20) the on
order DIFM column reflects summary dollar value of all DIFM detail quantities
excluding those to contract maintenance. The DIFM is applied in priority sequence to all
residual deficits remaining after application of serviceable and unserviceable, and is also
added to the applicable unserviceable field; therefore, this column is a memo data field
and not used in the computation for the deficit column. The value is entered as whole
dollars.
2.3.2.217. ON-TIME RECEIPTS BASE STANDARD (3-position binary). Indicates
the accumulated total of all receipts received within the standard time frame for base
order and shipping. These totals are accumulated by the computer on the routing
identifier record.
2.3.2.218. ON-TIME RECEIPTS UMMIPS STANDARD (3-position
binary). Indicates the accumulated total of all receipts received within the standard time
frame for the UMMIPS. These data are accumulated by the computer on the routing
identifier record and are used, along with O&S days and delayed receipts UMMIPS
standard data, to determine the average order and shipping time.
2.3.2.219. ON-TIME STATUS (5-position N). Indicates the total status received
within five calendar days. These data are accumulated by the computer on the routing
identifier record for one year.
2.3.2.220. OPERATIONAL COST RECOVERY. Those expenses attributed to the
operation of the inventory control points. These costs are divided into two categories:
Direct Allocatable Costs and Business Overhead Costs.
2.3.2.221. ORDER AND SHIPPING (O&S) DAYS (4-position binary). Indicates the
accumulated total of pipeline time for all receipts received within 175 percent of the
standard time frame for the UMMIPS. These data are accumulated by the computer on
the routing identifier record and are used, along with the on- time or delayed receipts
UMMIPS standard data, to determine the average order and shipping time.
2.3.2.222. ORDINAL DATE (5-position N). Identifies the year and day of the year.
Positions 1-2 contain the year, and positions 3-5 contain the day of the year. For example,
if the calendar date is June 1, 1987, the ordinal date will be 87162 (1987 = 87, June 1 =
the 162nd day). Both the ordinal date and the Julian date identify the year and day of the
year. The ordinal date contains a two- position year, and the Julian a one-position year
(ordinal--87162, Julian-- 7162).
64 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.3.2.223. ORGANIZATION CODE (BASE SUPPLY INTERNAL FUNCTION
DESIGNATOR) (3-position N). Identifies an organization, unit, or detachment
receiving logistical support from the LRS CC/AO and/or identifies internal functions of
the LRS CC/AO. Many A&F and Supply internal program decisions are made based on a
specific organization code or on a series of these codes. The organization code occupies
positions 2, 3, and 4 of the organization document number. See Table 2.53.
Table 2.53. Organization Code.
Organization Code
Explanation
1. Organization Codes 000-098.
This series is reserved for LRS/Materiel
Management Activity internal functions and
may be assigned to special levels required for
the designated flight or section.
a. LRS/Materiel Management Activity
Management.
001 (Note 1)
Records Maintenance Element
002
WRM monitor
003
Inventory
004
Inspection
005
Supply points
006
NAEW E-3A Component
007 (Note 1)
Stock Control Section
008 (Note 1)
Materiel Management Flight
009
Repair Cycle Support Section (maintenance
turn-around (TRN) record update)
010
Base Service Store, Individual Equipment, and
Tool Issue Center. Satellite accounts will use
the organization code that corresponds to the
satellite system designator used for the outlets
operating the satellite account (for example,
A1 = 041, A2 = 042, B1 = 051, etc.). Note 2
011-019
Reserved
b. Base Equipment Management.
020 (Note 1)
Equipment Management Section
021-029
Reserved
c. Other assignments within the LRS/Materiel
Management Activity.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 65
030-039
Unused
040
041-069
Satellite accounts. These codes are assigned to
correspond to the satellite system designator
code (for example, A1 = 041, A2 = 042, B1 =
051, etc.) Organization code 041 will be used
on issues and turn-ins to/from the clothing
outlets at Lackland Induction Center. The use
of the 041-069 series on all other ISU/TIN
must be authorized.
070-098
Reserved
2. Organization Code 099.
This code will be used to indicate the financial
accounting office designated to receive
payment from reimbursable organizations.
3. Organization Codes 100-999.
This series will be locally assigned except for
the following organization codes.
920
Identify unserviceable detail
965-969
Identify in-use asset held for base closure,
MAJCOM option.
4. Special Instruction.
When an AMC organization is funded from
both industrial funds and O&M funds, two
organization codes are required.
Notes:
1.ISU and TIN should not be processed against organization codes marked with a
double asterisk (**) in the following list.
2. ISU/TIN should be used only when authorized.
2.3.2.224. ORGANIZATION FREEZE CODE (1-position A). Freezes the OCCR.
Freeze code R will be loaded on the OCCR when two conditions are present: 1) when
the organization is being deactivated, consolidated, or transferred; and 2) when an
external decision has been made to restrict some financial transactions against the
organization, while allowing the processing of turn-ins and reverse-post transactions to
clear detail records. Freeze code D will be loaded when no further transactions are to be
processed.
2.3.2.225. ORGANIZATION IDENTIFICATION CODE (12-position
A/N). Identifies users of supplies and equipment on the organization cost center record.
The structure of this code is built using the organization number, the unit kind code, the
level code, and the detachment number.
66 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.3.2.226. ORGANIZATION TITLE (22-position A/N). Identifies a specific
organization, unit, detachment, function, etc., for which an organization record is
established.
2.3.2.227. OTHER ASSET FLAG (1-position A/N). Used to store the ADPE code on
the item record.
2.3.2.228. OVERFLOW-ADJUNCT FLAG (1-position A/N). Indicates on the item
record that a quantity has exceeded the maximum for an item record and that an overflow
adjunct record (-9) has been built. This flag will contain either 0 (no overflow adjunct
record exists) or 1 (overflow adjunct record does exist).
2.3.2.229. OVER/SHORT FLAG (1-position A). Code used to identify an overage or
shortage found by the LRS/Materiel Management Activity during in-check processing of
supply requisitioned receipts. For LPS and RNB transactions refer to DLM 4000.25,
Vol 2, Supply Standards and Procedures and AFJMAN 23-215, Reporting of Supply
Discrepancies.
Table 2.54. Over/Short Flag.
Code
Code Name
Definition
O
Overage
The “O” over/short flag is used
to identify the quantity received
is greater than what is shown on
shipping document.
S
Shortage
The “S” over/short flag is used to
identify the quantity received is
less than the quantity shown on
the shipping document.
2.3.2.230. OWNERSHIP/PURPOSE CODE (2-position A/N). Ownership code (1-
position N) identifies the agency that owns/controls stock held on inventory records at a
location other than the source of supply. The purpose code (1-position A) indicates the
intended use of an item being held on accountable records at a location other than the
source of supply. Also, see Purpose Codes in this document. For a list of these codes see
DLM 4000.25-2.
2.3.2.231. PARTS PREFERENCE CODE (1-position A/N). Indicates the order of
preference assigned to AFMC items in an ISG. Depending on its condition, each item
within an ISG is assigned an alpha or numeric parts preference code. If an item is in
acceptable condition, an alpha character will be assigned. If an item is unacceptable for
Air Force purposes or may be used only under restrictive conditions, a numeric character
will be assigned (see NUMERIC PARTS PREFERENCE CODE).
2.3.2.232. PHRASE CODE . Codes assigned to a series of phrases used in the
Management Data List to denote changes and/or relationships between NSNs and
information type data. For a list of these codes see DoD 4100.39-M.
2.3.2.233. PIPELINE TIME (3-position N). Indicates the number of calendar days
from the date a requisition is initiated to the date the materiel is received by the
consignee. (In logistics, the term pipeline refers to the channels of support, or a specific
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 67
part of the channels of support, through which property flows from the source of
procurement to the point of use).
2.3.2.234. PLANNED OPERATING BASE (POB) CODE (1 alpha and 3
numerics). Identifies where War Consumable Distribution Objective (WCDO)/WRM
equipment items are stored when not located at the reporting base.
2.3.2.235. PORT OF EMBARKATION (POE) CODE. The geographic point in a
routing scheme from which cargo or personnel depart. This may be a seaport or aerial
port from which personnel and equipment flow to port of debarkation; for unit and non-
unit requirements, it may or may not coincide with the origin. For a list of these codes
see DoD 4500.9-R, Part II.
2.3.2.236. PRECIOUS METALS INDICATOR CODES (PMIC) (1-position
A/N). Identifies defense materiel items that contain precious metals and indicates the
content value of the metal. For a list of these codes see DoD 4100.39-M, Vol 10.
2.3.2.237. PREPOSITIONED WAR RESERVE MATERIEL STOCK
(PWRMS). War reserve materiel stocks pre-positioned in or near a theatre of operations
to last until resupply at wartime rates is established.
2.3.2.238. PRICE VALIDATION CODE (PVC) (1-position A). Indicates on the item
record the type of action being taken on a suspected erroneous price/validated unit price.
Before a suspected price may be challenged, the PVC must be verified and the
appropriate action taken. For the codes and their meaning see DoD 4100.39-M, Vol 10.
2.3.2.239. PRIMARY SUPPLY POINT CATEGORY CODE (1-position
N). Identifies a LRS/Materiel Management Activity located at a key point along an Air
Mobility Command (AMC) airlift traffic route. The activity stocks selected aircraft spares
and spare parts to support the AMC airlift fleet. Forward LRSs/Materiel Management
Activities are subdivided into three categories: (1) Super/Air Evac, (2) High Density,
and (3) En route.
2.3.2.240. PRINT SUPPRESS CODE (1-position A). Used to suppress printing of
specific output products (equipment transfers, turn-ins, issues).
2.3.2.241. PRIORITY DESIGNATOR (2-position N). Identifies the priority assigned
to MILSTRIP requisition and issue transactions. LRS/Materiel Management Activity,
depot materiel management or an equivalent activity will determine the priority
designator by relating the assigned FAD to the appropriate UND.
68 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
Figure 2.2. FAD and UND Conversion Charts.
2.3.2.242. PROBLEM ITEM FLAG (1-position A/N). Identifies problem items
pertaining to any of the following categories: 1) TCTO, 2) HEALTH HAZARD, 3)
ECONOMIC ORDER QUANTITY (EOQ) CONSUMPTION, 4) BASE
CLOSURE/PHASE DOWN, and 5) SUSPECT MATERIEL. Each of these flags is
defined separately in this chapter.
2.3.2.243. PROGRAM CONTROL CODE (1-position). Indicates that all details for a
related document number were considered when the computer accumulated detail
quantities. This code, which appears as a right bracket, is assigned by the status program
to the status detail program control code field.
2.3.2.244. PROG-CNTL-FLG (6-position A/N). Identifies on the item record any of
the following types of items: 1) STOCK FUND-CREDIT, 2) MULTIPLE-DIFM, 3)
FUNCTIONAL-CHECK, 4) LOCAL-PURCHASE, 5) RIW-PROGRAM, and 6)
CURRENCY-RECORD. These six flags are explained separately in this chapter.
2.3.2.245. PROGRAM OBJECTIVE-SMAG (10-position N). Indicates on the
MACR an estimate of the funds required to obtain SMAG supplies and equipment. This
estimate is determined based on the maximum orders authorized for the current month.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 69
The program objective-SMAG field is loaded/changed by means of an MACR input. See
DFAS-DE 7077.10-M for MACR input format.
2.3.2.246. PROJECT CODE MILSTRIP (3-position A/N). This code is used for
accumulating intra-service performance and cost data related to exercises, maneuvers,
and other distinct programs, projects, and operations. Project codes are assigned by the
individual service and by the DLA for DOD projects. MILSTRIP Project Codes are
available via the following sites: http://www.dla.mil/j-
6/dlmso/eLibrary/ServicePoints/allpoc.asp and https://www.my.af.mil/gcss-
af/USAF/ep/globalTab.do?channelPageId=s6925EC1357A90FB5E044080020E329A
9 (access to information is restricted via CAC) Notes: 1. Location. The project
code will be entered in positions 57-59 on requisitions, shipments, and related
transactions. If no project code applies, positions 57-59 will be left blank. The use of
these positions for theater and regional purposes is prohibited. Major commands and
bases will not enter locally-assigned codes to highlight mission capability, special
processing characteristics, etc., within the theater, major commands, or bases. 2.
Relationship to Priority and Supply Decisions. Project codes, other than OSD/JCS
assigned codes, neither provide nor imply any priority or precedence for requisition
processing and Supply decision-making. Therefore, project codes will never alter or
override the priority assigned to a requisition or shipment. Requisitions containing project
codes will be processed according to the assigned PRIORITY DESIGNATOR as
prescribed in the UMMIPS.
2.3.2.247. PROJECT FUNDS MANAGEMENT RECORD (PFMR) CODE (3-
position N). Identifies the PFMR and the subdivision of available funds designated for
the purchase of materiel from divisions of the Air Force SMAG. When loaded to
organization cost center records, these locally assigned codes (100-999) identify the
PFMR which contains the funds for purchase of materiel for the organization.
2.3.2.248. PROJECT NUMBER (3-position N). Identifies by NSNs those items which
are included in a specific cross-system repair contract. The project number is assigned by
the Air Logistics Complex IM/SSM who administers the contract.
2.3.2.249. PROVISIONING SOURCE CODE (PSC) (3-position A/N). Definitions of
provisioning source codes are contained in T.O. 00-25-195, Source, Maintenance, and
Recoverability Coding of Air Force Weapons, Systems, and Equipment. The preface to
most TOs also provides PSC definitions.
2.3.2.250. PURPOSE CODE (1-position A). Identifying the purpose or reason for
which an inventory balance is reserved. For a list of these codes see DLM 4000.25-2.
2.3.2.251. PURCHASE ORDER OR CONTRACT NUMBER (5-position
A/N). Identifies the purchase order or contract number on procurement status
transactions. The Base Contracting Office provides these data to the LRS/Materiel
Management Activity.
2.3.2.252. QUANTITY PER APPLICATION (5-position N). Identifies the total
number of WRM assets required on a weapon system, subsystem, or end item, or the
quantity required to swap-out a subsystem.
70 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.3.2.253. QUANTITY PURCHASE VARIATION CODE (1-position A). Used on
Local Procurement Status (LPS) transactions to indicate why the quantity supplied by the
vendor is not the same as the quantity requested. For codes applicable to local purchase
items. Also, called Quantity Variation Code. This code is stored on the status detail.
Table 2.55. Quantity Purchased Variation Codes.
Code
Description
P
The standard unit of packaging is different from the quantity requisitioned.
The standard package nearest the requested quantity is being purchased.
Q
No one vendor can supply the full quantity requisitioned. Part of the
request will be purchased from the vendor who has the largest quantity
available. Note: If the customer still needs the unfilled quantity, contact
the Base Contracting Office for details and submit new requisition(s).
T
Prevents automatic decrease of the unit price on the item record for
purchases that involve unusual circumstances such as; extra discounts, etc.
V
Authorized variation in quantity according to FAR. For some commodities,
Contracting may vary the quantity, not to exceed 10 percent above or
below the requisitioned quantity.
2.3.2.254. QUANTITY UNIT PACK (QUP) CODE (1-position A/N). Indicates the
number of units normally contained in the packaging container. For example, if an item
has a unit of issue of gallons and normal container of 55 gallons in a drum, the QUP code
will be M. If the unit of issue for this same item is drum, the QUP code will be 1. If no
QUP code identifies the specific unit pack quantity, the code identifying the quantity
nearest to the unit pack will be used. The list of QUP codes is provided in DoD 4100.39-
M, Vol 10.
2.3.2.255. QUANTITY VARIANCE FLAG (1-position A). Also called Local
Purchase Variance Flag. Identifies the type of variance between the quantity received
and the original requested quantity. The use of these codes as defined below is peculiar to
SBSS Receipt and Status processing. Also, called Local Purchase Variance Flag. This
code differs from the 2 position coded percentage Quantity Variance used in DLM
4000.25-5, Military Standard Contract Administration Procedures (MILSCAP) to
identify the variation in quantity authorized by a contract.
Table 2.56. Quantity Variance Flag.
Flag Codes
Definition
O = Overage
The Overage flag is used to identify the
quantity received on a Non-Local Purchase
Receipt is greater than that ordered or shown
on shipping document. Also known as the
Over/Short flag
S = Shortage
The Shortage flag is used to identify the
quantity received Non-Local Purchase Receipt
is less than the quantity shown on the hipping
document. Also known as the Over/Short flag
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 71
E = Excess
If the Due-in quantity received is greater than
the quantity requisitioned but equal to the
quantity shipped, an excess receipt exists.
F = Final
Used on Local Purchase Receipts when a
quantity variance is authorized on the local
purchase status (LPS) detail. The prepared
receipt input may contain a variance flag of
either F to represent the final local purchase
receipt for the open due-in. If left blank this
field is updated under program control
P = Partial
Used on Local Purchase Receipt due-ins when
the quantity received is less than the quantity
requisitioned but equal to the quantity shipped.
If left blank this field is updated under program
control.
T = Shortage
Assigned under program control to Received
But Not Billed(RNB) Detail, 213 claims
payable record to indicate the RNB Detail was
created as a result of TAR Processing. When
the 213-OVER-SHORT-FLG contains a T, the
quantity reflected in the 213- QTY-OVER-
SHORT- field is the shortage quantity.
2.3.2.256. READINESS BASED LEVEL (RBL) (Type Level F). A centrally
computed adjusted stock level that is pushed from the AFMC Readiness Based Leveling
(D035E) system on a quarterly basis. Item records with an RBL will be identified via the
D028-Level-Flag on the item record. When loaded, an RBL becomes the base’s
peacetime requirement and therefore becomes both the demand level and the
requisitioning objective.
2.3.2.257. REASON FOR DISPOSAL CODE (1-position A/N). Provides the LRS
CC/AO meaningful data for analysis of Air Force transfers to the DLADS. See Para.
2.15. for additional information.
2.3.2.258. REASON WHY CODE (1-position A). Indicates why an item record has
been loaded, changed, or deleted. The applications of specific reason why codes are
explained in the following references loading an item record to aid in researching a NSN
or transaction (FIL when changing an item record NSN (FIC, when deleting an item
record (FID or when making a unit of issue/unit price change (FCU). The applicable
reason why code will be entered in position 7 of the input.
Table 2.57. Reason Why Codes.
Code
Reason For Item Record Load
A
Customer demand
B
Receipt (a substitute item on a requisition, command
redistribution, etc.)
72 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
C
Turned in by an organization
D
Item in stock has been reidentified
E
Equipment authorization
F
Item found during inventory
G
MICAP/AWP (UJC AR) Demand
H
ISSL, initial bench stock, or supply point requirements
I
Assigned as a reason why code for all others not assigned as
above
J
Unused
K
Program interface from interchangeable and substitute group
(ISG) processing
L-O
Unused
P
Program interface from status processing
2.3.2.259. RECEIPT FLAG (1-position A). Indicates that a receipt is partial (P) or
final (F).
2.3.2.260. RECEIPT NOT DUE-IN FLAG (1-position A). Indicates that an item has
been received, but no corresponding due-in detail record exists in the computer. Receipt
not due-in is recognized by the computer when this flag (the letter I or J) is entered in
position 52 of the REC input.
2.3.2.261. RECONCILIATION FLAG (1-position A). Indicates that a reconciliation
request (ANx) for an item has been received and processed during the current cycle. The
program places reconciliation flag R in the reconciliation flag field if a MILSTRIP status
or follow-up is located following the input of DIC ANx. If a follow-up or MILSTRIP
status detail is not located, the program builds a status detail from data in the ANx and
then places R in the reconciliation flag field.
2.3.2.262. RECOVERABLE ASSEMBLY MANAGEMENT PROCESS SYSTEM
(RAMPS) REPORT CODE (1-position A/N). Identifies items which require
asset/transaction reporting and items which are in critical status. This code is loaded on
the item record. 1. Location. These codes are entered in the transaction history for the
RAMPS Report (D28). 2. List of Codes. RAMPS report codes are listed below. Note:
One-time report codes (that is, 8 and 9) are not loaded to the item record. Instead, they
are input to generate a one-time RAMPS/excess report.
Table 2.58. RAMPS Report Codes.
Code
Description
0
RAMPS reportable--provides EOQ visibility to the item manager when the depot is
below its support level (daily status overlay used only when a change occurs)
5
RAMPS reportable--EOQ critical item (daily asset status overlay, used only when a
change occurs)
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 73
6
RAMPS reportable--recoverable item (daily transaction asset status, used only when a
change occurs). Replaces code 7 when recoverable item is no longer critical.
7
RAMPS reportable--recoverable, critical item (daily transaction asset status, used only
when a change occurs)
8
RAMPS reportable--one-time asset report required
9
Excess report--one-time asset report required
E
RAMPS reportable. Deletes report code from EOQ items
Z
Asset status report required
2.3.2.263. REGISTERED EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT (REM) COMPONENT
FLAG (1-position A). Indicates (by means of the letter X) that a vehicle is a component
part of an authorized set or end item. The REM component flag provides the capability to
stratify component vehicles. Note: Because the letter X is used for this flag, equipment
code X is never used as an input data element.
2.3.2.264. REJECT ACTION FLAG (1-position binary). Identifies under program
control where the reject message must be sent, whether a suspense record must be
established or if records must be restored to their original condition, or if multiple actions
are required. This flag appears on the reject notice record, the reject phrase load, the
output document (in octal), and on the ADS journal file.
2.3.2.265. REJECT/ADVICE CODE (2-position N). Identifies why a transaction/asset
report has been rejected and indicates that action to correct or resubmit the report is
required. For a list of these codes see DLM 4000.25-2.
2.3.2.266. REJECT PHRASE MESSAGE (69-position A/N). Provides a plain
language notice that an error condition exists and advises that action must be taken to
correct the condition. The reject management phrase record provides a code, a plain
language phrase, and an action flag. Note: If the reject notice is printed on the RPS
console, the reject phrase will contain 49 characters.
2.3.2.267. RELATIONSHIP CODE (RC) (1-position A). Indicates on the item record
or ISG record how items within an ISG are related to one another.
Table 2.59. Relationship Codes (RC).
Code
Description
M
Master item
I
Interchangeable item
S
Substitute item
H
Next higher assembly
K
Repair kit
C
Component part
2.3.2.268. RELIABILITY IMPROVEMENT WARRANTY (RIW) PROGRAM
FLAG (1-position A/N). Indicates on the item record those repair cycle assets that are
under the RIW program. Records under this program will contain a 1 in the flag position.
Records not under the RIW program will contain a 0.
74 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.3.2.269. RENTAL/LEASE VEHICLE FLAG (1-position A). Indicates that a
vehicle is rented/leased (R) or government-owned (blank). The rental/lease vehicle flag
field will always contain an R or a blank. See EQUIPMENT CODE.
2.3.2.270. REPAIR CYCLE CONTROL DATA (3-position N). Identifies on the
transaction history record the number of days an item has been on a DIFM detail. These
data are used to compute repair cycle asset control days for the D14/M32 reports.
2.3.2.271. REPAIR CYCLE DAYS (3-position N). Used to compute demand levels
for repair cycle items. The average repair cycle days are computed using data from all
quarters contained on the repair cycle record. The computed figure is the repair cycle
time (RCT).
2.3.2.272. REPAIR LEVEL CODE (1-position A). Identifies the highest authorized
repair level (B-user, F-field, D-depot). The repair level code occupies the second position
of the ERRCD.
2.3.2.273. REPARABLE ASSET LOCATION CODE (1-position N). Identifies
whether an item is a customer control asset (asset location code 1) or an in-warehouse
asset (asset location code 2).
2.3.2.274. REPARABLE DESTINATION/DISPOSITION CODE (9-position
A/N) . Indicates the type of action required for unserviceable repair cycle items which
exceed base repair capabilities. This code, the REPR-DEST-DISPOSITION CODE on
the repair cycle record, contains two fields. The first field (positions 1-3) is 102-
DISPOSITION-CODE. The last field (positions 4-9) is SHIP-TO-ACCOUNT-CODE.
The ship-to-account code is used by the computer to access the shipping destination
record. Note: The disposition code and ship-to-account code fields will be worked by the
LRS/Materiel Management Activity and AFMC personnel to reflect actions to be taken
upon turn-in of the asset. Positions 1-3 contain a disposition code (DSP or RPT) or a
blank field. If positions 1-3 contain a blank field, positions 4-9 will contain a ship-to-
SRAN. The following chart clarifies how the disposition code and ship-to-account code
fields are combined to indicate necessary actions:
Table 2.60. Disposition Code and Ship-To-Account Code.
Disp
Code
Ship-To
Required Action
DSP
Blank
Transfer materiel to DLADS.
RPT
Blank
Request disposition instructions from the item manager.
Blank
DODAAC
Ship materiel to activity indicated on the shipping destination record.
2.3.2.275. REPARABLE GENERATIONS--CONDEMNED (3-position N). Used on
the repair cycle record to record the condemnations which occurred during a quarter. This
cumulative data field is updated whenever either of two conditions is present: 1) when a
repair cycle item is turned in from a DIFM detail and the input contains ACTION
TAKEN CODE 9, or 2) when a UNIT OF ISSUE change is made. Each time the repair
cycle data list (Q04) is run, these data are shifted one quarter, deleting the oldest quarter.
2.3.2.276. REPARABLE GENERATIONS--NRTS (3-position N). Used on the repair
cycle record to record the number of DIFM assets turned in as a result of NRTS actions
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 75
during a quarter. This cumulative data field is updated when either of two conditions is
present: 1) when a repair cycle item is turned in from a DIFM detail (by other than
Contract Maintenance personnel) and the input contains ACTION TAKEN CODE 1-8 or
D, or 2) when a UNIT OF ISSUE change is made. Each time the Repair Cycle Data List
(Q04) is run, these data are shifted one quarter, deleting the oldest quarter.
2.3.2.277. REPARABLE GENERATIONS--RTS (3-position N). Used on the repair
cycle record to record the total number of DIFM assets repaired during a quarter. This
cumulative data field is updated when a TIN, TRN, or DOC input is processed for a
DIFM item with ACTION TAKEN CODE A, F, G, J, K, L, V, or Z. In addition, this field
will be updated when UNIT OF ISSUE changes are made. Each time the Repair Cycle
Data List (Q04) is run, these data are shifted one quarter, deleting the oldest quarter.
2.3.2.278. REPORTING BASE CODE (4-position A). Used on the base constants-1
record in conjunction with WRM.
2.3.2.279. REPORTING MAJOR COMMAND. The major command that has
jurisdiction over the base or facility providing WRM support. See MAJOR COMMAND
CODES in this chapter for codes.
2.3.2.280. REQUEST CODES (ASSET SUPPORT REQUEST) (1-position
A). Identifies the type of data requested and furnished. For a list of these codes see DLM
4000.25-2.
2.3.2.281. REQUIRED DELIVERY DATE (3-position N). Identifies the date a
requisition is to be delivered in the event that the actual delivery date is not compatible
with the priority delivery date (PPD). In the SBSS, the primary use of the RDD is to
identify MICAP requirements. For a list of these codes see DLM 4000.25-1.
2.3.2.282. REQUIREMENT AMOUNT (10-position N). On the Consolidated Status
and Transaction Statement (TABLE III/M20) the requirement column reflects the dollar
value of the requirement applicable to each stratification segment by NSN. The value is
entered as whole dollars.
2.3.2.283. REQUISITION DEMAND CODE (1-position A). Identifies SBSS output
requisitions as nonrecurring demand (N or O), recurring demand (R), or nonrecurring
demand for special program requirements (P).
2.3.2.284. REQUISITION EXCEPTION (REX) CODE (1-position A/N). Identifies
on the item record those items which must be requisitioned under special procedures, or
suppresses automatic requisitioning action. See AFH 23-123, Vol 2, Pt 1, Ch 5.
2.3.2.285. REQUISITION PRIORTY DESIGNATORS (PD). The requisitioning
activity determines the appropriate PD to enter in the requisition based on the assigned
FAD and the UND determined by the requisitioning activity. For a list of these codes see
DLM 4000.25-1.
2.3.2.286. REQUISITIONING OBJECTIVE (RO) (6-position N). Indicates the
maximum quantity that should be on hand and/or on order to sustain current operations.
2.3.2.287. REQUISITIONS SUBMITTED (5-position N). Reflects the total number
of requisitions by priority group and supplier. These data, accumulated by the computer
on the routing identifier record, are cumulative for one year.
76 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.3.2.288. REQUISITIONS SUPPRESS FLAG (1-position A/N). Indicates that the
cumulative or annual maximum orders authorized field on the MACR was exceeded
during online processing.
2.3.2.289. REVIEW CODE (1-position A). Indicates on the due-out cancellation
(DOC) input (position 54) that the cancellation has been reviewed and is ready for
processing. The review code will be I if the DOC has been reviewed by Stock Control or
M if the DOC was generated by the CAMS.
2.3.2.290. REVIEW PERIOD INDICATOR CODE (1-position N). A code
identifying the review period relative to the ETD. For a list of these codes see DLM
4000.25-2.
2.3.2.291. ROUTING IDENTIFIER CODE (RID)(3-position A/N). Used on
requisitions and related documents under various military systems to determine the
service, facility, and internal address or storage location for routing documentation and
materiel. The letter J in position 1 indicates internal, on-base transactions only.
Table 2.61. Routing Identifier Code Examples.
Location
RID
Air Force Base Supply Examples:
OC-ALC (Oklahoma City Air Logistics Complex)
FHB
OO-ALC (Ogden Air Logistics Complex)
FGB
WR-ALC (Warren Robins Air Logistics Complex)
FLB
Other Service/Agency Examples: Army
US Army Tank-Automotive Command
AKZ
US Army Armament Command-TACOM Rock Island
B14
NAVY
Naval Air Systems Command (NAVAIR)
N21
Navy Fleet Material Support Office (FMSO)
R26
MARINES Marine Corps Logistic Base Albany, GA
MPB
COAST GUARD Coast Guard Supply Center, Baltimore, MD
ZNC
DLA
SMS
Note: See DLM 4000.25-1 and DoD 4100.39-M, Vol 10 for a list of these codes.
2.3.2.292. SATELLITE PURCHASING CAPABILITY/EQUIPMENT
AUTHORIZATION FLAG (1-position N). Used as a dual purpose flag on the
organization cost center record to identify those satellites having procurement capability
and those organizations not authorized for EAID issues.
2.3.2.293. SECURITY ASSISTANCE (SA) PROGRAM TYPE OF ASSISTANCE
AND FINANCING CODES (1- position A/N). Provides additional information
concerning type of transaction applicable to Security Assistance shipments. For a list of
these codes see DLM 4000.25-1.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 77
2.3.2.294. SERIALIZED REPORT CODE.(SRC) Assigned to indicate a stock
numbered item requires serial number control. Applicable values are:
Table 2.62. Serialized Report Code.
A
Small Arms
C
Communications Security (COMSEC)
D
Reserved
R
NWRM and COMSEC
W
NWRM
2.3.2.295. SERVICE/ AGENCY (S/A) CODES (1 or 2-position A). Designed to
accommodate S/A identity in MILSTRIP documentation. For a list of these codes see
DLM 4000.25-1.
2.3.2.296. SERVICEABLE STOCK ON HAND AMOUNT (10-position N). On the
Consolidated Status and Transaction Statement the serviceable stock on hand column
reflects the dollar value of serviceable on-hand assets to include item record, kit details,
supply points, use code D equipment, and items on loan as of the report date applied in
priority sequence to all lines of the statement, if applicable. The value is entered as
whole dollars.
2.3.2.297. SHELF LIFE CODE (1-position A/N). Indicates on the item record the
number of months a new item may remain unused in storage before it must be
reconditioned or condemned. The shelf life code is used by the requirements routine to
compute the maximum quantity that should be on hand and due-in at any one time. This
code cannot identify the shelf life remaining on any particular unit(s) of stock on hand
nor should it be confused with service life (a measurement of anticipated total in-use
time). For a list of these codes see DoD 4100.39-M, Vol 10.
2.3.2.298. SHIP-TO ACCOUNT CODE (6-position A/N). Represents the name and
address of the activity to which materiel, documentation, and/or billing is directed (see
also ACCOUNTABLE ACCOUNT CODE and ACTIVITY ADDRESS CODE).
2.3.2.299. SHIPMENT EXCEPTION CODE (SEX) (1-position A/N). Used on the
item record to identify items requiring special shipping action or to notify local
management when shipping action has been taken. See AFH 23-123, Vol 2, Pt 1, Ch 2.
2.3.2.300. SHIPMENT IDENTIFICATION (8-position A/N). Used to trace a
shipment through transportation channels. This identification number is received from the
shipping activity at the time shipping status is processed and entered on the status detail
record. The shipment identification also appears on completed shipping documents on
file in document control.
2.3.2.301. SHIPMENT HOLD CODES (1- position A). When MILSTRIP-
requisitioned materiel is delayed at a shipping activity after it has been picked, packed,
marked, and made ready for shipment, the delay will be recorded on the shipment
planning worksheet using the appropriate code and will be reported for inclusion in the
MILSTRIP shipment status and MRC transaction. For a list of these codes see DLM
4000.25-1.
78 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.3.2.302. SHIPMENT SUSPENSE. Whenever an RDO or referral is honored by a
base, the retail supply system keeps one of two types of shipment suspense records; a
shipment suspense detail or a shipped not credited (SNC) detail. The primary purpose of
shipment suspense records is to maintain an up-to-date record of the current RDO
shipment status. The type of shipment suspense record maintained by the retail supply
system depends upon whether the shipping base will receive financial credit for the part
being shipped. The formats and additional details about shipment suspense and shipped
not credited details are provided in AFH 23-123, Vol 2, Pt 3, Ch 8.
2.3.2.303. SIGNAL CODE (MATERIEL SIGNAL DESIGNATOR) (1-position
A). Identifies where requested materiel is to be shipped and who is to be billed for
funded items. This information will be provided to the source of supply on requisitions
and due-out details. For a list of these codes see DLM 4000.25-1.
2.3.2.304. SOURCE OF RELATIONSHIP CODE (30-position A/N). Identifies in
plain language the source used for determining the basis of relationship between items in
an ISG.
2.3.2.305. SOURCE OF SUPPLY CODE (1-position A). Identifies the lowest level of
financial inventory transaction data accumulation for each TYPE STOCK RECORD
ACCOUNT CODE by budget code. Each inventory management record will contain a
source of supply code and/or a MATERIEL CATEGORY CODE. See Para 5.8.
2.3.2.306. DELETED
Table 2.63. DELETED
2.3.2.307. SPECIAL PURPOSE DUE-OUT CAUSE CODES. Special Purpose
backorder cause codes are assigned due to unique situations causing MICAP conditions.
See Backorder (Due-Out) Cause Code.
2.3.2.308. SPECIAL PACKING INSTRUCTION (SPI) NUMBER (5-position
binary). Assists LRS/transportation activity personnel in properly preparing items for
movement. This number is stored on the item record in the MANUFACTURERS-ID-
CODE field and is printed on all DD Form 1348-1A, Issue Release/Receipt Document,
shipping, issue, and due-out release documents.
2.3.2.309. SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENT (SPR) STATUS CODE (2-
position A). Used to inform forecasting activities submitting SPR documents of action
taken. For a list of these codes see DLM 4000.25-2.
2.3.2.310. SPECIAL PURPOSE RECOVERABLES AUTHORIZED
MAINTENANCE (SPRAM) FLAG (1-position A). Indicates on the SPRAM detail
(type-K detail) the type of spares authorized.
Table 2.64. SPRAM Flag.
Flag
Description
A
Stand-alone spares
B
Test station spares
D
-21 TO/alternate mission equipment spares
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 79
F
Fault isolation spares
S
Shop standard spares
T
Training spares
Z
Other
2.3.2.311. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FLAG (1-position A/N). Identifies (by
means of the letter R) requirements for special projects and other requirements not
identifiable under program control. The special requirements flag is loaded on the due-in
detail record. This flag also may be used for other purposes (in which case flag R will
not be used). When program assigned for AWP requirements, this field will contain the
letter S. The following list identifies the various uses of the special requirements flag.
Table 2.65. Special Requirements Flag.
Flag
Description
0, 1, and 9
Reserved for use by DLADS
2-8
Reserved
A-Q
Reserved
R
Manually assigned for requisitioning of special requirements
S
Program assigned for requisitioning of AWP requirement
T
Reserved for AFMC
U-X
Reserved for use by DLADS
Z
Reserved for use by DLADS
2.3.2.312. SPLIT PRINT FLAG (1-position N). This entry will allow products to print
at both regional and LRSs/Materiel Management Activities. This entry will be stored in
the 001-AFO-PRINT-FLAG. Entries are as follows:
2.3.2.312.1. Y - Print Server is used when turned on for SMAS (Accounting and
Finance).
2.3.2.312.2. N - Will send print products to Default device in function 020.
2.3.2.312.3. The input of a Y will store a Blank and an N will store a 1. See part 4 for
application on the base constants-1 record.
2.3.2.313. STANDARD DEVIATION (1-position N). Identifies the authorized number
of deviations from the standard Order & Ship time that is allowed for an item or ISG.
2.3.2.314. STANDARD PROCUREMENT SYSTEM (SPS) - CUSTOMER
INTEGRATED AUTOMATED PURCHASING SYSTEM (CIAPS) DD FORM
1348-6 FLAG (1-position A/N). Identifies items as first time requirements if the item
record load is new and/or the RIC changes to JBB, JBG, JBF, JBH, JBK, or JBL. To
identify this flag, check for the 8 bit in the item record program control flag field. This
flag helps control and match requisitions to DD Form 1348-6 before sending them to the
Base Contracting Office. (See LOCAL PURCHASE FLAG.)
80 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.3.2.315. STANDARD REPORTING DESIGNATOR (SRD) (3-position
A/N). Identifies the type of aircraft, major end item, or system for TRIC (1SR) input
format and entry requirements.
2.3.2.316. STANDARD PROCUREMENT SYSTEM (SPS). (1-position
A/N). Identifies items as first time requirements if the item record load is new and/or the
RIC changes to JBB, JBG, JBF, JBH, JBK, or JBL. To identify this flag, check for the 8
bit in the item record program control flag field. This flag helps control and match
requisitions to DD Form 1348-6 before sending them to the Base Contracting Office.
2.3.2.317. STOCKED ITEM - FULL BASE STOCK. Stocked items with full base
stock are defined as total stock on hand (serviceable + unserviceable - reparable) equal to
or greater than the total stock authorized. Note: For non-recoverable items, full base
stock is defined as assets in stock (on-hand) equal to or greater than the safety level
quantity, plus the WRM on-hand quantity.
2.3.2.318. STOCKED ITEM - LESS THAN FULL BASE STOCK. Stocked item
backorder cause codes are assigned due to insufficient assets available to support a
demand-based stock level. Stocked items with less than full base stock are defined as
total stock on-hand (serviceable + unserviceable) less than total stock authorized. Note:
For non-recoverable items, less than full base stock equals the total stock on hand, minus
quantity committed to WRM, is less than the safety level quantity.
2.3.2.319. STOCKAGE PRIORITY CODE (SPC) (1-position A/N). Used to
determine demand levels on the item record for economic order quantity (EOQ) items.
The requirements program uses this code as a decision element when determining the
number of demands that an EOQ item must experience in a 365-day time period before a
demand level can be established.
Table 2.66. SPC Assignment Rules.
UJC Code
SPC
Code
Initial MICAP or AWP (UJC = AR) recurring due-out
0
Any reportable MICAP or AWP AR recurring due-out
1
A(x) or AWP BR recurring due-out
2
B(x) recurring due-out
3
C(x) recurring due-out
4
2.3.2.320. STOCKAGE PRIORITY SUBGROUP CODE (1-position A). Used on
the MACR to provide funds managers a way to selectively requisition or to generate fund
requirement outputs based on managerial decisions stored on the MACR.
Table 2.67. Stockage Priority Subgroup Codes.
SP Subgroup
Code
Item Type
A
Bench Stock
B
Individual Equipment
C
Base Service Store
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 81
D
All other items
2.3.2.321. STOCK FUND CREDIT FLAG (1-position A/N). Identifies on the item
record that credit will be allowed for serviceable turn-ins when there is no DIFM detail
for budget code 8 NSNs only. This flag will be A to allow credit, and D to deny credit.
This credit information is passed to the bases by means of the SNUD program.
2.3.2.322. STOCKED ITEM DUE-OUT CAUSE CODES. Stocked item backorder
cause codes are assigned due to insufficient assets available to support a demand-based
stock level. See Backorder (Due-Out) Cause Code.
2.3.2.323. STOCK RECORD ACCOUNT NUMBER (SRAN) (6-position
A/N). Identifies a ship-to activity, ship-from activity, SUPPLEMENTARY ADDRESS,
consignor, consignee, etc. The structure of stock record account numbers includes three
parts: an alpha MILSTRIP service code in position 1, an alpha type account code in
position 2, and a unique numeric serial number in positions 3-6. The SRAN is also used
to identify the address of each account. (This application of SRANs is referred to as the
ACTIVITY ADDRESS CODE.)
2.3.2.324. STOP/RESTART CODE (2-position A). Identifies the type of action
required for DAY control. The following codes (entered in positions 5-6 of the DAY
input) are applicable to the control of requisition dates, requirements computations,
follow-ups, and file status.
Table 2.68. Stop/Restart Codes.
Code
Description
SR
Stop releveling
RR
Restart releveling
SF
Stop follow-up
RF
Restart follow-up
SS
Stop file status
RS
Restart file status
XX
Change database key. NO LONGER IN USE: Code XX was an option
used in an earlier system--it is no longer in use. Code RS should always be
used instead of XX.
2.3.2.325. STORAGE LOCATION BASE CODE (4-position A). Designates the
physical location of WRM assets.
2.3.2.326. SUBGROUP CODE (2-position A). Identifies the subgroup to which an
ISG item belongs. Each ISG is made up of one or more subgroups depending on the
number of items and the relationship of those items to one another. Subgroups, in turn,
are also made up of one or more items, including both suitable and unsuitable items.
Except for unsuitable items, all subgroups must be freely interchangeable without regard
to application. Interchangeable items with a NPPC are retained in the same subgroup with
their interchangeable counterparts. Each subgroup is identified by a sequentially assigned
alphabetical code (AA, AB, AC, etc.).
82 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.3.2.327. SUBORDINATE COMMAND CODE (1-position A/N). Identifies a
component within a command. Subordinate command codes are assigned to components
from the squadron level upward (group, numbered Air Force, etc.). These codes are
assigned as needed to the organization record.
2.3.2.328. SUBSISTENCE TYPE OF PACK CODE (1-position N). Indicates in the
requisition the degree of protection to be provided subsistence items by the pack or
outside shipping container For a list of these codes see DLM 4000.25-1.
2.3.2.329. SUBSTITUTE ACTION CODE (1-position A/N). Identifies the status of
an AFEMS (C001) identified questionable substitution. This code is set by the item
manager. This code is internal to AFEMS (C001). The following codes are valid.
Table 2.69. Substitute Action Codes.
Code
Value
V
The item manager has verified that this substitute is valid.
N
The item manager has verified that this substitute is invalid.
I
The item manager has verified that this is an inappropriate substitution
and requires revised allowance action.
Q
The AFEMS (C001) has identified this substitute as questionable.
2.3.2.330. SUBSYSTEM IDENTIFICATION CODE (1-position N). Identifies items
peculiar to a specific assembly or system.
2.3.2.331. SUFFIX CODE (1-position A/N). Used on requisitions and shipments to
identify to the computer that this is partial status. For a list of these codes see DLM
4000.25-1.
2.3.2.332. SUPPLEMENTAL ADJUNCT FLAG (1-position A/N). Indicates on the
item record that a supplemental adjunct (-1) record exists to assist in the issue of property
involving unit of issue conflicts. This flag will contain 0 (no supplemental adjunct record
exists) or 1 (a supplemental adjunct record does exist).
2.3.2.333. SUPPLEMENTARY ADDRESS (6-position A/N). Identifies on
requisitions a site or location under the jurisdiction of the support base to which materiel
is to be shipped. The supplementary address (if applicable) is maintained in the first six
positions of the ORGANIZATION TITLE field on the organization cost center record.
The presence of a supplementary address will be indicated by the letters FY in positions
1-2. Changes to these addresses are accomplished by an FOR input. For more
information see DLM 4000.25-1.
2.3.2.334. SUPPLY CONDITION CODE (SCC) (1-position A). Identifies the
condition of an item as either serviceable or unserviceable. Supply condition codes are
used on AF Form 2005, Issue/Turn-In Requests, Documents. Supply condition codes B
and G apply to Defense Logistics Agency transactions and to document identifier codes
FEX, FTR, FTE, FTF, FTC, and FTS. Supply condition code E is authorized for FSC
3110 items reported to RIC S9I or SMS. Also called a Federal Condition Code or
Disposal Condition Code. For a list of these codes see DLM 4000.25-2.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 83
2.3.2.335. SUPPLY POINT CODE (2-position N). Identifies on- and off-base points
from which an issue or turn-in request was received. The supply point code is a locally
assigned code occupying positions 5-6 of the organization document number.
2.3.2.336. SUPPLY POINT FLAG (1-position binary). Indicates on the item record
that a supply point detail record exists for this item record. The supply point flag field
will contain 0 (no supply point detail exists) or 1 (a supply point detail does exist).
2.3.2.337. SUPPLY RESPONSE PRIORITY DESIGNATOR (1-position
N). Defines the level of Supply response time allowed for each priority designator.
Table 2.70. Supply Response Designator Codes and Definitions.
Designator
Definition
1
Aerospace vehicles on alert status, war plan or national emergency missions,
including related AGE, munitions equipment, and CEM equipment. CEM
systems or equipment including associated AGE supporting alert, war plans, or
national emergency requirements.
2
Primary mission air vehicles, missile support aircraft, air launched missiles, and
related AGE, munitions, munitions equipment, and CEM equipment for the first 8
hours after landing or start of recovery or within 6 hours of a scheduled launch,
alert, or test flight, and during simulated generations. Air evacuation, rescue, and
weather mission aerospace vehicles and related AGE, munitions, munitions
equipment, and CEM equipment. All transient tactical and tactical support
aircraft. Transient tactical and tactical support aircraft. Primary mission CEM
systems or equipment, including associated AGE, when repair is impacting
mission accomplishment. Flight or missile crew training simulator or other
training equipment related AGE requiring repair, which is impacting the mission
by preventing or delaying student training.
3
Primary mission air vehicles, missile support aircraft, engines, air launched
missiles and related AGE munitions, munitions equipment, and CEM equipment
undergoing scheduled or unscheduled maintenance. Transient air vehicles not
otherwise listed. Administrative aircraft within 8 hours of scheduled flight or on
alert status with standby crews. Time change requirements for nuclear weapons.
Scheduled and unscheduled maintenance of munitions that would prevent or
delay mission accomplishment, if not performed. PME requiring emergency
repair or calibration, the lack of which will prevent or delay mission
accomplishment. Spares not available in the LRS/Materiel Management Activity.
(Applies to selection of Maintenance repair priority designator only.) Critical end-
item and reparable spares or supply designated "priority repair" spares. Routine
maintenance of aircrew or missile training simulators, other training devices, or
related AGE sites. Overdue scheduled maintenance to include periodic
inspections, delinquent routine TCTO and MCL, and other time change items.
Primary mission CEM systems or equipment including associated AGE when
repair will not impact mission accomplishment. Alternate equipment provided to
ensure uninterrupted operation of primary mission equipment. AGE requiring
emergency repair or calibration, the lack of which will delay or prevent mission
accomplishment. Reparable spares when like serviceable spares are not available
84 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
in Supply. All base emergency vehicles, aircraft fuels servicing vehicles, alert
vehicles, 463L-loading vehicles, and crash or fire vehicles NMCS for parts
conditions.
4
Routine or extensive repair of primary air mission and related AGE and repair
cycle assets. Administrative aircraft undergoing scheduled or unscheduled
maintenance. Routine maintenance of AGE, not otherwise listed above. WRM
items due maintenance or inspection. Inspection, maintenance, and TCTO
compliance of MSK or MRSP materiel. Extensive repair of aircrew or missile
training simulators, other training devices, or related AGE. Inspection,
maintenance, and TCTO compliance of munitions and munitions equipment,
excluding spares excess to base requirements not listed above. Scheduled
calibration and unscheduled repairs on PME not listed above. Scheduled
maintenance to include periodic inspections, routine TCTO, MCL, and time
change items. Primary mission CEM systems or equipment including associated
AGE undergoing extensive repair or modification. Repair of other CEM systems
or equipment including associated AGE. Repair of CEM repair cycle assets.
WRM items due maintenance or inspection. Repair and calibration of AGE not
included above. Routine or extensive repair or modification of training equipment
and related AGE not scheduled for instructional use within the next 8 hours.
Scheduled calibration and unscheduled repairs on PME not listed above. Base
vehicles. All NCMS conditions except for ambulances, crash or fire trucks, and
aircraft refueling vehicles.
5
Non-tactical or non-primary-mission aircraft undergoing extensive repair.
Fabrication and repair of aeronautical items not carrying a higher priority. Bench
stock requirements. Extensive repair of aircrew training devices. Time change
requirements not listed above. Routine repair of missiles, AGE, and RPIE,
including repair cycle assets. Alternate and other CEM systems or equipment,
including associated AGE undergoing extensive repair or modification. Clearing
routine delayed discrepancies on training equipment or AGE, and routine
maintenance that will not impair or affect mission accomplishment. Equipment
requirements.
6
Fabrication and repair of non-aeronautical items.
7
Spares excess to base requirements.
2.3.2.338. SUPPORTABILITY CODE (1-position A). This code indicates that
authorization for spares is not supportable on mobility readiness spares package/in-place
readiness spares package (MRSP/IRSP) detail records. Code F identifies a detail for
authorization which may not be requisitioned because of base or command fiscal
restraints. No supportability code will be used for WRM spares detail records for fully
supportable authorizations.
Table 2.71. Supportability Code.
Code
Description
F
Not supportable due to fiscal restraints
2.3.2.339. SUPPRESS CANCELLATION FLAG (1-position A). Indicates on the
due-in detail that a due-in cancellation occurred as a result of input status code B8, or that
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 85
a due-in quantity was increased to conform to the quantity unit pack as the result of input
status code BJ.
2.3.2.340. SUSPECT MATERIEL FLAG (1-position A/N). Upon notification and
subsequent identification of an unsuitable item, Inspection personnel process a stock
control data load input (FCD) with an S in position 48 to load the suspect materiel flag to
the item record. The length of time an item should be coded as suspect materiel should be
published in the applicable directive.
2.3.2.341. SYSTEM DESIGNATOR CODE (SDC) (2-position A/N). For Retail.
Used on item records to identify, control, segregate, and process selected inputs. The
codes listed below are stored on item records by item record load (FIL) inputs. The 10-99
series is not stored on item records but may be used on requisition override records when
appropriate. System designators authorized for use on item records at a specific base must
be loaded internally on the base constants-1 record. Note: Use alpha/numeric system
designators to identify satellite accounts within the SBSS. Convert these system
designators to 01 on all MILSTRIP transactions.
Table 2.72. Retail System Designator Code (SDC).
Code
Use
01
Operation assets
02-09
Reserved
A0
Unused
A1-A9
Satellites with terminals and separate inventory management records
(IMR) MACR. Separate operating programs and trial balances are
optional. The A1-A9 series must be used on all munitions satellite
accounts with or without terminals.
B0-B9
Satellites without terminals (see Note below)
C0-C9
Satellites without terminals (see Note below)
Note: Approval from AF/A4LM must be obtained before the B0-B9 and C0-C9 series
may be used. Normal authorizations for these system designators will be limited to
requirements such as base closures. For example, in the event that ADP equipment
must be moved in advance of the total clearing of all materiel management records on
the SBSS computer system, the use of the nonterminal equipped satellite technique at a
nearby SBSS base would qualify.
2.3.2.342. SYSTEM DESIGNATOR CODE (1- position A/N). Wholesale: A two-
digit numeric code assigned by HQ AFMC to selected weapon systems. Under type of
support "D" and will be used by SSMs, IMSs, and bases to identify, control, segregate
materiel and process weapon system requisitions, maintain supply records, materiel,
reports, and related transaction documents.
Table 2.73. Wholesale System Designator Codes.
System
Designator
Code
Routing
Identifier
Supporting
ALC
System Popular Name
10-16
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
86 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
17
FHN
OC
SDAF (FMS); FW2037
18-21
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
22
FGN
OO
SDAF (FMS); FW2027
23
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
24
F4Y
OO
Aircraft; FW2020
25-29
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
30
FHV
OC
Prefunded Initial Support NIMSC "5" Items;
FW2030
31
FGK
OO
SDAE (FMS); FW2029
32-33
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
34
FLN
WR
SDAE (FMS); FW2067
35-61
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
62
FHJ
OC
AWACS Program E-3A; FW2033
63-70
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
71
FG6
OO
Materiel Utilization Control Office (MUCO);
FN2029
72
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
73
FH6
OC
Materiel Utilization Control Office (MUCO);
FN2030
74-84
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
85
FL6
WR
Materiel Utilization Control Office (MUCO);
FN2060
86
F2M
WR
Government Furnished Materiel (GFM) for repair;
FA2066
87
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
88
F4M
OO
Government Furnished Materiel (GFM) for repair;
FA2026
89-90
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
94
F8M
OC
Government Furnished Materiel (GFM) for repair;
FA2038
92-89
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
99
FC2
AFMC
Cryptological
System Activity,
OC,
OO & WR
Government Furnished Materiel (GFM) for Contract
Depot Maintenance (CDM) repair through CAV II ;
FA2324
2.3.2.343. SYSTEM SUPPORT MANAGER (SSM). SSMs are responsible for
identifying program requirements to integrate new systems and products into Air Force
and DoD standard logistics systems and activate depot repair facilities. SSM is the lead
point of contact at an AFMC center when a system manager located at another center
delegates field support responsibility for the system/product to the supporting
organization. Most SSMs are located within the Air Logistics Complex product
directorate performing material management for the system.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 87
2.3.2.344. TAIL NUMBER (4-position N). Identifies an aircraft. The aircraft tail
number will in all cases consist of the second and last three numerics of the aircraft serial
number (for example, serial number 7800577 = tail number 8577).
2.3.2.345. TIME COMPLIANCE TECHNICAL ORDER (TCTO) FLAG (1-
position A/N). Indicates on the item record data control flag field that TCTO
modification may be required. To load the TCTO flag to the item record, enter a “T”.
2.3.2.346. TOTE BOX/HOLD BAY DESIGNATOR (3-position A/N). Identifies tote
boxes and hold bays on REC inputs. The tote box/hold bay designator field will be blank
on inputs produced by the Receipt Due-In List (R28).
2.3.2.347. TRACE FLAG (1-position A). Enables users to trace database key/set
errors. The trace flag is used on file interrogations (INQ). When this flag is in position 23
of the INQ input, the computer prints all database keys on records read.
2.3.2.348. TRACER ACTION FLAG (1-position A). Indicates tracer action has begun
on delayed shipments. The letter T, assigned by the inline follow-up program when tracer
action begins, causes the program to suppress subsequent tracer action.
2.3.2.349. TRANSACTION EXCEPTION (TEX) CODES (1-position
A/N). Identifies to the computer those document identifier and transaction identifier
codes (DIC/TRIC) that require special processing due to exception conditions. TEX
codes with a single function within one program may be used in other programs to
perform different functions.
2.3.2.350. TRANSACTION IDENTIFICATION CODE (TRIC) (3-position
A/N). Identifies transactions within the SBSS and indicates the purpose and use of the
data as intended by the operation.
2.3.2.351. TRANSPORTATION ACCOUNT CODE (TAC) (4-position
A/N). Identifies which agency will pay the transportation costs for the movement of
assets.
2.3.2.352. TRANSPORTATION CONTROL NUMBER (TCN) (17-position
A/N). Identifies a shipment control number as assigned by LRS/transportation activity
for use from origin to destination.
2.3.2.353. TRANSPORTATION TRACER FLAG (TTF) (1-positions A). Identifies
the listings and MILSTRIP tracer reconciliation outputs (TAR) to be provided under
program control. The transportation tracer flag is contained in the TRANSPORTATION-
TRACER-FLG field of the shipped status detail. Codes not identified are assigned
internally for use in program logic decisions.
2.3.2.354. TYPE ADJUSTMENT CODE (1-position A/N). Identifies the type of
inventory adjustment to accountable records.
Table 2.74. Type Adjustment Code.
Code
Description
A
Automatic adjustment
C
Cycle
88 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
D
Special
F
Identity change
9
Automatic sample
2.3.2.355. TYPE AUTHORIZATION CODE (1-position A). Indicates the type of
authorization stored on supply point or WRM detail records. Supply Point Authorization
in the B Account. Note: If the following codes do not apply, the type authorization
code field will be blank.
2.3.2.355.1. ALife cycle assets (level justification code 0) recorded on supply
point detail records for which the authorization exceeds the base requisitioning
objective.
2.3.2.355.2. CBuildup components recorded on a supply point detail record.
2.3.2.355.3. DDirect ship SRAN. SRAN is automatically perpetuated into the
supplementary address field of the output requisition for supply point items.
2.3.2.355.4. EItems recorded on supply point detail records for recoverable items
stored at electronic asset control center (EACC) sites.
2.3.2.355.5. HItems recorded on supply point detail records for AMC forward
supply points that are resupplied from the host base.
2.3.2.355.6. MItems recorded on supply point detail records for AMC forward
supply points resupplied by a base other than the host base.
2.3.2.355.7. PSpecial project materiel (including munitions) recorded on a supply
point detail record.
2.3.2.355.8. RRepair cycle items stocked on supply point detail records for direct
mission support of critical systems. No other type authorization code applies.
2.3.2.355.9. TItems recorded on supply point detail records for recap tires.
2.3.2.355.10. XBench stock type items approved by the operations support officer
for stockage on supply point detail records.
Table 2.75. WRM Type Authorizations.
Code
Description
F
Items recorded on munitions WRM spares detail records by base A to
identify an authorization for assets being stored by base A for base B.
K
Items recorded on munitions WRM spares detail records by base B to
identify an authorization for assets being stored for base B by base A.
M
Items recorded on munitions WRM spares detail records to identify an
authorization for mobility munitions, Category B and F.
W
Items recorded on munitions WRM spares detail records to identify an
authorization for WCDO assets.
2.3.2.356. TYPE BALANCE CODE (1-position A). Identifies the type balance and
record of items being inventoried.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 89
Table 2.76. Type Balance Code.
Code
Description
A
Serviceable balance
B
In-use balance
D
DIFM balance
E
Unserviceable (limited restoration)
F
Unserviceable (reparable)
G
Unserviceable (incomplete)
J
Unserviceable (suspended)
K
SPRAM
P
Supply point balance
Q
MSK
U
RSP
W
WRM/WCDO balance
Table 2.77. Not Used.
2.3.2.357. TYPE CARGO CODE (1-position A/N). Indicates to transportation
facilities the type of cargo being handled so appropriate freighting and safety precautions
may be observed. See AFH 23-123, Vol 2, Pt 2, Ch 8 for more information.
2.3.2.358. TYPE DUE-IN INDICATOR CODE (1- position N). A code identifying
the type of due-in. For a list of these codes see DLM 4000.25-2.
2.3.2.359. TYPE FUEL CODE (ALTERNATIVE) (2-POSITION A/N). The type
fuel code will be provided by OLVIMS to the SBSS.
Table 2.78. Type Fuel Code.
Fuel Type
Fuel Description
A
METHANOL (15% GASOLINE AND 85% ETHANOL)
B
GASOLINE/COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS
(CONVERSION)
C
COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS (CNG)(OEM)
D
DIESEL
F
GASOLINE/COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS
G
GASOLINE (LEADED OR UNLEADED)
H
GASOLINE/LIQUIFIED NATURAL GAS (LNG)
J
JP-8
K
KEROSENE
L
LIQUIFIED NATURAL GAS (LNG)
M
METHANOL (15% GASOLINE AND 85% METHANOL)
N
NONFUEL (TRAILERS, MOBILIZERS ETC.)
90 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
P
LIQUIFIED PETROLEUM GAS (LPG)(PROPANE)
Q
GASOLINE OR PROPANE
R
COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS (CNG)(CONVERSION)
S
ELECTRIC/COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS
(CNG)(CONVERSION)
T
ELECTRIC DIESEL (OEM)
U
ELECTRIC DIESEL (CONVERSION)
V
ELECTRIC VEHICLE (OEM)
W
ELECTRIC (CONVERSION)
X
ELECTRIC/GASOLINE (OEM)
Y
ELECTRIC/COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS (CNG)(OEM)
Z
BIO DIESEL (80% > DIESEL)
2
SOLAR/FOSSIL FUEL
3
SOLAR/ELECTRIC
4
SOLAR/COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS (CNG)
5
SOLAR
6
HYDROGEN FUEL CELL
8
MISCELLANEOUS (ANY FUEL NOT ASSIGNED A CODE)
9
FOSSIL FUELS (OEM)(WR-ALC USE ONLY)
2.3.2.360. TYPE INSPECTION CODE (1-position N). A code identifying the level of
quality control. For a list of these codes see DLM 4000.25-2.
2.3.2.361. TYPE LEVEL FLAG (1-position A). Identifies the type of firm special
level details loaded within the item record detail set.
Table 2.79. Guide to Assigning Type Level Flags.
Rule
I
II
III
IV
V
If type
requirement is
and type
account code is
and
automatic
deletion is
and the desired
reorder point is
then load
type level
flag
1
Minimum
(no less than)
B, E
Desired
one third of minimum
level or the computed
reorder point,
whichever is greater,
A
2
B, E
Desired
one less than the
minimum level
quantity
B
3
B, E
Not Desired
C
4
Maximum
(no more than)
B, E
Not
Applicable
one less than
maximum level
quantity or the
computed reorder
point, whichever is
less
D
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 91
5
Fixed
(constant)
B, E
Not
Applicable
one less than the
fixed level quantity
unless VRF is
assigned.
E
2.3.2.362. TYPE LOCATION RECONCILIATION REQUEST CODE (1-position
N). Used to identify the type of location reconciliation request. See DLM 4000.25-2 for a
list of codes.
2.3.2.363. TYPE OF LAST UPDATE CODE (1-position A). Identifies on the ISG
record the input responsible for the last update of the ISG.
2.3.2.364. TYPE OF PHYSICAL INVENTORY/ TRANSACTION HISTORY
CODE (1-position A/N). Used in physical Inventory/transaction history documents to
identify the type of Inventory being conducted/ requested, or to identify requests
for/transmission of custodial balances/transaction history. For a list of these codes see
DLM 4000.25-2.
2.3.2.365. TYPE OF MEDIA CODES (1-position A). Identifies the type of media for
transmittal of ICP requested transaction history For a list of these codes see DLM
4000.25-2.
2.3.2.366. TYPE ORGANIZATION CODE (1-position A/N). Identifies on
organization cost center records the activity/contractor responsible for funding. When the
type organization code does not meet one of the descriptions below and the host base is
providing funds for supplies and equipment, the type organization code field will blank.
(Generally, when the tenant is funded from the same appropriation as the host, the host
will provide funds for individual clothing, hand tools, and equipment). If tenant funds are
applicable, they will be used to reimburse the SMAG directly; no refunds or
reimbursements will be made between tenant and host for SMAG items.
Table 2.80. Type Organization Code.
Code
Description
3
Identifies Flying Hour supported organization that is supported through
Centralized Asset Management.
6
Reimbursable contractor activity performing maintenance which is
supervised by the Chief of Aircraft or Missile Maintenance. DO NOT
use this code if 8 applies.
7
Organizations consuming supplies to perform maintenance on aircraft or
missile weapon systems and related support equipment.
8
Contractor activity using government furnished materiel and performing
maintenance on aircraft or missile weapon system and related support
equipment.
9
Replaced by code 7.
92 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
A
BCE. This will be applicable only to non-Interim Work Information
Management System (IWIMS) activities.
B
BCE organizations using the IWIMS system. This code will trigger the
inclusion of the transactions in the daily D10 data file which serve as the
basis for material accounting in IWIMS. Not all CE organizations will
have a type organization code B assigned. For example ground fuels are
not reported to IWIMS. The option to assign type organization code B is
a Base Civil Engineering decision.
D
AFMC industrial activities performing depot maintenance.
E
Reserved for AFMC
F
Reserved for AFMC
G
Maintenance activities not otherwise described. DO NOT use this code if
code 7 applies.
I
Replaced by code G.
K
Organization cost center records established to record expenses incurred
in base buildup of a TCTO that was authorized by HQ USAF.
M
Medical organizations.
N
Reserved for AFMC.
P
Organization cost center record established for processing issue and turn-
in transactions of aviation fuels to aircraft. These transactions are not
charged or credited to the base operating budget.
Q
Communications Maintenance Organization.
R
MWR organizations. These no appropriated fund activities receive O&M
support (reported in the Appropriated Fund Support to MWR Activities).
S
Organizations providing funds for all materiel. The organization
reimburses procurement funds (3010, 3020, and 3080) for issues of
centrally procured (CP) materiel and reimburses the host base for base
funded investment equipment. All non-Air Force activities (Army,
Navy, etc.) provide appropriation reimbursement.
V
Vehicle maintenance activity accumulating costs under the SBSS
computer system OLVIMS system.
2.3.2.367. TYPE PROCUREMENT CODE (1-position A). Identifies the type of
procurement instrument used to make purchases. The following codes are for Air Force
use only:
Table 2.81. Type Procurement Code.
Code
Description
C
Contracts
M
Purchase orders and delivery orders
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 93
W
Imprest funds
2.3.2.368. TYPE RECORD CODE (1-position A/N). Identifies the type of detail
record. A type record code (also called the type detail code) is maintained on each detail
record as indicated below.
Table 2.82. Type Record Code.
Code
Description
A
Item Record (Record Code 101)
B
Authorized/In-Use Detail Record (Record Code 201)
C
Shipment Suspense/ Shipped-But-Not Credited Detail Record (Record
Codes 215, 224)
D
Due-In from Maintenance Detail Record (Record Codes 203, 204)
E
EOQ Consumption Detail Record (Record Code 207)
F
Claims Receivable Record (Record Code 221)
G
Vendor Owned Container Detail Record (Record Code 223)
H
Unused
I
Due-In Detail Record (Record Code 202)
J
Excess Transportation Payable Detail Record (Record Code 229)
K
Special Purpose Recoverables Authorized to Maintenance Detail
Record (Record Code 225)
L
Special Level Detail Record (Record Code 216)
M
Master Bench Stock Detail Record (Record Code 217)
N
Part Number Detail Record (Record Code 222)
O
Due-Out Detail Record (Record Code 205)
P
Supply Point Detail Record (Record Code 218)
Q
Mission Support Kit Detail Record (Record Codes 232, 235, and 236)
R
Received-But-Not-Billed Detail Record (Record Code 213)
S
Follow-up or Status Detail Record (Record Codes 208-212)
T
RDO Suspense Detail Record (Record Code 220)
U
RSP Detail Record (Record Codes 233, 234, 237, 238, and 239)
V
REMS Detail Record (Vehicle Only) (Record Code 214)
W
War Reserve Materiel Spares Detail Record (Record Codes 240, and
241)
X
Excess Report Detail Record (Record Code 206)
Y
MICAP Suspense Detail Record (Record Code 228)
Z
Unused
0-9
Unused
2.3.2.369. TYPE REDISTRIBUTABLE MATERIEL CATEGORY REVIEW
CODE (1-position A/N). Identifies on the DAY input the type excess to be reviewed
and reported by the file status process.
Table 2.83. Category Review Codes.
Code
Explanation
Code
Explanation
94 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
A
Review all items. Report serviceable
materiel and request due-in cancellation.
1
Review all items. Request due-in
cancellation only.
L
Review local purchase (J series RIC)
items. Report serviceable redistributable
materiel, and request due-in cancellation.
3
Review local purchase (J series RIC)
items. Request due-in cancellations
only.
D
Review DLA (S series RIC) items. Report
serviceable redistributable materiel, and
request due-in cancellation.
4
Review DLA (S series RIC) items.
Request due-in cancellation only.
E
Review all equipment (type account code
E) items. Produce forced excess review
record, and request due-in cancellation.
5
Review all equipment (type account
code E) items. Request due-in
cancellation only.
F
Review all Army-managed items. Report
serviceable materiel, and request due-in
cancellation.
6
Review all Army-managed items.
Request due-in cancellation only.
G
Review all GSA items. Report serviceable
redistributable materiel, and request due-in
cancellation.
7
Review all GSA items. Request due-in
cancellation only.
Q
Review all economic order quantity
(ERRCD XB3) items. Report serviceable
materiel, and request due-in cancellation.
8
Review all economic order quantity
(ERRCD XB3) items. Request due-in
cancellation only.
R
Review all repair cycle (ERRCD
XD*/XF*) items except XD* assets coded
NRTS=1 and XF* items containing DIFM
Status Codes AWM, AWF, and INW with
25 percent base repair or less. Report
serviceable materiel, and request due-in
cancellation.
9
Review all repair cycle (ERRCD
XD*/XF*) items except XD* assets
coded NRTS=1 and XF* items
containing DIFM Status Codes AWM,
AWF, and INW with 25 percent base
repair or less. Request due-in
cancellation only.
2.3.2.370. TYPE SHIP-NOT-CREDITED (SNC) FLAG (1-position N). Identifies the
status of credit acknowledgment or indicates suspense for future follow-up actions. The
type SNC flag is assigned to the SNC detail record and is edited under program control.
Table 2.84. Type Ship-Not-Credited (SNC) Flag.
Flag
Description
Blank
Excesses returned pending credit acknowledgment. No credit granted.
1
Credit allowed for the value appearing in the extended cost field.
2
Shipment suspense detail. No credit authorized.
3
Credit taken for return of assets damaged in shipment or assets having
latent defects.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 95
2.3.2.371. TYPE SPARES CODE (1-position A). Used to identify the type of spares
for WRM, MRSP, IRSP, etc. The codes are defined below and the SBSS schema record
number on which they may appear.
Table 2.85. Type Spares Codes.
Code
Description
A
Aircraft MRSP
B
Aircraft IRSP
C
Non-airborne MRSP
D
Non-airborne IRSP
F
High priority MSK
G
Weapons training detachment operating spare
H
Special spares (bare base, harvest eagle, Southwest Asia, station sets,
and housekeeping sets)
J
Civil engineer MRSP
K
Civil engineer IRSP
P
Permanent MSK
T
Temporary MSK
W
WCDO
2.3.2.372. TYPE STOCK RECORD ACCOUNT CODE (1-position A). Identifies
the type of management, activity, or organization to which the stock record account is
assigned (for example, B-LRS/Materiel Management Activity manager, E-equipment
supply manager). This code occupies the second position of the SRAN.
2.3.2.373. TYPE TRANSACTION PHRASE AND CODE (TTPC) (2-position
A/N). Provides information for easy identification of transactions on the document
register. See Para 2.11.
2.3.2.374. UNIT OF ISSUE (U/I) (2-position A). Indicates the minimum quantity of an
item that may be requisitioned, received, stored, or issued. These two-letter abbreviations
are contained on stock lists under the heading Unit of Issue. Authorized codes are listed
in C-1-AF, Introduction to Federal Supply Catalog. Locally assigned units of issue may
be used. For unit of issue and unit price changes input FCU. For a list of these codes see
DoD 4100.39-M, Vol 10.
2.3.2.375. UNIT PRICE (8-position N). Indicates the cost or value of one unit of issue
of an item. The unit price will be expressed in dollars and cents except for Fuels account
items, which reflect dollars, cents, and mills. If the actual unit price is less than one cent,
00000001 will be used in this system. If the actual unit price is one million dollars or
more, the unit price 99999999 will be used. For unit of issue and unit price changes input
FCU.
2.3.2.376. UNIT TYPE CODE - UTC (6-position A/N). Describes a specific
capability. All approved UTC(s) are found in Volume 3 of the War Mobilization Plan
(WMP) and are used by unified and specified commands, HQ USAF, and the JCS to
identify forces and property required to support contingency plans. The sixth position of
96 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
the UTC is the UTC's suffix code which identifies the status of a UTC package. Values
are 0-9.
2.3.2.377. UNSERVICEABLE STATUS CODE (1-position A). Indicates on the
DIFM unserviceable detail record the status of an unserviceable item.
Table 2.86. Unserviceable Status Codes.
Code
Description
A
This code does not appear on the unserviceable detail record but is recorded on the
transaction history record when the asset is automatically shipped/transferred under
program control.
C
Condemned/waived. This status is assigned when the turn-in reflects maintenance
action taken code 9 (condemned) and the item record reflects ERRCD codes
XD1/XD2 and a unit price of $300 or more. Code C indicates that the condemned
item has been reported for disposition instructions. The report date is entered in the
DISPOS-REQUEST-ADR-DATE field of the unserviceable detail record. Status
code C is also assigned to the unserviceable detail to reflect receipt of condemned
XB3 assets (supply condition code H) for TRM action.
D
Reported for disposition instructions. This status is assigned when the supply
condition code is F or G and the item has been reported for disposition instructions.
The report data are entered in the DISPOS-REQUEST-ADR-DATE field of the
unserviceable detail record.
H
Held for maintenance action. This status is assigned when the input TEX code is 1
(do not ship or report). It is also assigned when the turn-in or condition change
reflects condition code G (incomplete), or condition code H (held in stock).
U
This status is assigned when the item is a Deficiency Report exhibit or when a
condition code change (FCC) is processed from serviceable to supply condition
code J (suspended in stock).
2.3.2.378. UNSERVICEABLE STOCK ON-HAND AMOUNT (10-position N). On
the Consolidated Status and Transaction Statement (TABLE III/M20) the unserviceable
stock on hand column reflects the dollar value of unserviceable on hand assets as of the
report date applied in priority sequence to all residual deficits remaining after application
of the serviceable assets. The value is entered as whole dollars.
2.3.2.379. URGENCY JUSTIFICATION CODE (UJC) (2-position A/N). Indicates
on SBSS issue requests the urgency of need and the type of requirement (that is, the
justification). The first position will contain the UND. See Para 2.20.
2.3.2.380. URGENCY OF NEED DESIGNATOR (UND) (1-position A/N). Identifies
how seriously mission capability is hindered when required materiel is unavailable.
Requisitioning programs also use this code to determine priority. The urgency of need
designator occupies the first position of the UJC. assignment and application. For a list of
these codes see DLM 4000.25-1.
2.3.2.381. URGENCY OF NEED FUNDING FLAG (UNFF) (1-position
A). Controls those requisitions produced by an UND on the MACR. The computer
produces requisitions when the input issue request urgency of need designator (found in
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 97
position 1 of the UJC) is equal to or smaller than the UNFF reflected in the MACR
Requirements exceeding the limits prescribed by the assigned UNFF will be reflected in
position 72. The UNFFs are assigned to the MACR by processing a 1LM adjustment in
the format provided in DFAS-DE 7077.10-M.
Table 2.87. Urgency of Need Funding Flag.
Flag
Description
A
Requisition urgency of need A only.
B
Requisition urgency of need A and B only.
C
Requisition all requirements.
E
Output FRC for all requirements.
2.3.2.382. USE CODE (1-position A). Indicates the intended use of vehicles and
equipment.
Table 2.88. Use Codes.
Code
Description
A
Mobility equipment
B
Support equipment
C
Joint-use equipment
D
WRM equipment and supplies
J
Vehicle asset (mobility) Note
K
Vehicle asset (support) Note
L
Vehicle asset (joint-use) Note
M
Vehicle asset (WRM) Note
Note: These codes are reflected on the 214-REM-VEHICLES-ONLY-
DETAIL.
2.3.2.383. USING MAJOR COMMAND. The major command responsible for the
wartime operational control of the forces for which WRM is authorized. See the term
MAJOR COMMAND CODE.
2.3.2.384. VARIABLE REORDER FLAG (VRF) (1-position N). Used to adjust the
reorder level on fixed level detail records (type-E).
2.3.2.385. VEHICLE REGISTRATION NUMBER (8-position A/N). Identifies a
particular vehicle by year, type, and serial number. Vehicle registration numbers are
assigned in the AFEMS (C001) by the item manager. Vehicle registration numbers are
constructed as follows:
Table 2.89. Vehicle Registration Number.
Pos.
A/N
Description
1-2
N
Year of manufacture (last two digits--85, 86, etc.)
3
A
Design/application code
4-8
N
Serial number (serial numbers are left justified within the field;
there may be blanks in the low order positions)
98 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.3.2.386. VEHICLE REPLACEMENT CODE (1-position A). Indicates the
condition of a vehicle. The vehicle historical record will provide the most current code
according. Reference AFI 24-203 for specific code information.
2.3.2.387. VEHICLE STATUS CODE (1-position A). Indicates how a vehicle is
being used or where it is located (for example, in-use, in-place, intransit, lost to the LRS
CC/AO, etc.).
Table 2.90. Vehicle Status Codes.
Code
Description
A
Vehicle is assigned for authorized use (except for use line code M assets). ASC
cannot be 000 or 987. See Note 1.
B
Vehicle is being shipped to a repair facility. Disposition instructions have been
or will be provided to the repair facility by the CEMO. Vehicle will not return
to the former owning organization and is a loss to the LRS CC/AO. See Note 2.
C
Vehicle is being used in maintenance training (AETC only). See Note 1.
D
Disposition instructions are received, but vehicle accountability is being
maintained on authorized/in-use and REM-vehicles-only detail records pending
shipment, maintenance, transfer to DLADS, sale, etc. See Note 1.
E
Vehicle is unserviceable. Accountability is being maintained on authorized/in-
use and REM-vehicles-only detail records until transfer to DLADS.
Cannibalization of vehicle is authorized prior to processing to DLADS. See
Note 1.
F
Vehicle is assigned to special project/exercise other than WRM or mobility.
Use code must be K. Note 1.
G
Vehicle is being shipped to a facility for repair and subsequent IM
redistribution. It is a loss to the LRS CC/AO and excess to the CEMO. See
Note 2.
H
Vehicle is in place for an authorized WRM requirement and is in serviceable
condition. ASC must be a BASS composition code, and use code must be M.
See Note 1.
I
Vehicle is sent to the vehicle maintenance facility, awaiting limited technical
inspection (LTI). See Note 1.
J
Vehicle is unauthorized but is in-use and required. Allowance change request
has been submitted (ASC000A must be assigned). See Note 1.
K
Vehicle is excess to the owning MAJCOM and is being held at direction of the
IM for disposition instructions. ASC must be 000, and use code must be K. See
Note 1.
L
Vehicle is on loan in excess of 30 days to a non-Air Force organization. Use
code must be K. ASC must be 987 with the loan termination date in the last
four positions of the ASC field or ASC 051. See Note 1.
M
Vehicle is being transferred to DLADS. See Note 2.
N
Vehicle is unserviceable. Disposition instructions and/or repair authority has
been requested from the major command. See Note 1.
P
TIN code is used for all other physical losses where vehicle will not return to
AF REMS. Examples include losses to DOD or governmental agencies, foreign
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 99
governments, commercial agencies (excluding AF vehicles on loan to
contractors), theft, etc. REMS management must submit delete (loss) record. Be
sure that the required form lists applicable recipients or other clarifying
specifics. See Note 2.
Q
TIN input code is used to delete an incorrect registration number or erroneously
assigned NSN; for example, vehicle gained in error, registration or NSN
entered incorrectly, or change from REM to non-REM. This code will not be
used for normal file maintenance NSN changes distributed through Stock
Number User Directory (SNUD). See Note 2.
R
At the option of the MAJCOM, change the status code to R for vehicles in
base- or depot-level repair for more than 60 days.
S
Vehicle is transferred to an organization of another MAJCOM. Losing and
gaining organizations are both supported by the same LRS CC/AO. See Note 1.
T
Vehicle is intransit to an Air Force activity of another MAJCOM and is a loss
to the LRS CC/AO and CEMO. The TIN input reflecting code T will not be
processed until immediately before turnover of the vehicle to
LRS/transportation activity. See Note 2.
U
Vehicle is intransit to an Air Force activity of the same MAJCOM and is a loss
to the LRS CC/AO. See Note 2.
V
Vehicle is on loan within or between MAJCOMs not to exceed 180 days. ASC
must be 987. Use code must be J or K. See Note 1.
W
Vehicle is being held within AFMC for system support requirements. (For
AFMC system support manager use only.) See Note 1.
X
Vehicle is excess to the LRS CC/AO and is awaiting CEMO directed Alpha)
action. ASC must be 000, and use code must be K. See Note 1.
Y
In-place WRM asset is in unserviceable (reparable) condition and expected to
be out of commission for 30 days or more. Use code M applies. ASC must be a
BASS composition code. See Note 1.
Z
Vehicle is intransit to port of POE either to or from an overseas destination. It is
anticipated that the shipment time will exceed 180 days. See Note 1.
Note:
1. These codes are in-use or in-place status codes used on ISU, FET, and FCI inputs.
2. These intransit codes are used only on TIN and FME inputs. They indicate the REM
item is no longer in-use or in-place at this LRS CC/AO and has been shipped or
transferred.
2.3.2.388. VEHICLE MAINTENANCE WORK ORDER NUMBER (6-position
ANNNNA). The construction of vehicle maintenance work order numbers is as follows:
Table 2.91. Vehicle Maintenance Work Order Numbers.
Pos.
Characters
1
Any alpha character (A-Z)
2-5
Any numeric characters (0-9)
6
M, N, or D. The last position contains the charge code.
100 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.3.2.389. VENDOR CODE (3-position 1/A/N, 1/A/N, 1/A). Identifies vendors for a
variety of purposes. Vendor codes are locally assigned by the Contracting Office and are
controlled centrally within that office. The last position of vendor codes will always
contain the first letter of the vendor's main name.
2.3.2.390. WAREHOUSE LOCATION CODE (11-position A/N). Identifies on the
item record the location of items stored by the LRS CC/AO.
2.3.2.391. WAR RESERVE MATERIEL (WRM) APPLICATION CODE (2-
position A/N). Identifies an item's use and the type of kit to which it applies. This code
is used on WRM authorized in-use detail records and equipment transactions are
reported in the AFEMS (C001). As indicated below, the entry requirement will vary
depending on the type of kit being maintained.
Table 2.92. War Reserve Materiel (WRM) Application Code.
Type Kit
Entry Requirement
Station sets
Number of aircraft supported
Housekeeping sets
Augmentation population
Basic Expeditionary Airfield Resources
(BEAR)
Increment and part (increment is a
locally assigned number 1-4; part is
obtained from the allowance standard)
Air Force field
Applicable part listed in allowance
standard, right justified, preceded by
blanks
Clothing/field equipment kits/ packages
Blanks
2.3.2.392. WAR RESERVE MATERIEL IN USE INDICATOR CODE (1-position
A). Identifies WRM equipment items that are being utilized.
2.3.2.393. WARTIME CATEGORY (WC) CODE (1-position N). Identifies the
category of SBSS logistical support provided to combat units. The wartime category code
for each SBSS is determined by the LRS CC/AO or the MAJCOM/A4, based on the
wartime tasking and logistical support to be provided.
Table 2.93. Wartime Category (WC) Code.
WC
Definition
1
SBSS directly supporting combat units, activities or operations.
2
In-theater SBSS logistically supporting units at category 1 bases
(for example, Support Center Pacific, rearward maintenance bases,
MOB supporting COB, or OL).
3
CONUS or safe haven bases logistically preparing units for
deployment or logistically supporting deployed units located at
category 1 or 2 bases.
4
SBSS not in category 1, 2, or 3. During peacetime, all bases are in
category 4.
2.3.2.394. WARTIME PROCESSING CODE (WPC) (4-position A). Specifies the
wartime processing requirements or options available for ADPE processing and for
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 101
performance of functional requirements. These codes are used in combination with
WARTIME CATEGORY CODES.
Table 2.94. WPC Codes.
WPC
WC
Definition
MAN
D
1, 2, 3, or 4
Mandatory. Required by SBSS software or
regulatory policy or is essential to logistically support combat
units.
DLYD
l, 2, or 3
Can be delayed without impairing mission
support, inventory control, or violating regulatory policy.
TERM
1, 2, or 3
Can be terminated without impaired
mission support, inventory control, or violating regulatory
policy.
OPTL
1, 2, or 3
Optional or as required to assist in
providing mission support or maintaining inventory control.
NORM
3 or 4
Normal, as during peacetime.
2.3.2.395. WEAPONS CONTROL ERROR NOTIFICATION CODE (2-position
A). Identifies errors made in the Weapon Control Report New (DSM) and Small Arms
Reconciliation New (DSR). These codes will be used online or on reject transactions to
identify specific errors and to provide instructions to the reporting activity for corrective
action.
Table 2.95. Error Codes and Message/Solutions.
Error
Code
Error Message/Solution
05
Error Message: A small arms record exists on the Component Registry
master file, but the reporting activity did not submit E reconciliation record.
Solution: Verify active/inactive records. If the weapon is on active file,
return the error transaction to the Component Registry with the required
transaction code in position 7 to indicate that the Component Registry is
correct. This action will remove the reject suspense and stop any follow-up
action.
07
Error Message: Identifies a reconciliation request submitted to the
Component Registry that shows another reporting activity as the owner. The
reject is included in the small arms record reject suspense file, which must
be cleared to complete the reconciliation. Solution: Verify active/inactive
records.
a. If the document is a receipt, then request the shipping activity to submit
required shipment transactions and resubmit error transaction with an R in
position 7 and other pertinent data punched as required to post to master file
and remove the reject suspense.
b. If the document is not a receipt of a shipment and the weapon is
physically on hand as reported, then take the necessary action outlined for
102 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
duplicate serial numbers within the same NSN.
08
Error Message: Reflects confirmation that the Component Registry had
added a serial number as a result of a reconciliation E transaction processed.
No prior receipt of a transaction record received by the Component
Registry. Solution: No action required. The reconciliation will be recorded
in the next Component Registry master file update as an initial registration.
The number of code 8 records posted to the Component Registry master file
will be identified as summary information to the activity being reconciled.
1A
Error Message: NSN not equal to current NSN. Solution: For
informational purposes. DOD Registry and Component Registry use this
error code.
1B
Error Message: NSN invalid. Solution: For informational purposes. DOD
Registry and Component Registry use this error code.
1C
Error Message: NSN table date invalid. Solution: For informational
purposes. DOD Registry and Component Registry use this error code.
2A
Error Message: Document identifier code or routing identifier code invalid.
Solution: Notify reporting activity of the error condition so that it can
correct its files. Correct and resubmit transaction.
2B
Error Message: Serial number contains blanks. Solution: Notify reporting
activity of the error and request a corrected transaction be submitted.
2C
Error Message: Transaction code invalid. Solution: Correct and resubmit
transaction.
2D
Error Message: Unmatched NSN. Solution:
a. If the NSN is not reportable, then notify the reporting units to
discontinue reporting for this NSN.
b. If the NSN is wrong, then notify the reporting activity of the error and
request them to submit a corrected transaction
c. If the NSN is valid and relevant, then prepare and submit transaction H
to the computer.
2F
Error Message: Document number date incorrect. Solution: Verify,
correct, and resubmit transaction.
2G
Error Message: Document serial number incorrect. Solution: Verify,
correct, and resubmit transaction.
2J
Error Message: Invalid DODAAC/UIC from, or DODAAC/UIC to a mass
change. Solution: Be sure that DODAAC/UIC from-to are valid and in the
file; correct DODAAC/UIC.
2K
Error Message: DODAAC/UIC invalid in document number. Solution:
Verify, correct, and resubmit transaction.
2L
Error Message: Transaction date invalid. Solution: Verify, correct, and
resubmit transaction.
2M
Error Message: Action date greater than current date. Solution: Verify,
correct, and resubmit transaction.
2O
Error Message: DODAAC/UIC invalid. Solution: Verify, correct, and
resubmit transaction.
3A
Error Message: Document number interrogation exceeds limit. Solution:
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 103
Correct and return transaction by next cycle. Notification will be by
card/listing. Listings will show error code and narrative description.
3B
Error Message: Serial number interrogation exceeds limit. Solution: Same
as 3A.
3C
Error Message: Stock number interrogation exceeds limit. Solution: Same
as 3A.
3D
Error Message: DODAAC/UIC number interrogation exceeds limit.
Solution: Same as 3A.
3F
Error Message: Transaction date prior to master date. Solution: Verify,
correct, and resubmit transaction.
3G
Error Message: Unmatched transaction. Solution: Missing transaction(s).
Verify, corrects and resubmit transaction.
3H
Error Message: New serial number matches previously established master
file. There may be an error in the reported serial number, OR a duplicate
serial number exists. Solution: Contact the reporting activity to verify the
reported serial number if the serial number is incorrect. Correct and
resubmit the transaction.
3I
Error Message: From DODAAC/UIC in transaction does not match
DODAAC/UIC in master file. Solution: Verify, correct, and resubmit
transaction.
3J
Error Message: Transaction matches on NSN but not on serial number.
There may be an error in the serial number OR there are missing
transactions in the computer. Solution: Verify, correct, and resubmit
transactions.
3K
Error Message: Receipt transaction received before shipment transaction.
Solution: Shipping activity must verify and submit required shipment
transactions to enable receipt to post to Component Registry.
3L
Error Message: Input transaction is incompatible with master file. Solution:
Compare the rejected transaction against the master file and then make the
input transaction (position 7) compatible; for example, S transaction on the
master file will accept R transaction only.
3M
Error Message: Duplicate on serial number, NSN, and transaction code.
Solution: Request printout from the computer by NSN and serial number
(transaction code 3). Check the transaction to see if it is an exact duplicate.
If it is not, correct and resubmit the transaction.
3U
Error Message: NSN and weapons serial number duplicate another weapon
on the master file. Solution:
a. If either the NSN (positions 8-22) or the serial number (positions 57-67)
of the weapon are incorrect, then resubmit a correct transaction.
b. If the NSN and serial number are correct and the weapon was received
from the activity shown in the master file, then submit receipt R transaction
to the Component Registry.
c. If the NSN and serial number are correct, and the weapon was not
received from the activity shown on the master file, then follow the actions
for duplicate serial numbers with same NSN.
104 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.3.2.396. WEAPON CONTROL TRANSACTION CODE (1-position A). Indicates
the type of transaction for serialized reporting of weapons.
Table 2.96. Weapon Control Transaction Code.
Code
Description
A
Reserved
B
Initial registration of small arms
C
Inventory adjustmentgain
D
Shipment reversal
E
Intra-service/agency reconciliation
F
Shipment to foreign military sales/grant aid
G
Shipment (issues) to general officers
H
Mass stock number change (DSB)
I
Interrogation/inquiry record (law enforcement inquiries)
J
Emergency suspense status--includes weapons shipped for
mobilization (Army)
K
Multi-field correction (DSA)
L
Inventory adjustmentloss
M
DODAAC/unit identification code mass change
N
Shipment to non-DOD agencies--excluding FMS/grant aid
shipment
P
Procurement gains
Q
Notification of suspected loss--report of survey in process
R
Receipt confirmation
S
Shipment between DOD activities
T
Confirmation of completed shipment
V
Demilitarization--used by demilitarization activities to
report destruction weapon
W
Reserved
X
Reserved
Y
Reserved
Z
Initial registration and shipment--serves dual purpose as
codes B and S
2.3.2.397. WEAPON SYSTEM DESIGNATOR CODE (WSDC) (3-position
A/N). The WSDC is a three position code assigned by DLA for the military services.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 105
The first two positions are alpha/numeric and identify the weapon system. The third
position (F) is mechanically assigned and denotes the Air Force as the using service.
2.3.2.398. WHOLESALE CONTRACTOR INITIAL SPARES LIST. Contractor
provided listing of peculiar spares required to support the initial activation of a weapon
system.
2.3.2.399. WORK UNIT CODE (WUC ) (5-position A/N). The WUC is a five-
position alpha/numeric field displaying a reference code identifying the relationship
between an item and its subassembly.
2.3.2.400. ZIP CODE (5-position N). Identifies postal delivery destination by state
(positions 1-3) and post office or postal zone (positions 4-5).
2.4. Transportation Account Code.
2.4.1. Purpose. To identify which agency will pay the transportation costs for the movement
of assets. The TAC is a four-position alpha/numeric code. It is programmatically assigned as
shown in the following table.
Table 2.97. TAC Assignment Chart.
If The
DIC/TRIC
Equals
And The
Budget
Code
Equals
And The
Proj Code
Equals
And The
Ship From
Or Ship To
DODAAC
Equals
And The
Cond
Code
Equals
And The
IM/SOS
Code
Equals
And The
FSC
Equals
Then
Use
This
TAC
Notes
SHP/A2x/
A4x/A5x/F
TA
8
Any
Any
Any
FH(x)
Any
F2RS
Notes 5
SHP/A2x/
A4x/A5/FT
A
8
Any
Any
Any
FG(x)
Any
F3RS
Notes 5
SHP/A2x/
A4x/A5x/F
TA
8
Any
Any
Any
FL(x)
Any
F6RS
Notes 5
SHP/A2x/
A4x/A5x/F
TR
9
Any
Any
Any
All except
F**, Q**,
or C**
Any
F7GS
Notes 5
A2x/A4x/A
5x (except
A5J)
Alpha
/Blank
Any
Any
Serv
FG(x),
FH(x),
FL(x)
5800 thru
5895
F8J0
Notes 1,
2,6
A2x/A4x/A
5x (except
A5J)
Alpha
/Blank
205
Any
Serv
FG(x),
FH(x),
FL(x)
Any
F8U2
Notes 1,
6
A2x/A4x/A
5x (except
Alpha
/Blank
L86
Any
Serv
FG(x),
FH(x),
Any
F8PD
Notes 1,
4, 6
106 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
A5J)
FL(x)
A2x/A4x/A
5x (except
A5J)
Alpha
/Blank
145, Y31
Any
Serv
FG(x),
FH(x),
FL(x)
Any
F8PG
Notes 1,
6
A2x/A4x/A
5x (except
A5J)
Alpha
/Blank
355
Any
Serv
FG(x),
FH(x),
FL(x)
Any
F8WK
Notes 1,
6
A2x/A4x/A
5x (except
A5J)
K
Any
Any
Serv
FPD
Cryptologic
al support
materiel
F8CR
Notes 1,
6
A2x/A4x/A
5x (except
A5J)
Alpha
/Blank
121, 725
through
736, 9**
Any
Serv
FL(x)
1336, 1337,
1338, 1410,
1420, 1427,
6920, 8140
F8RT
Notes 1,
6
A2x/A4x/A
5x (except
A5J)
A, M or Y
Any
Any
Serv
FG(x),
FH(x),
FL(x)
1710, 1720,
1730, 1740,
2835, 3920,
3950, 4110,
4120, 4130,
4140, 4310,
4320, 4520,
4910, 4920,
4930, 4940,
5430, 6110,
6115, 6130,
6210, 6230,
6240, 6250,
6260, 6630,
6635, 6636,
6640, 6645,
6650, 6680,
6685, 6695,
8110.
(AGE)
F8HA
Notes 1,
3, 6
A2x/A4x/A
5x (except
A5J)
Alpha
/Blank
121, 725
through
736, 9**
Any
Serv
FG(x)
1190, 1195,
1305, 1310,
1315, 1320,
1325, 1330,
1336, 1337,
1338, 1340,
1345, 1350,
1351, 1360,
1365, 1370,
1375, 1376,
1377, 1385,
F8UT
Notes 1,
6
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 107
1390, 1395,
1398, 1410,
1420, 1427,
1670, 4030,
5895, 6135,
6920, 8140,
9505 (Air
Munitions)
A2x/A4x/A
5x (except
A5J)
V or Y
ERRCD
equals
NF5, ND5
Any
Any
Serv
Any
1740, 2210,
2220, 2230,
2310, 2320,
2330, 2350,
2410, 2420,
3805, 3810,
3820, 3825,
3830, 3895,
3910, 3920,
3930, 3950,
4210
(Vehicles)
F8WR
Notes 1,
3, 6
Note:
1. No TAC codes will be assigned to any ANG shipments (from or to ANG accounts) where the
DoDAAC equals F_6000 to F_6599.
2. The last digit on the TAC is 0 (zero).
3. FSC 1740, 3920 and 3950 are in both AGE and vehicles categories. The SBSS will assign TAC
F8WR for Budget Code “V” and "Y", with ERRCD NF5 and ND5 (Vehicles), and TAC F8HA for
budget codes A, M, and Y (with any other ERRCD).
4. TAC F8PD is restricted to supporting the Harvest Falcon/Harvest Eagle Program (Formerly
Southwest Asia) only.
5. All A5(x) including TRM/A5J.
6. The TAC is assigned only to those A2*/A4*/A5* where the first position of the document number
equals E or F.
2.5. Document Identifier Code (DIC) And Transaction Identification Code (TRIC)
2.5.1. Document Identifier Code (3-position A/N).
2.5.1.1. Purpose. To identify external transactions (requisition, referral action, status,
follow-up, cancellation, etc.) to the system they apply to and to indicate the purpose and
use of the data as intended by the operation. The SBSS will recognize these codes under
program control, select the appropriate programs, and react to the data.
2.5.1.2. Assignment. The DOD controls assignment of the first character. Alphabetic
characters A and B are assigned to the Supply distribution systems for MILSTRIP.
108 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
Alphabetic characters X, Y, and Z are provided as variable codes. These variables may be
used in any or all systems, but only under restrictive conditions.
2.5.1.3. MILSTRIP. Document identifier codes must be entered on all requisitions and
related products entering the Supply distribution systems under MILSTRIP, according to
the following rationale.
2.5.1.3.1. Position 1 assignments.
2.5.1.3.1.1. Alphabetic A identifies transactions related to Requisitioning /Issue
systems, regardless of service or the items within that service.
2.5.1.3.1.2. Alphabetic B and X identify transactions related to Inventory Control
systems within services/agencies. Each service may develop and assign these
codes.
2.5.1.3.1.3. Alphabetic C identifies transactions related to the Defense Logistics
Agency's Inventory Control System.
2.5.1.3.1.4. Alphabetic X and Y facilitate service assignment of codes to
transactions necessary to internal depot, supply source, or base operations but not
directly related to paragraphs above. Transactions containing codes Y and Z in the
first position may never appear on any documents passed beyond the confines of a
base, depot, or equivalent.
2.5.1.3.1.5. Alphabetic D and all other alphabetics not mentioned above are
reserved for future assignment by the Department of Defense. These codes will
not be used by the military services or the Defense Logistics Agency until
assigned by DOD.
2.5.1.3.2. Position 2 assignments. The second position may contain alphabetic or
numeric entries.
2.5.1.3.3. Position 3 assignments. The third position may contain alphabetic or
numeric entries. If position 1 contains alphabetic A on requisitions, referral orders,
redistribution orders, and materiel release orders, the character in position 3 (numeric
or alphabetic) will indicate the content of the stock or part number field. For these
transactions, the following guidelines will apply:
2.5.1.3.3.1. Any numeric will signify that an overseas consignee is to receive
shipment of the materiel.
2.5.1.3.3.2. Any alphabetic will signify that a CONUS consignee is to receive
shipment of the materiel.
2.5.2. Transaction Identification Code (3-position A/N).
2.5.2.1. Purpose. To identify internal transactions within the SBSS (issue, turn-in, due-
in, due-out, report, file maintenance, inventory, etc.), and to indicate the purpose and use
of the data as intended by the operation. The SBSS computer will recognize these codes
under program control, select the appropriate programs, and react to the data.
2.5.2.2. Assignment. The possibility of misusing a DOD/AFMC document identifier as a
transaction identifier must be avoided. For this reason, some transactions containing
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 109
TRIC codes may never appear on any document passed beyond the limits of the Standard
Base Supply System.
2.5.3. Codes and Explanation. The following table lists DIC/TRIC codes used in the SBSS,
along with titles and references where the applicable formats may be found.
Table 2.98. DIC/TRIC Codes Chart.
TRIC/DIC
TITLE
CHAPTER
I(NPUT)
O(UTPUT)
E(XTERN
AL)
D
L
M
S
TRIC/DIC
LVL
Relevel Select
AFH 23-
123, V2, Pt
1, Ch2
O
N/A
LVL
1QA
thru
1QH;
1QJ thru
1QN;
1QP
thru 1Q2
AMC/SBSS Satellite
FSS Data Reports
AMC
Command
Guidance
I/O/E
N/A
1QA
thru 1QH;
1QJ thru
1QN;
1QP
thru 1Q2
1CT
Sample Inventory Certificate
No longer
required,
O
N/A
1CT
Sample
Inventory no
longer
authorized
1GP
Special Inventory Request
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
1GP
1RR
Sample Inventory Recount
No longer
required, Sample
Inventory no
longer
authorized
I/O
N/A
1RR
1RS
Sample Inventory Count
No longer
required, Sample
Inventory no
longer
authorized
I/O
N/A
1RS
CIC
Inventory Count
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I/O
N/A
CIC
110 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
DFM
DIFM Detail Change
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I/O
N/A
DFM
EIC
Equipment Inventory Count
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I/O
N/A
EIC
FCC
Condition Change Input
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
N/A
FCC
FCC
Condition Change Document
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
O
N/A
FCC
FCH
Identity Change Input
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
FCH
FCH
Identity Change Document
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
O
N/A
FCH
FCS
Warehouse Location Change/
Delete
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
FCS
FCS
Warehouse
Location
Change/Validation
Review
AFH 23-
123, Vol2 Pt 1,
Ch5
O
N/A
FCS
FSP
Supply Point Detail
Load/Change/Delete
AFH 23-123,Vol
2, Pt 1, Ch5
I/O
N/A
FSP
IAD
Inventory Adjustment Document
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
O
N/A
IAD
IOD
Inventory Overage Document
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
E
N/A
IOD
IRC
Special Inventory
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I/O
N/A
IRC
IRC
Inventory Recount
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I/O
N/A
IRC
RCI
Inventory Processing
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
RCI
REC
Bin Notice
AFI 24-203
O
N/A
REC
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 111
REC
Receipt
AFI 24-203
I/O
N/A
REC
REC
Local Purchase Receiving
Document
AFI 24-203
O
N/A
REC
REC
Notice To Stock
AFI 24-203
O
N/A
REC
SRC
Special Inventory Input
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
SRC
TRN
Maintenance Turn-Around
Record
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
TRN
1DL
Detail Validation Screen
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
1DL
DXB
Materiel Receipt Follow-up
AFI 24-203
I
527
R
DXB
DRA
Materiel Receipt
Acknowledgment
AFI 24-203
O
527
R
DRA
DRF
Follow-up For Delinquent
Materiel Receipt
Acknowledgment
AFI 24-203
I
527
R
DRF
DRB
Materiel Receipt
Acknowledgment Reply to
Follow-up
AFI 24-203
O
527
R
DRB
1SI
Electronic Delivery
Confirmation.
AFI 24-203
N/A
1SI
7K6
Reply to Materiel Receipt
Follow-up
AFH 23-123,Vol
2, Pt 1, Ch3
O
N/A
7K6
1BS
Bench Stock Issue Request
AFH 23-123,Vol
2, Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
1BS
1MM
Mission
Capability/Awaiting Parts
(MAPS) Record
Retrieval/Update
AFH 23-123,Vol
2, Pt 1, Ch5
I/O
N/A
1MM
1SH
Due-Out Status Notification
AFH 23-123,Vol
2, Pt 1, Ch5
O
N/A
1SH
2BS
MBS Record Load Input
AFH 23-123,Vol
2, Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
2BS
2BS
MBS Record Change Input
AFH 23-123,Vol
2, Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
2BS
112 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2BS
MBS Record Delete Input
AFH 23-123,Vol
2, Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
2BS
2BS
MBS Consolidation Input
AFH 23-123,Vol
2, Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
2BS
DOC
Organization Due-
Out
Cancellation/Revali
dation
AFH 23-123,Vol
2, Pt 1, Ch5
I/O
N/A
DOC
DOC
Due-Out Cancellation
AFH 23-123,Vol
2, Pt 1, Ch5
O
N/A
DOC
DOR
Force Due-Out Release
AFH 23-123,Vol
2, Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
DOR
DOR
Due-Out Release Document
AFH 23-123,Vol
2, Pt 1, Ch5
O
N/A
DOR
ISU
Issue Request
AFH 23-123,Vol
2, Pt 1, Ch5
I/O
N/A
ISU
ISU
Issue Document
AFH 23-123,Vol
2, Pt 1, Ch5
O
N/A
ISU
ISU
Issue Document Bench Stock
AFH 23-123,Vol
2, Pt 1, Ch5
O
N/A
ISU
MSI
Issue Request
AFH 23-123,Vol
2, Pt 1, Ch5
N/A
MSI
MSI
Issue Document
AFH 23-123,Vol
2, Pt 1, Ch5
N/A
MSI
NOR
Start/Stop
AFH 23-123,Vol
2, Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
NOR
XE7
AWP Report Transaction
Processing
AFH 23-123,Vol
2, Pt 1, Ch5
O
N/A
XE7
XE8
AWP Receipt Acknowledgement
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch4
I
N/A
XE8
XE9
AWP Disposition Response
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I/O
N/A
XE9
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 113
XEX
AWP Interrogation
AFH 23-
123,Vol 1
I
N/A
XEX
B9A,
B9B
AWP Report
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 3
O
N/A
B9A,
B9B
BSU
Bench Stock Issue
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
O
N/A
BSU
TIN
Turn-In Request for Equipment
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch6
I
N/A
TIN
TIN
Turn-In Output Document
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch6
O
N/A
TIN
TIN
Turn-In Requests for
Expendable Supplies
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch6
I
N/A
TIN
TIN
Turn-In Requests for Repair
Cycle
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch6
I
N/A
TIN
A5J
Transfer to DLADS
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
O
N/A
A5J
AE3
Supply Status to the DLADS
DLM 4000.25-1-
M
I/O
870S
AE3
AFX
Disposal Shipment
Confirmation (Initial)
DLM 4000.25-1-
M
O
940
R
AFX
AFZ
Disposal Shipment
Confirmation (Second
Follow-up)
DLM 4000.25-1-
M
O
940
R
AFZ
ASZ
Response to AFX or AFZ
DLM 4000.25-1-
M
O
N/A
ASZ
AS3
Shipment Status
DLM 4000.25-1-
M
O
856S
AS3
FTB
Reply to Follow-up for Credit
Status
DLM 4000.25-1-
M
I
812L
FTB
FTD
Delayed Disposition Instruction
DLM 4000.25-1-
M
I
870
M
FTD
114 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
FTQ
Customer Report of Excess
Reporting Document
DLM 4000.25-1-
M
I
870
M
FTQ
FTT
Follow-up for ICP/IMM
Materiel Receipt Status
DLM 4000.25-1-
M
O
180
M
FTT
FT6
ICP/IMM Follow-up
DLM 4000.25-1-
M
I
870
M
FT6
SHP
Forced Shipment
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I/O
N/A
SHP
TRM
Non-Directed Transfer or to
DLADS
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch6
I/O
N/A
TRM
XFA
RIW Shipment Notification
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
O
N/A
XFA
DZG
Transaction Reject,
MILSTRAP Transactions
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
E
N/A
DZG
7MS
Transaction Reject,
Intra-AF Transactions
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
E
N/A
7MS
DZE
Asset Status/Transaction
Excess Report Request
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I
N/A
DZE
DZF
Asset Status Report
(Base, Post, Camp, and
Station)
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
O
N/A
DZF
FTE
Report of Customer Excess
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
O
180
M
FTE
FTF
Follow-up on DLA Excess
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
O
180
M
FTF
A21,
Redistribution Order/Overseas
AFH 23-
I
940
R
A21,
A22,
123,Vol 2,
A22,
A24,
Pt 1, Ch5
A24,
A25
A25
A2A,
Redistribution Order/Domestic
AFH 23-
I
940
R
A2A,
A2B,
123,Vol 2,
A2B,
A2D,
Pt 1, Ch5
A2D,
A2E
A2E
A41,
Referral Order/Overseas
AFH 23-
I
940
A41,
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 115
A42,
123,Vol 2,
R
A42,
A44,
Pt 1, Ch5
A44,
A45
A45
A4A,
Referral Order/Domestic
AFH 23-
I
940
R
A4A,
A4B,
123,Vol 2,
A4B,
A4D,
Pt 1, Ch5
A4D,
A4E
A4E
BL0
Redistribution Order
Confirmation
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
O
N/A
BL0
B71 thru
B75
Redistribution Order
Denial-- Overseas
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
O
N/A
B71 thru
B75
B7A
thru
B7E
Redistribution Order
Denial-- Domestic
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
O
N/A
B7A
thru B7E
DWA
Prepositioned Materiel Receipt
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I/O
527
D
DWA
99S
Prepositioned Materiel Receipt
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
99S
BF7
Redistribution Order
Follow-up (From)
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
BF7
FTR
Shipment Document DLA
Excess
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
O
870
M
FTR
BL7
Reply to Redistribution Order
Follow- up Shipment Status
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
O
N/A
BL7
FTR
Reply to Request for
Disposition- DLA
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5; DLM
4000.25-1- M
I
870
M
FTR
FTR
Shipment Interface Record
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5; DLM
4000.25-1- M
O
N/A
FTR
116 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
FTM
Excess Shipment Status
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5; DLM
4000.25-1- M
O
856
R
FTM
FTL
Excess Supply Shipment Status
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5; DLM
4000.25-1- M
O
870
M
FTL
FTC
DLA Excess Cancellation
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5; DLM
4000.25-1- M
I/O
180
M
FTC
1AM
Reverse-Post Selection
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
1AM
RVP
Record/Reversal Correction
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
N/A
RVP
1AQ
Delinquent Date Change
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
1AQ
1DP
Delinquent Document
Function Number/OPR
Update
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
1DP
1DQ
Delinquent TRIC Record Update
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
1DQ
1DS
Delinquent Source Document
Inquiry
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
1DS
1DU
Delinquent Source Document
Update
AFH 23-123,Vol
2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I/O
N/A
1DU
DCC
Document Control Report
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
O
N/A
DCC
DSD
Delinquent Source Document
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
DSD
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 117
SSC
Shipment Suspense
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I/O
N/A
SSC
XE2
Weapon Control Error
Notification
Historical
Reference
O
N/A
XE2
1F3
Adjusted Level Detail
Load/ Change/Delete
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I/O
N/A
1F3
DMC
Selective Delete Mission
Change Detail
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I
N/A
DMC
FCD
Stock Control Data Change
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I
N/A
FCD
FCD
Stock Control Data Change
Notice
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
O
N/A
FCD
FCD
Stock Control Data
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I
N/A
FCD
FCL
Demand Data Input (Format 1)
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I
N/A
FCL
FCL
Demand Data Input (Format 2)
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I
N/A
FCL
FCL
Demand Data Input (Format 3)
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I
N/A
FCL
FCL
Demand Data Output Notice
(Formats 1 & 2)
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
O
N/A
FCL
FCL
Demand Data Output Notice
(Format 3)
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
O
N/A
FCL
FEX
Forced Excess
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I/O
N/A
FEX
FSL
ISSL Program Select Input
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I
N/A
FSL
MBA
Master Base Address Record
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
E
N/A
MBA
118 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
MBD
Master Base Data Record
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
E
N/A
MBD
XGC
ISSL Usage Data Report
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
O
N/A
XGC
XCA
AFMC Computed Level
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I
N/A
XCA
XCC
Level Receipt Acknowledgment
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
O
N/A
XCC
XCE
RBL Inquiry
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
O
N/A
XCE
XCD
DDR Confirmation Request
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I
N/A
XCD
XE5
Adjusted Stock Level Reject
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I
N/A
XE5
XE6
Adjusted Level Confirmation
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I
N/A
XE6
XCH
AFMC ISSL IMAGE
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
I/O
N/A
XCH
XE4
Adjusted Level File
Maintenance Transaction
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
O
N/A
XE4
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 119
7H7
Base O&ST Transaction
NOTE: Airlift
investment O&ST
days are pushed to
the retail supply
system by AFMC
via a 7H7
transaction.
However, also note
that this O&ST
occurrence value is
no longer used in
any retail supply
system stockage
policy decision.
I
N/A
7H7
1SD
SRD Demand Data
I/O
N/A
1SD
DSA
Small Arms Multi-Field
Correction
O
N/A
DSA
DSB
Small Arms Mass Stock
Number Change
N/A
DSB
DSC
Small Arms Correction
O
N/A
DSC
120 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
DSF
Small Arms Reject/Recon
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch10
N/A
DSF
DSM
Weapon Control Report
AFH 23-123,Vol
2,
Pt 1, Ch10
O
N/A
DSM
DSR
Small Arms Reject/Recon
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch10
I/O
N/A
DSR
RAR
Calibration/Repair and
Return Request
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch10
I
N/A
RAR
XHA
COMSEC Control Report
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch10
E
N/A
XHA
XHB
COMSEC Control Error
Notification
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch10
E
N/A
XHB
XS1
Serialized Control Input
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch10
N/A
XS1
1TO
Due-Out Transfer
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch10,
I
N/A
1TO
1VR
Receipt of Vendor-Owned
Containers
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch10,
I/O
N/A
1VR
1VS
Shipment of Vendor-
Owned Containers/AF-
Owned Containers
Returned for Credit
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch10,
I/O
N/A
1VS
1ED
Equipment/SPRAM
Deployment/Return Single
Selection - Inline
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I/O
N/A
1ED
1ET
EAID Accountability
Termination Single
Selection - Inline
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I/O
N/A
1ET
1ET
Equipment/SPRAM
Accountability Transfer
Single Selection - Inline
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I/O
N/A
1ET
FCI
EAID/In-Use/REM
Detail--
Load/Change/Delete
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I/O
N/A
FCI
FEC
Terminate EAID Accounting
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I/O
N/A
FEC
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 121
FED
Establishment of
SPRAM
Accountability
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I/O
N/A
FED
FED
Equipment/WRM Packages
Receipt of Transfer
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2, Pt 1,
Ch5
I/O
N/A
FED
FED
Non-EAID Equipment Detail
Update
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
FED
FER
EAID/In-Use Identity Change
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I/O
N/A
FER
FET
EAID/In-Use Inter-Custody
Receipt Transfer
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
FET
FET
SPRAM Inter-Custody
Receipt Transfer
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
FET
FME
Equipment/WRM
Package
Deployment Select
Input
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
I
N/A
FME
REM
Registered Equipment
Management Reconciliation
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
O
N/A
REM
XGF
Item Record/Catalog
Management Report
AFEMS
O
N/A
XGF
XGG
Item Balance Record
AFEMS
O
N/A
XGG
XGH
Reason Coded Transaction
Report
AFEMS
O
N/A
XGH
XGI
Shipping or Receiving Report
AFEMS
O
N/A
XGI
XGJ
In-Use Detail Overlay Report
AFEMS
O
N/A
XGJ
XGL
Organization Record Report
AFEMS
O
N/A
XGL
XJE
AFEMS (C001) Inquiries
AFEMS
I/O
N/A
XJE
XJU
Deployment Shipping Report
AFEMS
O
N/A
XJU
XSA
Equipment Shortage
AFEMS
O
N/A
XSA
XSB
Repair and Return Assets
AFEMS
O
N/A
XSB
XSC
Reporting SRAN/CSB SRAN
Cross Reference
AFEMS
O
N/A
XSC
XSD
Due-in/Due-out Notification
(Budget Code 9/Z)
AFEMS
O
N/A
XSD
XSE
Organization Change
AFEMS
I
N/A
XSE
122 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
XSF
WPARR Update
AFEMS
I
N/A
XSF
XSI
Excess Disposition Notice
AFEMS
I
N/A
XSI
XSJ
Base Authorization Update
AFEMS
I
N/A
XSJ
XSK
Supply/Ship Status Info Record
AFEMS
O
N/A
XSK
1XA
Special Purpose
Recoverable Authorized to
Maintenance Detail Record
Load, Change, and Delete
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5,
I
N/A
1XA
1SA
SPRAM Identity Change
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5,
I
N/A
1SA
1CK
War Consumable
Distribution Objective
(WCDO)
Load/Change/Delete
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I
N/A
1CK
1EB
MRSP/IRSP Serial
Number/Control Record
Load/Change/Delete/ Inquiry
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I
N/A
1EB
1HM
High Priority Mission
Support Kit (HPMSK)
Load/Change
Delete/Receipt /
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I/O
N/A
1HM
1KK
Special Spares Detail
Load/Change/Delete/
Receipt
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I/O
N/A
1KK
1KT
MRSP/MSK Transfers Between
Kits
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I
N/A
1KT
1LK
In-Place Readiness Spares
Package (IRSP) Load/Change/
Delete/ Receipt
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I/O
N/A
1LK
1MK
Mission Support Kit
(MSK)
Load/Change/Delete/
Receipt
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I/O
N/A
1MK
1NK
Non-Airborne Mobility
Readiness Spares Package
(NAMRSP)
Load/Change/Delete/Recei
pt
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I/O
N/A
1NK
1PD
Temporary
MSK/HPMSK Load
(Reserved for future use)
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 3
I
N/A
1PD
XS2
SBSS Mass Organization Change
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch5
O
N/A
XS2
XT3
Selective CSMS
Reconciliation
Parameter
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I
N/A
XT3
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 123
XTA
Summary Report Indicator
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 3
I
N/A
XTA
XTG
Peacetime Operating Stock
(POS) Overlay Report
Note: R30/NGV8
95 program is
used for the
reconciliation
process. The R30
produces a
O
N/A
XTG
124 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
XTG
Peacetime Operating Stock (POS)
Overlay Report
SIFS file when
the Selective,
Total or
Weekly/Total
reconciliations
are processed.
The SIFS
file is produced
for HQ AFMC
with the
following
CSMS
report files. POS
Overlay
Report
(XTG).
Airborne
MRSP
Overlay Report
(XTH).
MRSP/IRS
P Serial
Number
Report Record
(XTK).
HPMSK
Overlay
Report (XTL).
IRSP
Overlay
Report
(XTU). MSK
Overlay
Report
(XVH).
Non- Airborne
MRSP
Overlay Report
(XV2)
O
N/A
XTG
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 125
XTH
Airborne MRSP Overlay Report
See Note
for XTG
O
N/A
XTH
XTJ
MAJCOM WRM Serial Number
Authorization Record
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I
N/A
XTJ
XTK
MRSP/IRSP Serial Number Report
Record
See Note
for XTG
O
N/A
XTK
XTL
HPMSK Overlay Report
See Note
for XTG
O
N/A
XTL
XTU
IRSP Overlay Report
See Note
for XTG
O
N/A
XTU
XVE
Munition WRM Spares Detail Load,
Change, Delete
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 3
I/O
N/A
XVE
XVF
WRM Authorization Input Record
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
I
N/A
XVF
XV2
Non-airborne MRSP Overlay Report
See Note
for XTG
O
N/A
XV2
XVH
MSK Overlay Report
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2
O
N/A
XVH
1UB
Airborne Mobility Readiness Spares
Package (AMRSP)
Load/Change/Delete/ Receipt
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch2,
I/O
N/A
1UB
1RT
Reparable Transfer
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch7,
I
N/A
1RT
1IC
Stock Number Change Report
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
O
N/A
1IC
BDD
Defense Inactive Item Inquiry
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
BDD
BDE
Defense Inactive Item Inquiry
(Follow-up)
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
BDE
BDF
SNUD Add/Delete Reconciliation
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
O
N/A
BDF
BDG
Defense Inactive Item Review Reply
AFH 23-123,
V2, Pt2, Ch8
O
N/A
BDG
126 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
BDH
Defense Inactive Item Review Reply
(Follow-up)
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
O
N/A
BDH
BDM
Ammunition Data
Historical
Reference
I
N/A
BDM
BM(x)
Stock List Change
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
BM(x)
BV7
Part Number Data
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
E
N/A
BV7
BV9
Replacing Stock Number Data
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
E
N/A
BV9
BVA
SNUD Inquiry
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
O
N/A
BVA
BVM
Ammunition Data
Historical
Reference
I
N/A
BVM
BVN
S/N Valid No Stock Control Data
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
BVN
BVR
Reference Number to Stock Number
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
E
N/A
BVR
BVS
Interchangeable and Substitute Group
Data (D043B Responses)
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
BVS
BZE
ERRC Data Review Request
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
E
N/A
BZE
BZH
Follow-up Short AF Form 86, Request
for Cataloging Data/Action,
Interrogation
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I/O/E
N/A
BZH
FOR
Organization Cost Center Record
Load/Change/Delete
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
FOR
XXR
AFMC Response From XXX
Interrogation
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch7
I
N/A
XXR
XXX
D043B Query
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt1, Ch2
O
N/A
XXX
FIL
New Item Record Load
AFH 23-123,
V2, Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
FIL
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 127
1AA
Part Number Load, Change, and
Delete
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
1AA
FIC
Item Record Indicative Data Change
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I/O
N/A
FIC
FNL
File Maintenance Miscellaneous Data
Change
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
FNL
FCU
Unit of Issue and/or Unit Price
Change Input
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
FCU
FCU
Unit of Issue and/or Unit Price
Change Output
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
O
N/A
FCU
1CU
SPS Unit Of Issue Change
Notification
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
O
N/A
1CU
MSD
Price List Change Input
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
MSD
MVC
Moving Average Cost Input
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
MVC
FID
Item Record Delete
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
FID
BV4
Stock Control Data (Current)
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
BV4
BVE
Base Stock List Data Record
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
E
N/A
BVE
BVD
DLIS Screening Results
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
BVD
FIS
Interchangeable and Substitute Group
Load, Change, or Delete
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I/O
N/A
FIS
FFC
Freeze Code Load/Delete
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I/O
N/A
FFC
BDT
Transportation Data Report
AFH 23-
123, V2, Pt2,
Ch8
I/O
N/A
BDT
128 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
BVT
Transportation Data Load/
Change/Delete
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I/O
N/A
BVT
1AP
Application Code
Load/Change/Delete
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
1AP
1SR
SRD Load/Change/Inquiry
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
1SR
BVA
FSC/MMAC Interrogation
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
E
N/A
BVA
BDL
FSC/MMAC Record Load, Change,
or Delete
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
BDL
BVL
FSC/MMAC Record Load, Change,
or Delete
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
BVL
FRD
Shipping Destination Record
Load/Change
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I/O
N/A
FRD
FRD
Routing Identifier Deletion
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
FRD
FXR
Exception Phrase Record Load,
Change or Delete
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I/O
N/A
FXR
CPH
Type Cargo Phrase Load/Delete
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
CPH
FRI
Routing Identifier Record
Load/Change/ Delete
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I/O
N/A
FRI
BZ3
Disposal or Condemnation Action
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I/O/E
N/A
BZ3
BZ4
Item Name, Type, P/N, Tech Rev
and/or FSC Change
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I/O/E
N/A
BZ4
BZ9
ERRC Data Review
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I/O/E
N/A
BZ9
BZA
Short AF Form 86--Record 1 and #2
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I/O/E
N/A
BZA
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 129
BZB
CMD Review Request Using Short
AF Form 86
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I/O/E
N/A
BZB
BBS
Response Format for Short AF Form
86 and Long AF Form 86
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
E
N/A
BBS
BDR
Reparable Item Movement Control
Report
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I/O
N/A
BDR
BV8
Reparable Item Movement Control
Report
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I/O
N/A
BV8
FRR1
Repair Cycle Record Indicative Data
Load/Change/ Delete/Inquiry
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I/O
N/A
FRR1
FRR2
Repair Cycle Record Quantitative
Data Load/Change/ Delete/Inquiry
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I/O
N/A
FRR2
RDC
RID to DODAAC Load/Change/
Delete
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
RDC
1DE
Delivery Destination Record
Load/Change/Delete
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
1DE
ECC
Exception Code Control Record
Historical
Reference
O
N/A
ECC
1SQ
SNUD Stock Number Interrogation
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
1SQ
1SC
Controlled Item Code Change
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
1SC
BDS
Interchangeable and Substitute Group
Data (D043B) Responses
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch8
I
N/A
BDS
D6(x)
Materiel Receipt Transaction
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 3
O
N/A
D6(x)
D8J
IncreasedRe-identification of Stock
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 3
O
N/A
D8J
DAC
Increased/Decreased Condition
Transfer
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
O
N/A
DAC
130 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
DJB
Physical Inventory Notification
Note: From
storage
activity to
inventory
managers
advising
cut-off date
of physical
inventory
action
requested
by another
manager,
owner,
APO,
or APO-
designated
representative,
or the
storage
activity
when
commingled
assets
belong to
more than
one owner.
O
N/A
DJB
D9J
Decreased--Re-identification of Stock
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
O
N/A
D9J
1EZ
Short Inquiry Format
Historical
Reference
O
N/A
1EZ
AIQ
Automatic Inquiry
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch4
O
N/A
AIQ
CTH
Transaction History Master Inquiry
Menu
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch4
I
N/A
CTH
CTHMI
SC
Batch Miscellaneous Option Inquiry
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch4
I
N/A
CTHMI
SC
CTHNS N
CTH Stock Number Inquiry
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch4
I
N/A
CTHNS
N
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 131
CTHSE R
Transaction Serial Number Inquiry
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch4
I
N/A
CTHSE
R
FFF
Transfer to/from an Overflow Adjunct
Record
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt3, Ch14
O
N/A
FFF
FUP
In-Line Follow-up (Created Under
Program Control Only)
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch4
None
N/A
FUP
INQ
Inquiry
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch4
I/O
N/A
INQ
1CF
C-Factor Assignment Parameter
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
I
N/A
1CF
1DD
MRSP Reconciliation Parameter
Historical
Reference
I
N/A
1DD
1GW
Organization Bench Stock Listing
Parameter
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
I
N/A
1GW
1LE
SRD Due-Out Summary Parameter
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
I
N/A
1LE
9IT
Program Factor Adjustment
Transaction
Historical
Reference
O
N/A
9IT
BFD
Base Financial Data
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
O
N/A
BFD
CWM
BEAMS Materiel Transaction
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
O
N/A
CWM
CW*
BEAMS Materiel Transaction
Summary
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
O
N/A
CW*
ISU
Retail Outlet Line Item Accounting
Issue Output
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
O
N/A
ISU
RIA
Requisitions Submitted Report
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
O
N/A
RIA
RIB
Follow-ups Submitted Report
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
O
N/A
RIB
RIC
On Time Receipts, Base Standard
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
O
N/A
RIC
132 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
RID
Delayed Receipts, Base Standard
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
O
N/A
RID
RIE
On Time Receipts, UMMIPS
Standard
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
O
N/A
RIE
RIF
Delayed Receipts, UMMIPS Standard
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
O
N/A
RIF
RIG
Order and Shipping Time, Report
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
O
N/A
RIG
RIH
Back Order Reconciliation (DOD),
Report
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
O
N/A
RIH
RII
Base Reconciliation (AFMC), Report
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
O
N/A
RII
RIJ
On Time Status, Report
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
O
N/A
RIJ
RIK
Delayed Status, Report
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
O
N/A
RIK
RIL
Depot Rejects/Cancellation, Report
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
O
N/A
RIL
RIM
Base Initiated Cancellation, Report
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
O
N/A
RIM
RIN
Status/Cancellation Justification
Code, Report
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
O
N/A
RIN
RIO
Status/Cancellation Justification
Code, Report
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
O
N/A
RIO
RMS
RMS Format Report
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
O
N/A
RMS
VIM
VIMS Materiel Cost
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
O
N/A
VIM
XHC
Supply/Equip Transaction Summary
AFH 23-
123, Vol 2,
Pt 2, Ch 5
O
N/A
XHC
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 133
DAC
Increase/Decrease--Condition Transfer
DLM
4000.25-1-M
O
N/A
DAC
D4S
Materiel Receipt Transaction
(Procurement Instrument Source)
DLM
4000.25-1-M
O
N/A
D4S
D6A
Materiel Receipt Transaction, from
Own Service/Agency
DLM
4000.25-1-M
O
N/A
D6A
D6B
Materiel Receipt Transaction, from
Other DOD Agency
DLM
4000.25-1-M
O
N/A
D6B
D6C
Materiel Receipt Transaction, from a
Non-DOD Federal Agency
DLM
4000.25-1-M
O
N/A
D6C
D6H
Materiel Receipt Transaction, from
Activities as GFM
DLM
4000.25-1-M
O
N/A
D6H
D6J
Materiel Receipt Transaction, from
Property Disposal Officer
DLM
4000.25-1-
M
O
N/A
D6J
D6L
Materiel Receipt Transaction, from
Removal of Installed Items
DLM
4000.25-1-
M
O
N/A
D6L
D6Q
Materiel Receipt Transaction, from
Removal of Installed Items
DLM
4000.25-1-
M
O
N/A
D6Q
D7A
Issue Transaction, to Own
Source/Agency
DLM
4000.25-1-
M
O
N/A
D7A
D7B
Issue Transaction, to Another DOD
Agency
DLM
4000.25-1-M
O
N/A
D7B
D7C
Issue Transaction, to a Non-DOD
Federal Agency
DLM
4000.25-1-M
O
N/A
D7C
D7D
Issue Transaction, to Map/Grant Aid
DLM
4000.25-1-M
O
N/A
D7D
D7E
Issue Transaction, to Map Foreign
Military Sales
DLM
4000.25-1-M
O
N/A
D7E
D7H
Issue Transaction, to Activities as
GFM and Repair Parts
DLM
4000.25-1-M
O
N/A
D7H
134 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
D7J
Issue Transaction, to Property
Disposal Officer
DLM
4000.25-1-M
O
N/A
D7J
D7L
Issue Transaction, to
Assembly/Disassembly/Conversion/M
odification
DLM
4000.25-1-M
O
N/A
D7L
D7M
Issue Transaction, to Repair/ Testing
DLM
4000.25-1-M
O
N/A
D7M
D7Q
Issue Transaction, to Installation of
Items
DLM
4000.25-1-M
O
N/A
D7Q
D8A
Increase--Physical Inventory
Adjustment
DLM
4000.25-1-M
O
N/A
D8A
D8J
Increase--Re-identification of Stock
DLM
4000.25-1-M
O
N/A
D8J
D8K
Increase--Catalog Data Change
DLM
4000.25-1-M
O
N/A
D8K
D8Z
Increase--Other Adjustment
DLM
4000.25-1-M
O
N/A
D8Z
D9A
Decrease--Physical Inventory
Adjustments
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt1, Ch 5
O
N/A
D9A
D9G
Decrease--Shrinkage, Theft,
Contamination
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt1, Ch 5
O
N/A
D9G
D9H
Decrease--Major Disaster
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt1, Ch 5
O
N/A
D9H
D9J
Re-identification of Stock
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt1, Ch 5
O
N/A
D9J
D9K
Decrease--Catalog Data Change
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt1, Ch 5
O
N/A
D9K
D9Z
Decrease--Other Adjustments
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt1, Ch 5
O
N/A
D9Z
XCB
DDR/PBR Report
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt1, Ch 2
O
N/A
XCB
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 135
9QK
Asset/Status/Transaction Report
O
N/A
9QK
9QN
HPMSK Asset Status Report
O
N/A
9QN
7WS
Asset Reporting Image
AFH 23-123,
V2,
Pt2, Ch 5
O
N/A
7WS
1SX
MICAP Cause Code Summary
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 5
O
N/A
1SX
1SX
MICAP Delete Code Summary
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 5
O
N/A
1SX
7LF
Asset Status Reporting
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 5
O
N/A
7LF
1SS
Reporting Parameter for D36
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 5
I
N/A
1SS
1WR
Base WRM Deficit
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 5
O
N/A
1WR
1xx
Increase Safety Level Identification
Level
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 5
O
N/A
1xx
1SB
Stock Number SRD Delete Parameter
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 5
I
N/A
1SB
1SE
SRD Change Parameter
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 5
I
N/A
1SE
1FL
ISSL/FOSSL Fill Rate Listing
Parameter
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 6
I
N/A
1FL
1PL
Problem Item List Parameter
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 6
I
N/A
1PL
1RH
Due-Out Status Listing Parameter
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 6
I
N/A
1RH
1RJ
Due-Out Status Listing Parameter
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 6
I
N/A
1RJ
EBF
O&M Equipment Requirement
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 6
O
N/A
EBF
136 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
FKD
Spares Deployment
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 6
I
N/A
FKD
1WD
Spares Transfer
AFH 23-
123, V2, Pt2,
Ch 6
I
N/A
1WD
1SK
MRSP/IRSP Shortage Stratification
Parameter
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 6
I
N/A
1SK
1SV
MRSP Review Option
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 6
I
N/A
1SV
1SJ
Item Record Selective Readout Sort
Parameter
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 6
I
N/A
1SJ
1RX
DIFM Listing Parameter
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 6
I
N/A
1RX
1RY
Delinquent Criteria Change
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 6
I
N/A
1RY
1RV
SRD Demand Analysis/Parameter
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 6
I
N/A
1RV
1SL
Special Level Review Parameter
(R35)
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 6
I
N/A
1SL
1WS
Consolidated SRD Demand Data
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 6
I
N/A
1WS
1WT
SRD Data Consolidation Input
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 6
I
N/A
1WT
1SF
Terminal Load
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 6
I
N/A
1SF
1RU
SRD Demand Data Analysis/
Consolidation Parameter
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 6
I
N/A
1RU
1ID
ADS-Interface Record
Load/Change/Delete/Inquiry
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 7
I
N/A
1ID
1LY
Follow-up Action Record
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 8
O
N/A
1LY
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 137
1LZ
Reverse-Post Record
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 8
O
N/A
1LZ
A21,
A22
A24,
A25
Shipment Interface Record
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 8
O
940R
A21,
A22
A24,
A25
A2A,
Shipment Interface Record
AFH 23-
O
940R
A2A,
A2B,
123, V2,
A2B,
A2D,
Pt2, Ch 8
A2D,
A2E
A2E
A41,
A42
A44,
A45
Shipment Interface Record
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 8
O
940R
A41,
A42
A44,
A45
A4A,
Shipment Interface Record
AFH 23-
O
940R
A4A,
A4B,
123, V2,
A4B,
A4D,
Pt2, Ch 8
A4D,
A4E
A4E
A5J
Shipment Interface Record
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 8
O
N/A
A5J
DOR
Shipment Interface Record
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 8
O
N/A
DOR
FME
Shipment Interface Record
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 8
O
N/A
FME
ISU
Shipment Interface Record
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 8
O
N/A
ISU
MSI
Shipment Interface Record
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 8
O
N/A
MSI
SHP
Shipment Interface Record
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 8
O
N/A
SHP
2HQ
STORE 2-HR-CARD Record
AFH 23-
123, V2,
Pt2, Ch 8
I
N/A
2HQ
1CS
Consolidated Shipment Inquiry
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
O
N/A
1CS
138 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
1LH
Local Purchase Reconciliation Header
(SPS)
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 3
O
N/A
1LH
1LP
Local Purchase Reconciliation (SPS)
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 3
O
N/A
1LP
1RA
SPS Receipt Acknowledgment Report
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 3
O
N/A
1RA
AB(x)
NAEW E-3A Component Status
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 3
I
N/A
AB(x)
AC6
Cancellation (TAV)
DLM
4000.25-1-M
I/O
940R
AC6
AE9
Supply Status
DLM
4000.25-1-M
I/O
870S
AE9
AF6
Follow-up (TAV)
DLM
4000.25-1-M
I
940R
AF6
AFT
Request for Shipment Tracing
DLM
4000.25-1-M
O
869A
AFT
APR
Request Reinstatement of Requisition
DLM
4000.25-1-M
O
N/A
APR
AS8
100% Supply Shipment Status
DLM
4000.25-1-M
O
856S
AS8
BAO
Base to Source Requisition
Reconciliation
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
O
N/A
BAO
Ch1
Memorandum Requisition Data to
DLA Transaction Services (formerly
known as DAAS) (Overseas)
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
O
N/A
Ch1
CHA
Memorandum Requisition Data to
DLA Transaction Services (formerly
known as DAAS) (Domestic)
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
O
N/A
CHA
DIT
Due-In/Due-Out Update
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
I/O
N/A
DIT
EDD
Procurement Status-Changes
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 3
I
N/A
EDD
FLP
Follow-up Action Record
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
I
N/A
FLP
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 139
LCC
Procurement StatusCancellation
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 3
I
N/A
LCC
LPA
Procurement Status Adjustment
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 3
I
N/A
LPA
LPS
Procurement Status Input
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 3
I/O
N/A
LPS
LPT
Procurement Status PIIN Update
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 3
I/O
N/A
LPT
REC
Due-In Cancellation Request
AFI 24-
203
I/O
N/A
REC
SPR
Special Requisition/Due-In Detail
Update
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
I
N/A
SPR
TAR
Transportation Action Required
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
O
N/A
TAR
TMA
Tracer Action Reply
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
I
N/A
TMA
TM1
Shipment Tracer Action
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
O
N/A
TM1
AS1,
AS2
Shipment Status
DLM
4000.25-1-M
I/O
856S
AS1,
AS2
AS4
Shipment Status
DLM
4000.25-1-M
I/O
856S
AS4
AS6
Shipment Status
DLM
4000.25-1-M
I/O
856S
AS6
AU(x)
Reply to Cancellation Request
DLM
4000.25-1-M
I
856S
AU(x)
AF1
thru
AF5
Follow-up MILSTRIP
DLM
4000.25-1-M
I/O
869A
AF1
thru
AF5
AFC
MILSTRIP EAD Modifier
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
I/O
869A
AFC
140 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
ARC
Action Required Report
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
O
N/A
ARC
AT1,
AT2,
Requisition Follow-up/Reinstate/
DLM
4000.25-1-M
E/O
869F
AT1,
AT2,
AT4,
AT5,
AT7
Overseas
DLM
4000.25-1-M
869F
AT4,
AT5,
AT7
ATA,
ATB,
Requisition Follow-up/Reinstate/
DLM
4000.25-1-
M
E
869F
ATA,
ATB,
ATD,
ATE
Domestic
DLM
4000.25-1-
M
869F
ATD,
ATE
AM1,
Requisition Modifier/Overseas
DLM
I/O
511
AM1,
AM2,
4000.25-1-
M
AM2,
AM4,
M
AM4,
AM5
AM5
AMA,
Requisition Modifier/Domestic
DLM
I/O
511
AMA,
AMB
4000.25-1-
M
AMB
AMD,
M
AMD,
AME,
AME,
AN1
thru
AN4
Reconciliation Request
DLM
4000.25-1-
M
I
N/A
AN1
thru
AN4
AP1
thru
AP4
Reconciliation Response
DLM
4000.25-1-
M
O
N/A
AP1
thru
AP4
AN9,
ANZ
Materiel Obligation Validation
Request Control Report
DLM
4000.25-1-
M
O
N/A
AN9,
ANZ
AP9,
Receipt Confirmation for Material
Obligation Validation Request
DLM
4000.25-1-
M
I
N/A
AP9,
A01,
Requisition MILSTRIP/Overseas
DLM
O
511R
A01,
A02,
4000.25-1-
A02,
A04,
M
A04,
A05
A05
A0A,
Requisition MILSTRIP/Domestic
DLM
O
511R
A0A,
A0B,
4000.25-1-
A0B,
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 141
A0D,
M
A0D,
A0E
A0E
AE1
Local Manufacture Status JBD/JBT
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
I
870S
AE1
AE1
Local Manufacture Status by BCE
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
I
870S
AE1
AE1
Supply Status
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
I
870S
AE1
AE2
Supply Status
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
I
870S
AE2
AE3
Supply Status
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
I
870S
AE3
AE3
Supply Status (RDO)
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
O
870S
AE3
AE4
Supply Status
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
I
870S
AE4
AE5
Supply Status
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
I
870S
AE5
AE6
Supply Status (TAV)
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
O
945A
AE6
CPF
Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS) Project
Flag & JCS/Intra-Air Force Project
Code Load, Change, Delete
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
N/A
CPF
AC1
thru
AC5
Cancellation MILSTRIP
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
I/O
869
AC1
thru
AC5
AK1
thru
AK5
Follow-up On Cancellation
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 5
O/E
869
AK1
thru
AK5
1AS
Accounts Payable Transfer-Out Detail
Report
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
1AS
1AT
Accounts Payable Transfer- Out
Monthly Control Report
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
1AT
142 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
1B1
Billing Appropriation Record
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
1B1
1B2
Expense Appropriation Record
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
1B2
1BA
Refund from Commercial Vendors for
Return of Materiel for Credit
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
1BA
1BC
Voluntary Price Reduction by Vendor
and/or U.S. Dollar/Foreign Currency
Fluctuation Variance
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
1BC
1BD
Trade-In Allowance on Purchase
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
1BD
1BE
Local Purchase Case Discount
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
1BE
1BF
Local Purchase Stock Transportation
Cost
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
1BF
1BG
Local Purchase Stock Fund Contract
Termination Cost
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
1BG
1BH
Stock Fund Materiel Repair Cost--
Cylinders
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
1BH
1BJ
Stock Fund Materiel Repair Cost--
Other
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
1BJ
1BR
Load, Delete Billing Variable Record
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
1BR
1BT
Transportation Cost for Shipment of
Excess Stock Fund Materiel
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
1BT
1BW
Excess Transportation Payable Update
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
1BW
1DA
Claims Receivable Record Deletion
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I/O
N/A
1DA
1DB
Billed-Not-Received (BNR) Record
Deletion
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
1DB
1DC
Shipped-Not-Credited (SNC) Record
Deletion
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
1DC
1DR
Received-Not-Billed (RNB) Record
Deletion
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I/O
N/A
1DR
1LM
Load/Change Indicative Data and
Delete Materiel Acquisition Control
Record -
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
1LM
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 143
1PF
Load, Change Indicative Data and
Delete Project Fund Management
Record
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
1PF
1XR
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate
Load/Delete
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
1XR
1XT
1XT(1XR) Foreign Currency
Exchange Rate Update
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
1XT
ADJ
Adjustment to Sales
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
ADJ
BK1
Receipt From Local Vendor
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
BK1
BK2
LP Reverse-Post Notification
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
BK2
BKA
Local Purchase Payment
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
BKA
BKB
Local Purchase Refund for Fast
Payment
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
BKB
CCS
Cash and Charge Sales
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
CCS
DB1
Stock Fund Detail Billing (Turn-In)
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
DB1
DB2
Stock Fund Detail Billing (Issue)
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
DB2
DB3
Stock Fund Detail Billing (Prior
Fiscal Year Issue)
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
DB3
DB*
Daily Control Report
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I/O
N/A
DB*
E
Expense and Obligation Transaction
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
E
E**
Control Report
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
E**
FAE,
FAF
Customer Request for Billing
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
812R
FAE,
FAF
FAR
Reply to Customer Request for
Materiel Billing Adjustment
Allowance
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
FAR
FAS
Response to Follow-up on Customer
Request for Materiel Billing
Adjustment/Allowance
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
FAS
FA1
Issue from Stock (Change) (DLA)
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
FA1
FA2
Issue from Stock (Credit) (DLA)
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
FA2
144 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
FB1
Direct Delivery Sales (Charge) (DLA)
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
FB1
FB2
Direct Delivery Sales (Charge) (DLA)
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
FB2
FC1
Decentralized/Non-Cataloged Item
(Charge) (DLA)
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
FC1
FC2
Decentralized/Non-Cataloged Item
(Credit) (DLA)
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
FC2
FD1
Materiel Return Credit Reversal
(Charge) (DLA)
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
FD1
FD2
Material Return Credit Allowed
(Credit) (DLA)
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
FD2
FD3
Non-reimbursable Issue (DLA)
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
FD3
FE4
Non-reimbursable Issue--Reversal
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
FE4
FG1
Self Service Store--Charge
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
FG1
FG2
Self Service Store--Credit
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
FG2
FK1
Billing (MILSTRIP) Charge
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I/O
N/A
FK1
FK2
Billing (MILSTRIP) Credit
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I/O
N/A
FK2
FL1
Retail Loss Allowance (Charge)
(DLA)
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I/O
N/A
FL1
FL2
Retail Loss Allowance (Credit) (DLA)
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I/O
N/A
FL2
FN1
Accessorial and Other Charges--
Charges
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I/O
N/A
FN1
FN2
Accessorial and Other Charges--
Credit
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I/O
N/A
FN2
FQ1
Transportation--Charge
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I/O
N/A
FQ1
FQ2
Transportation--Credit
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I/O
N/A
FQ2
FS1
Interfund Summary (Net Charge)
Billing
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
FS1
FS2
Interfund Summary (Net Credit)
Billing
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
FS2
FS1
Seller's Summary (Net Charge)
Billing
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
FS1
FS2
Seller's Summary (Net Credit) Billing
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
FS2
FW1
Cast Discount--Charge
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I/O
N/A
FW1
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 145
FW2
Cash Discount--Credit
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I/O
N/A
FW2
FX1
Allowance (Trade, Quantity, Etc.)
Charge
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I/O
N/A
FX1
FX2
Allowance (Trade, Quantity, Etc.)
Credit
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I/O
N/A
FX2
GL*
Stock Fund General Ledger Monthly
Control Report
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
GL*
GLA
Stock Fund General Ledger Summary
Report
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
GLA
MAC
MACR Adjustment
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
MAC
MAC33
2
GSD MACR II Adjustment
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
MAC33
2
MGL
General Ledger Summary (Non-Stock
Fund)
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
MGL
N
FMS Materiel Issue/Turn-in
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
N
ORG
Organization Record-- Monetary
Adjustment
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
ORG
PRJ
Load Delete/Adjust Project FMR
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
PRJ
R
Cost Center Report
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
R
R**
Cost Center Control Report
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
R**
S
Stock Fund Detail Accounts
Receivable
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
S
SMR
IMR Monetary Adjustment
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I
N/A
SMR
SZR
Materiel Reimbursable (Creditable
Sales Return)
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I/O
N/A
SZR
SZS
Materiel Reimbursable (Reimbursable
Sale)
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I/O
N/A
SZS
SZ*
Monthly Control Report
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
I/O
N/A
SZ*
S**
Accounts Receivable Monthly Control
Report
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
S**
WTC
WRM Non-reimbursable
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
WTC
XXX
Due-Out Obligation/ De-
obligation Transaction
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
N/A
XXX
Z
General Funds General Ledger
Summary Report
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
Z
146 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
Z**
General Funds General Ledger
Monthly Control Report
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
O
N/A
Z**
FTP
Follow-up for Credit
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
and AFH
23-123,Vol
2, Pt 1,
Ch5
O
812R
FTP
FTZ
Excess Shipment Receipt
DFAS-DE
7077.10-M
and AFH
23-123,Vol
2, Pt 1,
Ch5
I
870
M
FTZ
1NA
Output Shipment Notification Report
Historical
Reference
O
N/A
1NA
1DO
Due-Out Obligation
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 2
I
N/A
1DO
1PU
Direct Charge/Forced No Credit
Return Generated by Customer
Request for Cancellation of an
Obligated Due-Out
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1,
O
N/A
1PU
END
End-of-Day Input
I
N/A
END
INT
Initialization
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 3
N/A
INT
DAY
Requisition Date and Serial Number
Change
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 3
I
N/A
DAY
MSG
Message Transmission
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 3
I/O
N/A
MSG
PSU
Pseudo Reader Load/Delete/Activate
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 3
I
N/A
PSU
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 147
STOP
Sentinel
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 3
I
N/A
STOP
SCH
Computer Schedule
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 3
I
N/A
SCH
XXX
Special Program
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 3
I
N/A
XXX
YYY
Special Program
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 3
I
N/A
YYY
ZZZ
Special Program
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 3
I
N/A
ZZZ
SEG
SBSS Data Base Constants Load
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 3
N/A
SEG
MGT
Management Phrase Load
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 3
I
N/A
MGT
REJ
Reject Phrase Load
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 3
I
N/A
REJ
TPH
Transaction Phrase Load/Delete
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 3
I
N/A
TPH
1SZ
Terminal Security Input
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 3
I
N/A
1SZ
FIX
Alter or Blank Record Input
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 3
I
N/A
FIX
FIX
Record Forced Change Output
Document
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 3
O
N/A
FIX
CON
Constant Data Load Change, or Delete
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 3
I
N/A
CON
COM
Inline and Twilight Mode Terminal
Control
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 3
I
N/A
COM
FTA
PICA/SICA Unserviceable Shipment
AFH 23-
123,Vol 2,
Pt 1, Ch 2
O
N/A
FTA
148 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
APT
Notice of Non-receipt of Total
Batch of MOV Documents
Note: If
the
customer
does not
receive the
total
number of
request
transaction
s indicated
in the
MOV
control
record, an
APT will
need to be
generated
to D035A
system
This
notifies
D035A to
re-transmit
this
particular
batch
identical to
the original
transmittal
under the
AN9
control
number.
Contact
AFMC
SCM-R
Stock
Control for
support.
I
N/A
APT
1AC
COMPES Transaction Record
Historical
Reference
O
N/A
1AC
1AD
Organization Code Parameter Format
Historical
Reference
I
N/A
1AD
1AU
Shipment Interface Record
Historical
Reference
O
N/A
1AU
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 149
1CD
MAJCOM M32 Data Report
Historical
Reference
O
N/A
1CD
1PE
Laser Printer Emulation
Historical
Reference
I
N/A
1PE
FEM
MEMI Data (Reserved for Future
Use)
Historical
Reference
N/A
FEM
SFP
Failure Prediction (Reserved)
Historical
Reference
O
N/A
SFP
SSR
Service Store Reconciliation
(Reserved for Future Use)
Historical
Reference
N/A
SSR
Note: Single digits listed under the DIC/TRIC column represent automated outputs from the
SBSS to the General Ledger.
2.6. Document Number.
2.6.1. Purpose. To identify a document with a control and/or reference number.
2.6.2. Assignment (14-position A/N). Document numbers are assigned to identify
transactions throughout the logistics system. A document number will be maintained until
retirement of the document is authorized in official reports of audit.
2.6.3. Explanation of Formats. The format for assigning document numbers will vary
according to the type of transaction involved. Examples below identify different formats. The
letters used in the examples represent the following characters:
2.6.3.1. The letter A represents an alpha character.
2.6.3.2. The letter N represents a numeric character.
2.6.3.3. The letter X represents an alpha or numeric character.
2.6.3.4. The letter B represents a blank in that position.
2.6.3.5. A character within quotation marks (" ") is a constant. The character identified in
this section will be the character used.
2.6.4. Item Numbered Document Numbers.
2.6.4.1. Application. Supply point, mobility kits, WRM spares, SPRAM, and in-use. (See
Table 2.99)
Table 2.99. Document Numbers, Example One.
Activity Code
Organization
Code
Shop Code
Zeros
Item Number
A
NNN
XX
0000
NNNN
2.6.4.1.1. Shop Code. For supply point items, the shop code field will contain the
supply point code. If the activity code is E, the shop code must be alpha/ alpha.
2.6.4.1.2. Zeros. The Julian date of preparation is entered in this field for issues, turn-
ins, etc., and is retained to the output. Zeros are used on file maintenance transactions
and are stored on the detail records.
150 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.6.4.2. Application. DIFM and due-outs related to bench stock, supply point, mobility
kit, WRM spares, SPRAM, and in-use. (See Table 2.100)
Table 2.100. Document Numbers, Example Two.
Activity Code
Organization
Code
Shop Code
Date
Item
Number
A
NNN
XX
NNNN
NNNN
2.6.4.2.1. Shop Code. For supply point items, the shop code field will contain the
supply point code. If the activity code is E (Equipment Management), the shop code
must be alpha/alpha.
2.6.4.2.2. Date. This field will contain an informal serial number on issues from a
supply point.
2.6.5. Serial Numbered Base Document Numbers. The following format applies to normal
due-outs and DIFM not identified above. (See Table 2.101)
Table 2.101. Document Numbers, Example Two.
Activity Code
Organization
Code
Shop Code
Date
Serial
Number
A
NNN
XX
0000
NNNN
2.6.6. Document Numbers Assigned Under Program Control for Record Maintenance
Transactions.
2.6.6.1. TRIC FID/FCS Transactions. These transactions are assigned document
numbers under program control and will always contain activity code Y (file
maintenance). Position 11 of the warehouse location (if a warehouse location applies)
may be left blank. (See Table 2.102)
Table 2.102. Document Numbers, Example Three.
Code
Blanks
Warehouse
Location
"Y"
BB
NNANNNAXXA
2.6.6.1.1. Item record delete transactions (TRIC FID). Two transaction history
records may be created for one TRIC FID transaction. One transaction history is
created with the warehouse location in the document number field only if a
warehouse location was present on the deleted item record. A second transaction
history is created with the NSN in the document number field regardless of
warehouse location (see format below). When no warehouse location is present, only
the history containing the NSN is printed.
2.6.6.1.2. Warehouse location change/delete transactions (TRIC FCS). Transactions
with TRIC FCS will normally have the above document number assigned with the
new (input) warehouse location in the document number field. However, if the input
is a warehouse location deletion, ONLY activity code Y will be used; all remaining
positions will be blank.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 151
2.6.6.2. All Other Record Maintenance Transactions. All Record Maintenance
transactions not applicable to Para 2.6.6.1 above will be assigned a document number
(under program control) according to the example given below. This number will contain
activity code Y and the first 13 characters of the NSN. (See Table 2.103)
Table 2.103. Document Numbers, Example Four.
Code
NSN
"Y"
2915001234567
2.6.7. Document Numbers for Transactions Between Bases and Outside Agencies. (See
Table 2.104)
Table 2.104. Document Numbers, Example Five.
Type Service
Base Account
Account Code
Date
Serial
Number
A
NNN
XX
0000
NNNN
2.6.7.1. Serial Number. Restart daily. Specific blocks of serial numbers will be allocated
2.6.7.2. Satellite Requisitions. Due-in details and REC/SPR inputs for satellite
requisitions may contain an alpha character in the first position of the serial number.
2.6.8. Special Instructions. The following special instructions apply only to paragraphs
2.6.4 through 2.6.7 above; they do not apply to document numbers for transactions between
bases and outside agencies.
2.6.8.1. Serial Number Assignments. Serial numbers are assigned manually, starting with
0001 daily for each activity code. To prevent multiple assignments of the same serial
number, the host LRS CC/AO will provide a block of serial numbers to BCE for use on
issue requests input through the BCE Materiel Control terminal.
2.6.8.1.1. For Contract Maintenance/in-house repair/ Deficiency Report exhibits. A
block of serial numbers for activity code C issue requests will be provided to Asset
Management and Weapon System Support. The Repair Cycle Support Section will
control all other activity C issue requests and will assign the serial numbers.
2.6.8.1.2. For Comprehensive Engine Management System (CEMS). The host LRS
CC/AO will assign serial numbers 6000 through 6500 to the CEMS for issue requests.
2.6.8.2. Item Number Assignments. Item numbers are permanently assigned for bench
stocks, supply point stocks, EAID/in-use equipment, and WRM items. These item
numbers are assigned when the stock is first authorized. Substitutes for EAID/in-use
equipment items will carry the same item numbers as the authorized items for which they
substitute.
2.7. Expendability, Recoverability, Reparability, Cost Designator (ERRCD).
2.7.1. Purpose. To identify on the item record Air Force items according to three categories.
2.7.2. Assignment (3-position A/N). These codes are assigned to items for management
purposes. Items not obtained, stocked, and issued by AFMC will be assigned (ERRCD) XB3,
XF3, or NF3, based on the nature and cost of the item.
152 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.7.2.1. Expendability (position 1). The first position indicates whether or not an item
may be consumed in use or may lose its original identity during periods of use (X =
expendable, N = nonexpendable).
2.7.2.2. Level of Repair (position 2). The second position indicates the HIGHEST level
of repair allowed (B = user, F = field, D = depot).
2.7.2.3. Cost Category (position 3). The third position indicates the cost category to
which an item belongs. This designator is obtained from stock lists. Note: For equipment
items (ND_ or NF__), position 3 will contain the equipment management code (see note
2 below).
2.7.3. Codes.
Table 2.105. ERRCD Breakout.
Authorized Repair level
ERRC
Designator
ERRC
Code
Expendable
User
Field
Depot
Invest/Exp
XD2
T
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Investment item
XF3
P
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Expense Item
XB3
N
Yes
Yes
No
No
Expense Item
ND
S
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Investment Item
NF
U
No
Yes
Yes
No
Investment item
Table 2.106. EMC Codes.
Code
Description
1
An item for which base-level accounting/reporting of assets is not economical or
practical.
2
An item assigned EMC 1 in the cataloging system for which an Air Force base desires
visibility for local use. SBSS accounting will be maintained but will not be reported to
the USAF Equipment Data Bank.
3
An item which requires SBSS accounting and reporting to the USAF Equipment Data
Bank but does not justify transaction reporting. Overlay type reporting to the USAF
Equipment Data Bank is required.
4
An item of such logistics significance that transaction reporting to the Equipment Data
Bank is required.
5
An item requiring EMC 4 accounting/reporting except the individual assets will be
identified by a serial or registration number.
Note:
1. In the above, INVEST/EXP indicates an item's monetary value and, in most cases, the source
of funding. Investment (INVEST) indicates an expensive item. When the LRS/Materiel
Management Activity issues these items, there will be some form of accounting for the items. In
most cases, investment items are paid for by the depot, MAJCOM, or Air Force. Expense (EXP)
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 153
indicates an inexpensive item. When the LRS/Materiel Management Activity issues these items,
no accounting is required except for XF items. Expense items are paid for with base-level funds
(organization).
2. For equipment items, the last position will contain the EMC. These codes are pushed by the
item manager, except EMC 2 which is major command directed. EMC codes apply as explained
above in Table 2.106.
2.8. Materiel Category and/or Source of Supply Code.
2.8.1. Purpose. To indicate the lowest level of transaction data accumulation required for
financial inventory purposes.
2.8.2. Assignment (1-position A). The source of supply assigns these codes to each type
stock record account code based on the budget code. A materiel category and/or source of
supply code will be maintained on each inventory management record.
2.8.3. Codes.
Table 2.107. Materiel Category and/or Source of Supply Code.
Budget
Code
Description Of AF Materiel Category and/or
Source Of Supply Code
Code
8
By Source of Supply
OCALC (Oklahoma City)
H
OOALC (Ogden)
G
WRALC (Warner Robins)
L
9
By Source of Supply
JBD/JBI/JBT Local Manufacturer/Depot Service
O
Maintenance Locations/Industrial Fund Only
Other Commercial and Non-U.S. Government
B
General Services Administration (GSA)
D
Army
A
Navy
N
SMS (DLA)*
S
All Other
Z
Note: For additional information on codes for DLA, refer to the DLA Handbook,
http://www.dla.mil/logisticsoperations/pages/communications.aspx .
2.9. Organization Identification Code.
2.9.1. Purpose. To identify users of supplies and equipment.
2.9.2. Assignment (12-position A/N). These codes are assigned to users of supplies and
equipment and are maintained on the OCCR.
2.9.3. Codes. The following structure is mandatory, except for AETC courses which may
contain a 12-position alpha/numeric code.
Table 2.108. Organization Identification Code.
Pos.
154 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
No.
Alpha/Numeric/Blank
Description
Notes
1-4
A/N
Organization Number
Note 1
5-7
A
Unit Kind Code
Note 2
8
A/N
Level Code
Note 3
9-12
A/N
Detachment Number
Note 4
Note:
1. Organization Number (positions 1-4).
a. For Air Force numbered organizations, enter the organization number (prefixed
by a zero).
b. For Air Force named and unnumbered organizations, enter numeric zeros.
c. For non-Air Force organizations and organizational elements located
separate from but not identifiable from the parent organization, enter the base
location code.
2. Unit Kind Code (positions 5-7). Enter the alpha unit kind code.
3. Level Code (position 8). Enter the level code assigned to the unit. Detachment units
will use the level code of the parent unit. Non-Air Force activities will use level codes
assigned for non-Air Force activities.
4. Detachment Number (positions 9-12). Enter the detachment number specified in the
special program document or in command special orders (prefixed by zeros). If a
detachment number does not apply, enter zeros in positions 9-12.
2.9.4. Organization Identity Edits.
Table 2.109. Identity Edits.
Special Conditions
Organization
Number
Unit Kind
Level
Code
Detachment
Number
AETC Organization
(Command Code J)
A/N A/N A/N A/N
A/N A/N A/N
A/N
A/N A/N A/N A/N
NON-AETC
A/N A/N A/N A/N
A A A
A/N
A/N A/N A/N A/N
2.10. Transaction Exception Code (TEX).
2.10.1. Purpose. To identify to the computer those TRIC inputs which, due to exception
conditions, require special processing. Reference AFH 23-123, Vol 2, Pt 1, Ch 5.
2.10.2. Assignment (1-position A/N). TEX codes are assigned for specific inputs and
programs. Therefore, codes with a single function within one program may be used in other
programs to perform different functions.
2.10.3. Codes. TEX codes, the corresponding TRIC inputs, and the functions of each are as
shown in the following tables.
Table 2.110. Code Breakout - TEX Code Sequence.
Tex
Code
DIC/TRIC
Function
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 155
A
DOR
Assigned under program control by the DOR program to indicate
that the item was a free issue of an unfunded or unobligated due-out.
The free issue resulted from command excess redistribution or
Receipt from the DLADS (routing identifier code JBR).
A
IRC
DD Form 1745, Animal Euthanasia
A
REC
Do not produce I046/I102 Management Notice. This TEX code will
only apply when input is from the RPS/main system.
A
SHP
Allows nondirected shipments (SHP) to process for retail outlet
items with the on-hand balance.
A
TIN
Do not ship or report; disregard the detail record.
A
1DR
Assigned under program control by program NGV997 to images
intended for processing by the pseudo reader. Processing of these
images provides the same results as 1DR processing with TEX code
C.
A
1GP
Animal Euthanasia, DD Form 1745 submitted. (Entering a TEX on
the 1GP passes the TEX to the output inventory recount format
(IRC).
B
BKA
Establish local purchase billed-not-received (BNR) detail.
B
FEX
Automatic return-credit may be allowed. Bypass releveling.
B
IRC
Controlled item code change.
B
ISU
Reimbursement required. The use of this TEX code is determined
locally and/or by the major command to identify inputs by non-
tenant organizations that require reimbursement.
B
REC
Sales return credit allowed. Before processing begins, the LRS
CC/AO and a representative from the other service must agree on
the method to be used for handling serviceable sales returns from the
other service. If credit is to be allowed, the Receipt will be processed
with TEX code B in position 51. If credit will not be
allowed, the materiel will be received as a Receipt not due-in.
B
TIN
Disregard DIFM detail record. Release specific due-out.
B
1DA
Delete MILSTRIP claims receivable details if over 360 days old and
less than $1,000.
B
1DB
Delete MILSTRIP BNR details if over 360 days old and less than
$1,000.
B
1DC
Delete MILSTRIP shipped-not-credited (SNC) details with type
SNC flag 1 if over 360 days old and less than $1,000.
B
1DR
Delete MILSTRIP claims payable and RNB details if over 360 days
old and less than $1,000.
156 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
B
1GP
Controlled Item Code Change. (Entering a TEX on the 1GP passes
the TEX to the output inventory recount format (IRC).
C
FEX
Suppress producing excess report output.
C
IRC
DD Form 362, Statement of Charges/Cash Collection Voucher
C
ISU
Allows substitute (relationship code S) to issue. This TEX code is
authorized for issues to MRSP, IRSP, WRM, MSK supply point
details, and bench stock issues.
C
REC
Correction of previously reported shortage of local purchase BSS
(IEX 3) or IEE (IEX 6) bulk issue item (binned in a designated
warehouse prior to processing Receipt).
C
TRM
Unserviceable/special detail. The property is to be transferred to an
alternate DLADS.
C
1DR
Delete RNB detail created for total quantity of due-in and processed
as shortage in shipment.
C
1GP
DD Form 362. (Entering a TEX on the 1GP passes the TEX to the
output inventory recount format (IRC).
D
IRC
Inventory of deployed MSK/MRSP asset(s).
D
FEX
Automatic return-credit will not be allowed. Bypass releveling.
D
ISU/MSI
Reimbursement not required. This TEX code is used as determined
locally to identify inputs that do not require reimbursements
(redistribution of excess, etc.). This TEX code is used for the free
issue and free backorder/DOR of selected budget code 8 items. The
use of TEX D pertains to activity code X, R, J, and D issue requests
only. Do not use TEX D without the approval of the SMAG
Manager. The SMAG Manager is responsible for the complete
review of TEX D issues and due-outs. For AFMC-managed (budget
code 8) items, the Funds Manager must receive a list of selected
items identified as non-reimbursable from an appropriate higher
authority; i.e., MAJCOM, PM, or the Air Staff and ensure HQ
AFMC/A4YF is provided the list. Using a TEX D to create a “free”
due-out for budget code 8 items allows for the requisition to be
automatically created.
D
REC
Do not release due-outs, local purchase BSS (IEX 3), or IEE (IEX 6)
bulk issue item.
D
TIN
Degraded Operations (due-out document number in positions 67-
80). Disregard DIFM detail record.
D
1DR
Delete RNB detail erroneously created for Receipt of
non-reimbursable materiel.
D
1GP
Inventory of deployed MSK/MRSP asset(s). (Entering a TEX on the
1GP passes the TEX to the output inventory recount format (IRC).
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 157
D
1RM
(Type Stock Record Account Code “P”) - Other gains/losses (to
include reclaimed fuel). (Fuels transactions are no longer processed
in the ES-S, but the code is listed for reference).
E
DIT
Bypass end item document number edit for awaiting parts (AWP)
due-out.
E
FCH
Suppress federal supply class/ERRCD edits.
E
FK1
Process as payment without supporting RNB detail record when
Receipt was erroneously processed as non-reimbursable. Write SMR
adjustment transaction history with FIA code 140, TTPC 8B and
FIA code 687, TTPC 9D.
E
IRC
Erroneous inventory or accounting adjustment.
E
ISU
No end item document number on AWP request. Normal mark-for
field edits (standard reporting designator, work unit code, etc.)
apply.
E
REC
Request for cancellation to be submitted for the quantity in positions
60-64.
E
TRM
Disregard DOLD/requisitioning objective or bypass excess
exception code edits. The property is to be transferred to an alternate
DLADS.
E
1DB
Delete BNR detail when funded Receipt is erroneously processed as
non-reimbursable.
E
1GP
Erroneous inventory or accounting adjustment. (Entering a TEX on
the 1GP passes the TEX to the output inventory recount format
(IRC)).
F
FCH
Suppress federal supply class/ERRCD editsinhibit DOR.
F
FK1
Process as payment without supporting detail record (advice code
11) when duplicate shipment is not received. Write SMR adjustment
transaction history with FIA code 970, TTPC 8B.
F
IRC
Loss of liquid products due to temperature and handling variance.
F
MSI
Do not replenish the supply point, MSK, WRM, or MRSP detail.
F
SHP
Degraded Operations shipment of serviceable assets from a detail;
no automatic replenishment is to be performed.
F
TIN
Degraded operations (reparable assets shipped); disregard detail
record.
F
TRM
Degraded operations; property is to be transferred to an alternate
DLADS.
F
1DA
Delete credit return (CR) detail when request for credit is denied.
Assign FIA code 970 to the transaction history.
158 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
F
1DB
Delete BNR detail when request for credit is denied or when the
dollar limitation prevents submission of request.
F
1GM
Delete RNB detail when final payment is made.
F
1GP
Loss of liquid products due to temperature and handling variance.
(Entering a TEX on the 1GP passes the TEX to the output inventory
recount format (IRC).
F
1RL
(Type Stock Record Account Code “P”) - Used to adjust fuels
gain/loss due to temperature and handling variance. This TEX code
is internally assigned under program control; it is not intended for
external use. (Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the
SBSS, but the code is listed for reference).
G
FK2
Process as payment (refund) without SNC detail if this detail
erroneously deleted.
G
IRC
Major loss due to acts of God, major disasters, fire, or war.
G
ISU
Do not requisition. Suppress other asset notice. Processing other
asset notice. (Processing will be the same as for TEX code 7.)
G
REC
Local purchase BSS (IEX 3) or IEU (IEX 6) bulk issue item.
G
TIN
Use supplementary data as ship-to SRAN; disregard DIFM detail
record.
G
1GP
Major loss due to acts of God, major disasters, fire, or war.
(Entering a TEX on the 1GP passes the TEX to the output inventory
recount format (IRC)).
G
1RM
(Type Stock Record Account Code “P”) - Major loss due to acts of
God, major disasters, fire, or war. (Fuels transactions are no longer
processed in the ES-S, but the code is listed for reference).
H
ISU
Do not issue; do not requisition. Establish due-out. This use of TEX
code H is restricted to DLADS withdrawals, chemical warfare gear,
unfunded mobility supplies and equipment, and AFEMS L and P
equipment items. The due-out will be unobligated until requisitioned
from other than a free source of supply.
H
REC
Do not release due-outs; do not print I046/I102 Management Notice.
This TEX code will apply only when input is from the RPS main
system.
H
TIN
Do not release due-outs; disregard detail record.
I
IRC
Physical loss of a DIFM asset (not chargeable to the LRS CC/AO)
I
ISU
Will bypass reject 488 for a UND C request when a shipment
suspense detail record is on file for assets transferred to DLADS
with supply condition code A. Processing is the same as a blank
TEX code for a UND C request.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 159
I
REC
Correction of previously reported shortage.
I
1GP
Physical loss of a DIFM asset (not chargeable to LRS CC/AO the
LRS CC/AO ). (Entering a TEX on the 1GP passes the TEX to the
output inventory recount format (IRC).
I
1PR
Suppress producing bulk order notification output (P1(x)).
I
1RP
Suppress producing Receipt acknowledgment P3(x).
J
DOR
Assigned under program control by the DOR program to indicate
that the item was a free issue of an obligated due-out. The free issue
resulted from command excess redistribution or Receipt from
DLADS (routing identifier code JBR).
J
FK1
Process as payment without supporting RNB detail when the funded
Receipt was erroneously processed as transfer-in from other base
level SMAG accounts. Write SMR adjustment transaction history
with FIA code 140, TTPC 8B and FIA code 781, TTPC 9D.
J
ISU
Bypass CMOS ICI interface when inline, preclude creation of
shipment suspense record and produce a DCR.
J
SHP
Bypass CMOS ICI interface when inline, create shipment suspense
record, and produce a DCR.
J
1DR
Delete RNB detail erroneously created for Receipt/transfer-in from
other base level SMAG accounts.
K
FK1
Process as payment without supporting RNB detail if the funded
Receipt was erroneously processed as transfer-in from AFMC depot
accounts. Write SMR adjustment transaction history with FIA code
140, TTPC 8B, and FIA code 782, TTPC 9D.
K
IRC
DD Form 1743, Military Dog Death Certificate
K
ISU
Disregard authorized versus on-hand quantity edit on issue to supply
point. Print output document to the input function.
K
LPA
Over $2,500 adjustment approved by the LRS CC/AO.
K
1DR
Delete RNB detail erroneously created for Receipt/transfer-in from
AFMC depot accounts.
K
1GP
Death of a Military Dog, DD Form 1743 submitted. (Entering a
TEX on the 1GP passes the TEX to the output inventory recount
format (IRC).
L
BIR
Re-input of a BIR transaction within three days of the item
record's date of last transaction (DOLT).
L
IRC
Special inventory; assets found on base. Do not release due-outs
(same as TEX 8).
160 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
L
MSI
Type account code K use only. This TEX applies only to supply
point details with a type authorization code C, I, P, S, T, or Z, non-
additive details. Processing is the same as TEX F except the forward
supply point program will be called to reduce the authorized
quantity by the quantity in the MSI.
L
TRM
Unserviceable/special detail. Override normal disposal authority
criteria for transferred material.
L
1GP
Special inventory; assets found on base. Do not release due-outs
(same as TEX 8). (Entering a TEX on the 1GP passes the TEX to
the output inventory recount format (IRC).
M
AE1
Input to cancel due-in (Z6) resulting from a 329 (Receipt) for
MICAP requirement. See AFH 23-123, Vol 2, Pt 2, Ch 7 for reject
329.
M
IRC
DD Form 114, Military Pay Order
M
ISU
Re-input of killed issue request. When this TEX code is used on
ISU inputs containing activity code U or W, the asset posture
versus requirements will be considered by the program. A
requisition may or may not be submitted, depending on the asset
posture and requirements.
M
1GP
DD Form 114. (Entering a TEX on the 1GP passes the TEX to the
output inventory recount format (IRC).
N
IRC
SF 361, Transportation Discrepancy Report, filed.
N
TRM
Disregard DOLD/requisitioning objective or bypass excess
exception code edits. Bypass DLADS not authorized flag.
N
1GP
Transportation Discrepancy Report, Discrepancy in Shipment
Report, DD Form 361, filed. (Entering a TEX on the 1GP passes the
TEX to the output inventory recount format (IRC).
O
DIT/ISU
Assigned internally by DIT/ISU program for Joint Chiefs of
Staff/Office of Secretary of Defense (JCS/OSD) requirements with
project code 9xx.
P
AE1
Cancel input quantity-requisition action following.
P
FEX
Latent defects.
P
IRC
Warehouse refusal. Due-out release inhibited.
P
ISU
Process the same as for ISU TEX 7, and print output issue document
to input function.
P
REC
Damaged in shipment.
P
SHP
Damaged in shipment. Unacceptable substitutes. Return of LP item
ordered in error. Other discrepant shipments (the item received is
not compatible with its supporting documentation).
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 161
P
1DB
Delete BNR detail under program control if the monetary value
limitation prevents reclassification of BNR detail into claims
receivable. Assign FIA code 970 to the transaction history. This
TEX code is assigned under program control.
P
1DR
Delete claims payable detail when request for billing is denied by
depot. Assign FIA code 980 to the transaction history.
P
1GP
Warehouse refusal. Due-out release inhibited. (Entering a TEX on
the 1GP passes the TEX to the output inventory recount format
(IRC).
Q
FK1/FK2
Process as payment without supporting detail record
Q
IRC
DD Form 1150, Request for Issue or Turn-In; or DD Form 1348-1A,
when signed and certified.
Q
ISU
Bypass CMOS ICI interface when processing a manual shipment;
this will preclude creation of shipment suspense record and to
produce a DCR.
Q
REC
Receipt of misidentified materiel.
Q
1BT
Process as payment without detail record.
Q
1GP
DD Form 1150, or DD Form 1348-1A, when signed and certified.
(Entering a TEX on the 1GP passes the TEX to the output inventory
recount format (IRC).
R
AE(x)
Cancel due-in and re-requisition. Re-process the RDO and delete the
RDO suspense detail. .
R
FRC
Requisition the quantity in this output for stock; do not relevel.
R
IRC
DD Form 200, Financial Liability Investigation of Property Loss
(Entering a TEX on the 1GP passes the TEX to the output inventory
recount format (IRC).
R
ISU
Combination D and 7. Free Issue, memo due-out. This applies to
budget code 8 items only. Do not use this code without the approval
of the Supply Management Activity Group (SMAG) manager who
must get approval from HQ AFMC/A4YF. Using a TEX R creates a
“free” due-out for budget code 8 items without creating a
requisition.
R
MSI
Type account code K use only. This TEX code applies only to
supply point details with a type authorization code C, I, P, S, T, or
Z, non-additive details. Processing is the same as a blank TEX code
except the FSP program will be called to reduce the authorized
quantity by the quantity in the MSI.
R
SHP
Deficiency Report. Ship-to the routing identifier (RIC) found in
positions 4-6.
R
1BC
Reverse/decrease original 1BC transaction.
162 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
R
1BD
Reverse/decrease original 1BD transaction.
R
1BE
Reverse/decrease original 1BE transaction.
R
1BF
Reverse/decrease original 1BF transaction.
R
1BG
Reverse/decrease original 1BG transaction.
R
1BH
Reverse/decrease original 1BH transaction.
R
1BJ
Reverse/decrease original 1BJ transaction.
R
1BT
Reverse/decrease original 1BT transaction.
R
1BW
Reverse/decrease original 1BW transaction.
R
1DB
Delete BNR detail under program control and reclassify (build) the
detail into claims receivable if the monetary value permits
submission of request for credit. This TEX code is assigned under
program control.
R
1DF
Reverse-post--fuels--defuel. (Fuels transactions are no longer
processed in the SBSS, but the code is listed for reference)
R
1GC
Reverses previous input.
R
1GM
Reverses previous input.
R
1GP
DD Form 200 (Entering a TEX on the 1GP passes the TEX to the
output inventory recount format (IRC).
R
1PR/1RP
Reverse-post--fuels Receipt. (Fuels transactions are no longer
processed in the SBSS, but the code is listed for reference)
R
1RF
Reverse-post--fuels--issue. (Fuels transactions are no longer
processed in the SBSS, but the code is listed for reference)
R
1SP
Reverse-post--fuels--shipment/transfer to DLADS. (Fuels
transactions are no longer processed in the SBSS, but the code is
listed for reference)
S
FRC
Re-level and requisition the entire quantity required for stock on
this item.
S
IRC
Loss is due to suspected theft.
S
ISU
Process the same as for ISU TEX B, and print output issue
document to input function.
S
1GP
Loss is due to suspected theft. (Entering a TEX on the 1GP passes
the TEX to the output inventory recount format (IRC).
S
1PC
Suppresses cancellation output/notice on local purchase ground fuel
due-ins. (Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the SBSS, but
the code is listed for reference)
S
1PR
Suppresses the output of a requisition document on ground fuels LP
due-in loads. (Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the
SBSS, but the code is listed for reference)
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 163
S
1RP
Used on final Receipt (Receipt code F) processing to cancel
remaining due-in quantity on LP ground fuel due-in details. No
cancellation notice will be output for Base Contracting. (Fuels
transactions are no longer processed in the SBSS, but the code is
listed for reference)
T
IRC
Items lost in transportation/receiving channels.
T
FRC
Re-level and requisition the quantity required for UND B and C
due- outs on this item.
T
ISU
Issue requested NSN only.
T
TRM
Unserviceable/special detail. Bypass DLADS not authorized flag;
property is to be transferred to an alternate DLADS.
T
XCA
Reprocess input on an invalid stock and produce an outgoing XCC
image
T
1GP
Items lost in transportation/receiving channels. (Entering a TEX on
the 1GP passes the TEX to the output inventory recount format
(IRC).
T
1RP
Used to override 373 reject when input unit cost is correct.
U
IRC
Inventory adjustment of unserviceable detail assets.
U
ISU
Bypass quantity on hand; establish due-out (for unsupportable
MRSP requirements only).
U
REC
Receipt of unacceptable substitute item.
U
1GP
Inventory adjustment of unserviceable detail assets. (Entering a TEX
on the 1GP passes the TEX to the output inventory recount format
(IRC).
V
IRC
DD Form 1131, Cash Collection Voucher
V
ISU
Process the same as for ISU TEX 4 and print output issue document
to the input function.
V
TRM
Disregard DOLD/requisitioning objective or bypass excess
exception code edits. Bypass DLADS not authorized flag; property
is to be transferred to an alternate DLADS.
V
1GP
DD Form 1131 (Entering a TEX on the 1GP passes the TEX to the
output inventory recount format (IRC).
W
BIR
Change warehouse location.
W
IRC
SF 364, Report of Discrepancy (ROD)
W
MSI
Degraded Operations. The function of this TEX code is the same as
TEX 6, except that the requisition date generated by the computer at
the time of processing--rather than data in the document number--is
assigned to the ISU/DOR field on the DIFM detail.
W
1GP
SF 364 (Entering a TEX on the 1GP passes the TEX to the output
inventory recount format (IRC).
X
IRC
Destroy flags, pennants, guidons, and streamers.
164 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
X
ISU
Direct ship-to supplementary address. When this code is used in
support of project COOL BARGE (G32), PACER PINE (Y30), or
PACER GOOSE (Y31), the project code must be G32, Y30, or Y31
if automatic due-out and requisitioning are required. When TEX
code X is contained in the due-out detail for other uses, the
requisitioning programs will place the first six positions of the
organization title in the supplementary address of the due-in detail
and requisition.
X
1GP
Destroy flags, pennants, guidons, and streamers. (Entering a TEX on
the 1GP passes the TEX to the output inventory recount format
(IRC).
Y
ISU
Combination TEX E, 5, and 7. Do not requisition. Disregard edits
for end item document number and reasonable quantity.
Y
NOR
Do not search for MICAP due-in or MICAP due-out detail.
Y
REC
Receipt verified by supplementary addressee.
Y
TIN
Automatically builds and processes an input to delete a prime detail
record when the turn-in results in zero quantity on-hand. For
example, a 1KK input would be built and processed to delete a
Special Spares Detail. This process applies to the following records:
Special Purpose Asset Detail, WRM Spares Detail, MSK Detail,
Special Spares Detail, HPMSK Detail, NAMRSP Detail, TRSP,
AMRSP Detail, WRM/IRSP Detail, WRM/WCDO Spares Detail.
Z
BIR
Do not update demand data. Change warehouse location.
Z
IRC
Loss is due to shrinkage or deterioration.
Z
ISU
Used to establish an obligated memo due-out. All on-hand quantity
edits will be bypassed. The due-out will not be released until the
specified due-in that is linked to the due-out is received. When an
off-base supply point issue request is processed and the type
authorization on the supply point detail is D, the use of TEX code Z
will result in establishing a linked due-in and directs shipment to
remote supply points.
Z
MSI
Do not replenish the detail. This TEX code applies to type account
code K only.
Z
REC
Latent defects.
Z
SHP
Latent defects.
Z
1GP
Loss is due to shrinkage or deterioration. (Entering a TEX on the
1GP passes the TEX to the output inventory recount format (IRC).
1
ISU
Do not requisition or release due-out automatically.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 165
1
REC
Assigned to an unserviceable Receipt when an SF 364 has been
submitted. An unserviceable status code D and the current date (date
reported) will be assigned to the unserviceable detail to indicate the
item has been reported.
1
TIN
Do not ship, report, or transfer to DLADS.
2
DOC
Cancel due-out and credit DIFM detail.
2
ISU
Disregard authorized versus on-hand quantity edits on issues to
supply point, MSK, or RSP details.
2
REC
Release specific due-out.
2
TIN
Release specific due-out.
3
DOR
Release input document number only. Do not go automatic.
3
FEX
Report input quantity.
3
ISU
Bypass funds availability on this request. Do not use this TEX code
without obtaining prior approval from the budget officer.
3
TRM
Input contains the desired unserviceable detail document number in
positions 65-78.
4
ISU
Fill or kill.
4
TIN
Degraded Operations (due-out document number in positions 67-
80).
5
DIT
Input mark-for contains a DIFM document number; the due-out
urgency justification code is AR/BR or is being changed to AR/BR.
5
DOC
Total due-out quantity is to be canceled.
5
TIN
Disregard reasonable quantity edit.
5
TRM
Disregard DOLD/requisitioning objective or bypass excess and/or
shipment exception code edits.
5
WPR
Disregard reasonable quantity edit.
6
A2x/A4x
Degraded operations.
6
DOR
Degraded operations.
6
ISU
Degraded operations.
6
MSI
Degraded operations.
6
RAR
Degraded operations (reparable assets shipped).
6
REC
Degraded operations. The due-out release document number will be
in positions 60-73.
6
SHP
Degraded operations. If this is a degraded operations shipment of
serviceable assets from a detail, automatic replenishment actions are
provided (compare to TEX F SHP).
6
TIN
Degraded operations (reparable assets shipped).
6
TRM
Degraded operations.
166 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
6
1SP
Degraded operations shipment--fuels. (Fuels transactions are no
longer processed in the SBSS, but the code is listed for reference)
7
FRC
Change due-out flag from memo to firm and do not requisition.
7
ISU
Do not requisition. Issue assets or establish obligated memo due-out.
Authorized quantity edit will be bypassed when input contains
activity code U or W.
7
TIN
Use supplementary data as ship-to SRAN.
8
BIR
Do not release due-outs.
8
FCC
Do not release due-outs.
8
FCH
Do not release due-outs.
8
IRC
Do not release due-outs.
8
ISU
Do not issue. Establish due-out; disregard reasonable quantity edit.
If the type account code is B, establish a firm obligated due-out and
take requisitioning action. If type account code is E and item records
budget is alphabetic (except Z), this TEX code will be bypassed by
the issue programs.
8
REC
Do not release due-outs; do not ship reparable assets; do not issue
unserviceable assets to maintenance. TEX code 8 is not authorized
for wash-post items.
8
TIN
Do not release due-outs.
8
1GP
Do not release due-outs. (Entering a TEX on the 1GP passes the
TEX to the output inventory recount format (IRC).
9
AE(x)
Cancel due-in and due-out.
9
BIR
Do not update demand data.
9
DOC
Do not decrease cumulative recurring demands or the number of
demands.
9
SHP
Degraded operations. Bypass CMOS ICI interface, preclude creation
of shipment suspense record and produce a DCR.
%
ISU
Reduced Price Sales. At the option of the LRS CC/AO, items with
MIC 3, 4, or blank and ERRC XB3 or NF1 (with IEX E/6 or 3/K)
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 167
may be offered for sale at a reduced price (in lieu of transfer to
disposal) after 365 days in retention. ERRC XB3 or ERRC NF1
(with IEX E/6 or 3/K) items with MIC 1 or 2 assigned may be sold
at a reduced price after 700 days in retention (i.e., 30 days before the
full retention period is met). Budget codes 1 and 9 are the only
budget codes allowed. The percentage discount (from 01 to a
maximum of 99 percent off) is also a LRS CC/AO option. Only
items on hand will be discounted. (Note: Backordering at a reduced
price will not be allowed.) To ensure only items approved by the
LRS CC/AO are issued, the Funds Manager reviews the Base
Supply Surveillance Report (D20), Part Eleven, Reduced Price
Issues. Issue inputs not meeting the above conditions will produce a
noncumulative 001 reject.
*
A2x/A4x
To reinput the A2x/A4x to decrease and/or delete the RDO suspense
detail (220). Also, use to bypass the internal edits that create
management notices associated with RDO/Referral order
processing. Example: Process an A2x and receive an I136
Management Notice, because a supply point asset exists that has the
off-base indicator loaded. After verification, the asset can be
released for shipment. Then, the A2x is reinput with an “*”
(asterisk) in position 73 and the supply point detail document
number.
*
DIT
Blank TEX code 8 from due-out detail.
*
FRC
Potential problem item for stock replenishment.
+
SHP
This TEX code will suppress automatic replenishment actions on
shipments of serviceable assets from a detail.
+
TIN
Disregard detail record.
+
TRM
Property is to be transferred to an alternate DLADS.
+
2BS
(Consolidat
ion)
This TEX code allows existing due-outs to remain until due-out
released or cancelled while the Master Bench Stock Authorizations
are transferred to new Organization Cost Center Records.
@
ISU/MSI
Print output document on the input function.
DOR
This TEX code may be used on UND A or B ISU inputs to bypass
program assignment of TEX code 4 if the original input resulted in a
295 reject. When TRIC is MSI, this code is authorized for
unserviceable MRSP and IRSP issues only.
@
FCC/SHP
Print output SHP document to the input device. Only use this TEX
code when no other TEX code applies. This TEX is not authorized
when shipping items from a detail record. For FCC, print output
DOR to the input device.
168 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
@
TRM
Override normal disposal authority criteria for transferred material.
-
(dash)/T
RM
TRM
DIFM; use for correction of records only.
.(period)/
ISU
ISU
Assigned internally by the issue program when EOQ POS excess
above the requisition objective is issued to satisfy initial WRM
requirements. The unsatisfied quantity will be back ordered with a
TEX period (.). TEX period (.) applies only to supportable WRM
requirements, budget codes 1 and 9, and ERRCD XF and XB.
/IRC
IRC
DIFM adjustment chargeable to the LRS CC/AO.
/1GP
1GP
DIFM adjustment chargeable to the LRS CC/AO. (Entering a TEX
on the 1GP passes the TEX to the output inventory recount format
(IRC).
Table 2.111. Code Breakout - DIC/TRIC Sequence.
TEX
Code
DIC/TRIC
Function
P
AE1
Cancel input quantity-requisition action following.
R
AE(x)
Cancel due-in and re-requisition.
9
AE(x)
Cancel due-in and due-out.
M
AE1
Input to cancel due-in (Z6) resulting from a 329 (Receipt) for
MICAP requirement.
6
A2x/A4x
Degraded operations.
*
A2x/A4x
To reinput the A2x/A4x to decrease and/or delete the RDO suspense
detail (220). Also, use to bypass the internal edits that create
management notices associated with RDO/Referral order
processing. Example: Process an A2x and receive an I136
Management Notice, because a supply point asset exists that has the
off-base indicator loaded. After verification, the asset can be
released for shipment. Then, the A2x is reinput with an “*”
(asterisk) in position 73 and the supply point detail document
number.
L
BIR
Reinput of a BIR transaction within three days of the item record's
date of last transaction (DOLT).
W
BIR
Change warehouse location.
Z
BIR
Do not update demand data. Change warehouse location.
8
BIR
Do not release due-outs.
9
BIR
Do not update demand data.
B
BKA
Establish local purchase billed-not-received (BNR) detail.
D
CIC/IRC
Inventory of deployed MSK/MRSP.
E
DIT
Bypass end item document number edit for awaiting parts (AWP)
due-out.
O
DIT/ISU
Assigned internally by DIT/ISU program for Joint Chiefs of
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 169
Staff/Office of Secretary of Defense (JCS/OSD) requirements with
project code 9xx.
5
DIT
Input mark-for contains a DIFM document number; the due-out
urgency justification code is AR/BR or is being changed to AR/BR.
*
DIT
Blank TEX code 8 from due-out detail.
2
DOC
Cancel due-out and credit DIFM detail.
5
DOC
Total due-out quantity is to be canceled.
9
DOC
Do not decrease cumulative recurring demands or the number of
demands.
A
DOR
Assigned under program control by the DOR program to indicate
that the item was a free issue of an unfunded or unobligated due-out.
The free issue resulted from command excess redistribution or
Receipt from the DLADS (routing identifier code JBR).
J
DOR
Assigned under program control by the DOR program to indicate
that the item was a free issue of an obligated due-out. The free issue
resulted from command excess redistribution or Receipt from
DLADS (routing identifier code JBR).
3
DOR
Release input document number only. Do not go automatic.
6
DOR
Degraded operations.
@
DOR
This TEX code may be used on UND A or B ISU inputs to bypass
program assignment of TEX code 4 if the original input resulted in a
295 reject. When TRIC is MSI, this code is authorized for
unserviceable MRSP and IRSP issues only.
E
FCH
Suppress federal supply class/ERRCD edits.
F
FCH
Suppress federal supply class/ERRCD editsinhibit DOR.
B
FEX
Automatic return-credit may be allowed. Bypass releveling.
C
FEX
Suppress producing excess report output.
D
FEX
Automatic return-credit will not be allowed. Bypass releveling.
P
FEX
Latent defects.
3
FEX
Report input quantity.
8
FCC
Do not release due-outs.
@
FCC
Print output DOR to the input device.
8
FCH
Do not release due-outs.
E
FK1
Process as payment without supporting RNB detail record when
Receipt was erroneously processed as nonreimbursable. Write SMR
adjustment transaction history with FIA code 140, TTPC 8B and
FIA code 687, TTPC 9D.
F
FK1
Process as payment without supporting detail record (advice code
11) when duplicate shipment is not received. Write SMR adjustment
transaction history with FIA code 970, TTPC 8B.
J
FK1
Process as payment without supporting RNB detail when the funded
Receipt was erroneously processed as transfer-in from other base
level SMAG accounts. Write SMR adjustment transaction history
with FIA code 140, TTPC 8B and FIA code 781, TTPC 9D.
K
FK1
Process as payment without supporting RNB detail if the funded
170 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
Receipt was erroneously processed as transfer-in from AFMC depot
accounts. Write SMR adjustment transaction history with FIA code
140, TTPC 8B, and FIA code 782, TTPC 9D.
Q
FK1
Process as payment without supporting detail record
G
FK2
Process as payment (refund) without SNC detail if this detail
erroneously deleted.
Q
FK2
Process as payment without supporting detail record
R
FRC
Requisition the quantity in this output for stock; do not relevel.
S
FRC
Relevel and requisition the entire quantity required for stock on this
item.
T
FRC
Relevel and requisition the quantity required for UND B and C due-
outs on this item.
7
FRC
Change due-out flag from memo to firm and do not requisition.
*
FRC
Potential problem item for stock replenishment.
A
IRC
Animal Euthanasia, DD Form 1745 submitted.
B
IRC
Controlled item code change.
C
IRC
DD Form 362, Statement of Charges/Cash Collection Voucher
D
IRC
Inventory of deployed MSK/MRSP asset(s).
E
IRC
Erroneous inventory or accounting adjustment.
F
IRC
Loss of liquid products due to temperature and handling variance.
G
IRC
Major loss due to acts of God, major disasters, fire, or war.
I
IRC
Physical loss of a DIFM asset (not chargeable to the LRS CC/AO).
K
IRC
Death of a Military Dog (DD Form 1743)
L
IRC
Special inventory; assets found on base. Do not release due-outs
(same as TEX 8).
M
IRC
DD Form 114
N
IRC
Transportation Discrepancy Report, Discrepancy in Shipment
Report, DD Form 361 filed.
P
IRC
Warehouse refusal. Due-out release inhibited.
Q
IRC
DD Form 1150 or DD Form 1348-1A, when signed and certified.
R
IRC
DD Form 200 (Entering a TEX on the 1GP passes the TEX to the
output inventory recount format (IRC).
S
IRC
Loss is due to suspected theft.
T
IRC
Items lost in transportation/receiving channels.
U
IRC
Inventory adjustment of unserviceable detail assets.
V
IRC
DD Form 1131
W
IRC
SF Form 364
X
IRC
Destroy flags, pennants, guidons, and streamers.
Z
IRC
Loss is due to shrinkage or deterioration.
8
IRC
Do not release due-outs.
/
IRC
DIFM adjustment chargeable to the LRS CC/AO.
F
1RL
(Type Stock Record Account Code “P”) - Used to adjust fuels
gain/loss due to temperature and handling variance. This TEX code
is internally assigned under program control; it is not intended for
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 171
external use. (Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the
SBSS, but the code is listed for reference , but the code still exists).
C
ISU
Allows substitute (relationship code S) to issue. This TEX code is
authorized for issues to MRSP, IRSP, WRM, MSK supply point
details, and bench stock issues.
M
ISU
Reinput of killed issue request. When this TEX code is used on ISU
inputs containing activity code U or W, the asset posture versus
requirements will be considered by the program. A requisition may
or may not be submitted, depending on the asset posture and
requirements.
R
ISU
Combination D and 7. Free Issue, memo due-out. This applies to
budget code 8 items only. Do not use this code without the approval
of the Supply Management Activity Group (SMAG) manager who
must get approval from HQ AFMC/A4YF.
U
ISU
Bypass quantity on hand; establish due-out (for unsupportable
MRSP requirements only).
V
ISU
Process the same as for ISU TEX 4 and print output issue document
to the input function.
X
ISU
Direct ship-to supplementary address. When this code is used in
support of project COOL BARGE (G32), PACER PINE (Y30), or
PACER GOOSE (Y31), the project code must be G32, Y30, or Y31
if automatic due-out and requisitioning are required. When TEX X
is contained in the due-out detail for other uses, the requisitioning
programs will place the first six positions of the organization title in
the supplementary address of the due-in detail and requisition.
Y
ISU
Combination TEX E, 5, and 7. Do not requisition. Disregard edits
for end-item document number and reasonable quantity.
Z
ISU
Used to establish an obligated memo due-out. All on-hand quantity
edits will be bypassed. The due-out will not be released until the
specified due-in that is linked to the due-out is received. When an
off-base supply point issue request is processed and the type
authorization on the supply point detail is D, the use of TEX code Z
will result in establishing a linked due-in and directs shipment to
remote supply points.
1
ISU
Do not requisition or release due-out automatically.
2
ISU
Disregard authorized versus on-hand quantity edits on issues to
supply point, MSK, or RSP details.
3
ISU
Bypass funds availability on this request. Do not use this TEX
without obtaining prior approval from the budget officer. See AFH
23-123, Vol 2, Pt 2, Ch 7 for Reject 907.
4
ISU
Fill or kill.
6
ISU
Degraded operations.
7
ISU
Do not requisition. Issue assets or establish obligated memo due-out.
Authorized quantity edit will be bypassed when input contains
activity code U or W.
172 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
8
ISU
Do not issue. Establish due-out; disregard reasonable quantity edit.
If the type account code is B, establish a firm obligated due-out and
take requisitioning action. If type account code is E and item records
budget is alphabetic (except Z), this TEX will be bypassed by the
issue programs
%
ISU
Reduced Price Sales. At the option of the LRS CC/AO, items with
MIC 3, 4, or blank and ERRC XB3 or NF1 (with IEX E/6 or 3/K)
may be offered for sale at a reduced price (in lieu of transfer to
disposal) after 365 days in retention. ERRC XB3 or ERRC NF1
(with IEX E/6 or 3/K) items with MIC 1 or 2 assigned may be sold
at a reduced price after 700 days in retention (i.e., 30 days before the
full retention period is met). Budget codes 1 and 9 are the only
budget codes allowed. The percentage discount (from 01 to a
maximum of 99 percent off) is also a LRS CC/AO option. Only
items on hand will be discounted. (Note: Backordering at a reduced
price will not be allowed.) To ensure only items approved by the
LRS CC/AO are issued, the Funds Manager reviews the Base
Supply Surveillance Report (D20), Part Eleven, Reduced Price
Issues. Issue inputs not meeting the above conditions will produce a
noncumulative 001 reject.
@
ISU
Print output document on the input function.
.
(period)
ISU
Assigned internally by the issue program when EOQ POS excess
above the requisition objective is issued to satisfy initial WRM
requirements. The unsatisfied quantity will be back ordered with a
TEX period (.). TEX period (.) applies only to supportable WRM
requirements, budget codes 1 and 9, and ERRCD XF and XB.
K
LPA
Over $2,500 adjustment approved by the LRS CC/AO.
D
MSI/ISU
Reimbursement not required. This TEX is used as determined
locally to identify inputs that do not require reimbursements
(redistribution of excess, etc.). This TEX code is used for the free
issue and free backorder/DOR of selected budget code 8 items. The
use of TEX D pertains to activity code X, R, J, and D issue requests
only. Do not use TEX D without the approval of the SMAG
Manager. The SMAG Manager is responsible for the complete
review of TEX D issues and due-outs. For AFMC-managed (budget
code 8) items, the Funds Manager must receive a list of selected
items identified as non-reimbursable from an appropriate higher
authority; i.e., MAJCOM, PM, or the Air Staff and ensure AFMC is
provided the list. Using a TEX D to create a “free” due-out for
budget code 8 items allows for the requisition to be automatically
created..
F
MSI
Do not replenish the supply point, MSK, WRM, or RSP detail.
L
MSI
Type account code K use only. This TEX applies only to supply
point details with a type authorization code C, I, P, S, T, or Z,
nonadditive details. Processing is the same as TEX F except the FSP
program will be called to reduce the authorized quantity by the
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 173
quantity in the MSI.
R
MSI
Type account code K use only. This TEX applies only to supply
point details with a type authorization code C, I, P, S, T, or Z,
nonadditive details. Processing is the same as a blank TEX except
that the forward supply point program will be called to reduce the
authorized quantity by the quantity in the MSI.
W
MSI
Degraded operations. The function of this TEX is the same as TEX
6, except that the requisition date generated by the computer at the
time of processing--rather than data in the document number--is
assigned to the ISU/DOR field on the DIFM detail.
Z
MSI
Do not replenish the detail. This TEX code applies to type account
code K only.
6
MSI
Degraded operations.
@
MSI
Print output document on the input function.
Y
NOR
Do not search for MICAP due-in or MICAP due-out detail.
6
RAR
Degraded operations (reparable assets shipped).
A
REC
Do not produce I046/I102 Management Notice. This TEX will only
apply when input is from the RPS/main system.
B
REC
Sales return credit allowed. Before processing begins, the LRS
CC/AO and a representative from the other service must agree on
the method to be used for handling serviceable sales returns from the
other service. If credit is to be allowed, the Receipt will be
processed with TEX B in position 51. If credit will not be allowed,
the materiel will be received as a Receipt not due-in.
C
REC
Correction of previously reported shortage of local purchase BSS
(IEX 3) or IEE (IEX 6) bulk issue item (binned in a designated
warehouse prior to processing Receipt).
D
REC
Do not release due-outs, local purchase BSS (IEX 3), or IEE (IEX 6)
bulk issue item.
E
REC
Request for cancellation to be submitted for the quantity in positions
60-64.
G
REC
Local purchase BSS (IEX 3) or IEU (IEX 6) bulk issue item.
H
REC
Do not release due-outs; do not print I046/I102 Management Notice.
This TEX will apply only when input is from the RPS main system.
I
REC
Correction of previously reported shortage.
P
REC
Damaged in shipment.
Q
REC
Receipt of misidentified materiel.
U
REC
Receipt of unacceptable substitute item.
Y
REC
Receipt verified by supplementary addressee
Z
REC
Latent defects.
2
REC
Release specific due-out
6
REC
Degraded operations. The due-out release document number will be
in positions 60-73.
8
REC
Do not release due-outs; do not ship reparable assets; do not issue
unserviceable assets to maintenance. TEX 8 is not authorized for
174 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
wash-post items.
1
REC
Assigned to an unserviceable Receipt when an SF 364 has been
submitted. An unserviceable status code D and the current date (date
reported) will be assigned to the unserviceable detail to indicate the
item has been reported.
@
SHP
Print output SHP document to the input device. Only use this TEX
when no other TEX applies. This TEX is not authorized when
shipping items from a detail record. For FCC, print output DOR to
the input device.
A
SHP
Allows nondirected shipments (SHP) to process for retail outlet
items with the on-hand balance.
F
SHP
Degraded operations shipment of serviceable assets from a detail; no
automatic replenishment is to be performed.
J
SHP
Bypass CMOS ICI interface when inline, create shipment suspense
record, and produce a DCR.
P
SHP
Damaged in shipment. Unacceptable substitutes. Return of LP item
ordered in error. Other discrepant shipments (the item received is
not compatible with its supporting documentation).
R
SHP
Deficiency Report. Ship-to the routing identifier (RIC) found in
positions 4-6.
X
SHP
Use preassigned document number from turn-in program. (FE3101
SRAN only). Note: No longer valid process. Will delete when logic
is removed in a future release.
Z
SHP
Latent defects.
6
SHP
Degraded operations. If this is a degraded operations shipment of
serviceable assets from a detail, automatic replenishment actions are
provided (compare to TEX F SHP).
9
SHP
Degraded operations. Bypass CMOS ICI interface, preclude creation
of shipment suspense record and produce a DCR.
+
SHP
This TEX will suppress automatic replenishment actions on
shipments of serviceable assets from a detail.
A
TIN
Do not ship or report; disregard the detail record.
B
TIN
Disregard DIFM detail record. Release specific due-out.
D
TIN
Degraded operations (due-out document number in positions 67-80).
Disregard DIFM detail record.
F
TIN
Degraded operations (reparable assets shipped); disregard detail
record.
G
TIN
Use supplementary data as ship-to SRAN; disregard DIFM detail
record.
H
TIN
Do not release due-outs; disregard detail record.
X
TIN
Assigned to 3101 account only. Automatic shipment. Input must
contain a ship-to SRAN in positions 45-50 and a shipping document
number in positions 67-80. Note: No longer valid process. Will
delete when logic is removed in a future release.
Y
TIN
Automatically builds and processes an input to delete a prime detail
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 175
record when the turn-in results in zero quantity on-hand. For
example, a 1KK input would be built and processed to delete a
Special Spares Detail. This process applies to the following records:
Special Purpose Asset Detail, WRM Spares Detail, MSK Detail,
Special Spares Detail, HPMSK Detail, NAMRSP Detail, TRSP,
AMRSP Detail, WRM/IRSP Detail, WRM/WCDO Spares Detail.
1
TIN
Do not ship, report, or transfer to DLADS.
2
TIN
Release specific due-out.
4
TIN
Degraded operations (due-out document number in positions 67-80).
5
TIN
Disregard reasonable quantity edit.
6
TIN
Degraded operations (reparable assets shipped).
7
TIN
Use supplementary data as ship-to SRAN.
8
TIN
Do not release due-outs.
+
TIN
Disregard detail record.
*
TIN
Non-Equipment TIN - bypass detail record.
C
TRM
Unserviceable/special detail. The property is to be transferred to an
alternate DLADS.
E
TRM
Disregard DOLD/requisitioning objective or bypass excess
exception code edits. The property is to be transferred to an alternate
DLADS.
F
TRM
Degraded operations; property is to be transferred to an alternate
DLADS.
L
TRM
Unserviceable/special detail. Bypasses the DLADS not authorized
flag and the excess rule of 730 days.
N
TRM
Disregard DOLD/requisitioning objective or bypass excess
exception code edits. Bypass DLADS not authorized flag.
T
TRM
Unserviceable/special detail. Bypass DLADS not authorized flag;
property is to be transferred to an alternate DLADS.
V
TRM
Disregard DOLD/requisitioning objective or bypass excess
exception code edits. Bypass DLADS not authorized flag; property
is to be transferred to an alternate DLADS.
3
TRM
Input contains the desired unserviceable detail document number in
positions 65-78.
5
TRM
Disregard DOLD/requisitioning objective or bypass excess and/or
shipment exception code edits.
6
TRM
Degraded operations.
+
TRM
Property is to be transferred to an alternate DLADS.
@
TRM
Bypasses the DLADS not authorized flag and the excess rule of 730
days.
- (dash)
TRM
DIFM; use for correction of records only.
T
XCA
Reprocess input on an invalid stock and produce an outgoing XCC
image
R
1BC
Reverse/decrease original 1BC transaction.
R
1BD
Reverse/decrease original 1BD transaction.
R
1BE
Reverse/decrease original 1BE transaction.
176 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
R
1BF
Reverse/decrease original 1BF transaction.
R
1BG
Reverse/decrease original 1BG transaction.
R
1BH
Reverse/decrease original 1BH transaction.
R
1BJ
Reverse/decrease original 1BJ transaction.
Q
1BT
Process as payment without detail record.
R
1BT
Reverse/decrease original 1BT transaction.
R
1BW
Reverse/decrease original 1BW transaction.
B
1DA
Delete MILSTRIP claims receivable details if over 360 days old and
less than $1,000.
F
1DA
Delete credit return (CR) detail when request for credit is denied.
Assign FIA code 970 to the transaction history.
B
1DB
Delete MILSTRIP BNR details if over 360 days old and less than
$1,000.
E
1DB
Delete BNR detail when funded Receipt is erroneously processed as
nonreimbursable.
F
1DB
Delete BNR detail when request for credit is denied or when the
dollar limitation prevents submission of request.
P
1DB
Delete BNR detail under program control if the monetary value
limitation prevents reclassification of BNR detail into claims
receivable. Assign FIA code 970 to the transaction history. This
TEX is assigned under program control.
R
1DB
Delete BNR detail under program control and reclassify (build) the
detail into claims receivable if the monetary value permits
submission of request for credit. This TEX is assigned under
program control.
B
1DC
Delete MILSTRIP shipped-not-credited (SNC) details with type
SNC flag 1 if over 360 days old and less than $1,000.
R
1DF
Reverse-post fuels--defuel. (Fuels transactions are no longer
processed in the SBSS, but the code is listed for reference)
A
1DR
Assigned under program control by program NGV997 to images
intended for processing by the pseudo reader. Processing of these
images provides the same results as 1DR processing with TEX code
C.
B
1DR
Delete MILSTRIP claims payable and RNB details if over 360 days
old and less than $1,000.
C
1DR
Delete RNB detail created for total quantity of due-in and processed
as shortage in shipment.
D
1DR
Delete RNB detail erroneously created for Receipt of
nonreimbursable materiel.
J
1DR
Delete RNB detail erroneously created for Receipt/transfer-in from
other base level SMAG accounts.
K
1DR
Delete RNB detail erroneously created for Receipt/transfer-in from
AFMC depot accounts.
P
1DR
Delete claims payable detail when request for billing is denied by
depot. Assign FIA code 980 to the transaction history.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 177
R
1GC
Reverses previous input.
F
1GM
Delete RNB detail when final payment is made.
R
1GM
Reverses previous input.
A
1GP
Animal Euthanasia, DD Form 1745 submitted. (Entering a TEX on
the 1GP passes the TEX to the output inventory recount format
(IRC).
B
1GP
Controlled Item Code Change. (Entering a TEX on the 1GP passes
the TEX to the output inventory recount format (IRC).
C
1GP
DD Form 362 (Entering a TEX on the 1GP passes the TEX to the
output inventory recount format (IRC).
D
1GP
Inventory of deployed MSK/MRSP asset(s). (Entering a TEX on the
1GP passes the TEX to the output inventory recount format (IRC).
E
1GP
Erroneous inventory or accounting adjustment. (Entering a TEX on
the 1GP passes the TEX to the output inventory recount format
(IRC).
F
1GP
Loss of liquid products due to temperature and handling variance.
(Entering a TEX on the 1GP passes the TEX to the output inventory
recount format (IRC).
G
1GP
Major loss due to acts of God, major disasters, fire, or war.
(Entering a TEX on the 1GP passes the TEX to the output inventory
recount format (IRC).
I
1GP
Physical loss of a DIFM asset (not chargeable to the LRS CC/AO).
(Entering a TEX on the 1GP passes the TEX to the output inventory
recount format (IRC).
K
1GP
Death of a Military Dog, DD Form 1743 submitted. (Entering a
TEX on the 1GP passes the TEX to the output inventory recount
format (IRC).
L
1GP
Special inventory; assets found on base. Do not release due-outs
(same as TEX 8). (Entering a TEX on the 1GP passes the TEX to
the output inventory recount format (IRC).
M
1GP
DD Form 114 (Entering a TEX on the 1GP passes the TEX to the
output inventory recount format (IRC).
N
1GP
Transportation Discrepancy, DD Form 361 filed. (Entering a TEX
on the 1GP passes the TEX to the output inventory recount format
(IRC).
I
1PR
Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the SBSS, but the code
is listed for reference. Fuels transactions are no longer processed in
the SBSS, but the code is listed for reference , but the code is listed
for reference.
R
1PR
Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the SBSS, but the code
is listed for reference. Fuels transactions are no longer processed in
the SBSS, but the code is listed for reference , but the code is listed
for reference.
S
1PC
Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the SBSS, but the code
is listed for reference. Fuels transactions are no longer processed in
178 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
the SBSS, but the code is listed for reference , but the code is listed
for reference.
S
1PR
Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the SBSS, but the code
is listed for reference. Fuels transactions are no longer processed in
the SBSS, but the code is listed for reference , but the code is listed
for reference.
R
1RF
Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the SBSS, but the code
is listed for reference. Fuels transactions are no longer processed in
the SBSS, but the code is listed for reference , but the code is listed
for reference.
F
1RL
Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the SBSS, but the code
is listed for reference. Fuels transactions are no longer processed in
the SBSS, but the code is listed for reference , but the code is listed
for reference. Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the
SBSS, but the code is listed for reference
D
1RM
Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the SBSS, but the code
is listed for reference. Fuels transactions are no longer processed in
the SBSS, but the code is listed for reference , but the code is listed
for reference. Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the
SBSS, but the code is listed for reference
G
1RM
Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the SBSS, but the code
is listed for reference Fuels transactions are no longer processed in
the SBSS, but the code is listed for reference
Z
IRM
Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the SBSS, but the code
is listed for reference Fuels transactions are no longer processed in
the SBSS, but the code is listed for reference
R
1RP
Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the SBSS, but the code
is listed for reference
I
1RP
Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the SBSS, but the code
is listed for reference
S
1RP
Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the SBSS, but the code
is listed for reference
T
1RP
Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the SBSS, but the code
is listed for reference
R
1SP
Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the SBSS, but the code
is listed for reference
6
1SP
Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the SBSS, but the code
is listed for reference
+
2BS
(Consolidat
ion)
This TEX code allows existing due-outs to remain until due-out
released or cancelled while the Master Bench Stock Authorizations
are transferred to new Organization Cost Center Records.
2.11. Type Transaction Phrase and Code (TTPC).
2.11.1. Purpose. To provide precise identification of transactions that appears on the
document register.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 179
2.11.2. Assignment (2-position A/N). Type transaction phrases and codes are assigned to
simplify the process of identifying transactions, since several types of action can be taken on
a single input. Without a TTPC the user must make a detailed analysis of the entire record to
determine the type of transaction taking place. The type transaction code is printed and stored
on the transaction history record.
2.11.3. Codes Explanation.
Table 2.112. Type Transaction Phrase and Code (TTPC).
Type Code
Trans Phrase
Explanation Of Phrase
1A
-ITEM RECORD
Decrease item record/unserviceable detail
1B
+ITEM RECORD
Increase item record/unserviceable detail
1C
-SP DET
Decrease supply point detail
1D
+SP DET
Increase supply point detail
1E
-DEL SP
DET decrease and delete supply point detail
1F
+ADD SP
DET add and increase supply point detail
1G
-MSK DET
Decrease MSK spares detail
1H
+MSK DET
Increase MSK spares detail
1I
-DEL MSK DET
Decrease and delete MSK spares detail
1J
+ADD MSK DET
Add MSK spares detail
1K
-IN-USE DET
Decrease in-use detail
1L
+IN-USE DET
Increase in-use detail
1M
-DEL IN-USE DET
Decrease and delete in-use detail
1N
+ADD IN-USE DET
Add and increase in-use detail
1O
-IRSP DET
Decrease IRSP Detail
1P
+IRSP DET
Increase IRSP Detail
1Q
-DEL IRSP DET
Delete/decrease IRSP detail
1R
+ADD IRSP DET
Add/increase IRSP detail
1S
-DI DET
Decrease due-in detail
1T
CHG DI DET
Change due-in detail
1U
-DEL DI DET
Decrease and delete due-in detail
1V
+ADD DI DET
Add due-in detail
1W
-STAT DET
Decrease status detail
1X
+CHG STAT DET
Change status detail
1Y
-DEL STAT DET
Decrease and delete status detail
1Z
+ADD STAT DET
Add and increase status detail
2A
-DO DET
Decrease due-out detail
2B
CHG DO DET
Change due-out detail
2C
-DEL DO DET
Decrease and delete due-out detail
2D
+ADD DO DET
Add and increase due-out detail
2E
+G DTL
Increase vendor owned detail
2F
-G DTL
Decrease vendor owned detail
2G
-DEL SNC DET
Decrease and delete shipped-not-credited
detail
2H
+ADD SNC DET
Add and increase shipped-not-credited detail
180 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2I
-AMRSP DETAIL
Decrease airborne MRSP detail
2J
+AMRSP DETAIL
Increase airborne MRSP detail
2K
-AMRSP DET
Decrease delete AMRSP detail
2L
+AMRSP DET
Add/increase airborne/MRSP detail
2M
-DIFM DET
Decrease DIFM detail
2N
+DIFM DET
Increase DIFM detail
2O
-DEL DIFM DET
Decrease and delete DIFM detail
2P
+ADD DIFM DET
Add and increase DIFM detail
2Q
-RNB DET
Decrease received-not-billed detail
2R
CHG RNB DET
Change received-not-billed detail
2S
-DEL RNB DET
Decrease and delete received-not-billed detail
2T
+ADD RNB DET
Add and increase received-not-billed detail
2U
CHG DIFM DET
Change DIFM detail
2V
SN/SD CG MG DT
NSN change and losing detail record has been
merged with a like record
2W
-DEL REMS DET
Decrease and delete REMS detail
2X
+ADD REMS DET
Add and increase REMS detail
2Y
CHG REMS DET
Change REMS detail
2Z
-ITEM RECORD
Decrease item record for AF-owned container
returned for credit
3A
TFR to DLADS
Decrease item record/unserviceable detail
(transfer to DLADS)
3B
CHG IN-USE DET
Bare base item code T (Holloman only)
3C
+NAEW E-3A
DIFM
DIFM Detail for NAEW E-3A Component
3D
-NAEW E-3A
DIFM
Delete DIFM/unserviceable detail for NAEW
E-3A Component
3E
DLADS FOLLOW-
UP
Defense Logistics Agency Transaction
Service (DLADS) follow-up
3F
UNUSED
3G
-SPRAM DET
Decrease SPRAM detail
3H
+SPRAM DET
Increase SPRAM detail
3I
CHG MRSP/IRSP
DET
MRSP/IRSP identification record
load/change/delete
3J
-DEL SPRAM DET
Decrease and delete SPRAM detail
3K
+ADD SPRAM
DET
Add and increase SPRAM detail
3L
NAEW E-3A DIFM
Decrease DIFM detail for NAEW E-3A
Component
3M-3N
UNUSED
3O
REQUEST KILLED
Self-explanatory
3P
PARTIAL ISSUE
Self-explanatory
3Q
P-POST ISSUE
Item record/unserviceable detail (degraded
operations issue)
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 181
3R
CTL ITM CD CHG
Controlled item code change
3S
NRTS SHIPMENT
Item record/unserviceable detail (NRTS
shipment)
3U
CHG TO IND DAT
Change-to indicative data
3V
CHG TO STK NR
Change-to NSN
3W
UNUSED
3X
CHG FR IND DAT
Change-from indicative data
3Y
CHG FR STK NR
Change-from NSN
3Z
UNUSED
4A
U/I - U/P CHG
Unit of issue and/or unit price change
4B
CHG RPT CODE
Change asset status/transaction code
4C
CHG SPEC LVL
Change special level detail (update item
record special level data when applicable)
4D
DDR SPEC LVL
Add or change mission change special level
detail (type level flag G or H)
4E
DEL SPEC LVL
Delete special level detail (update item record
special level data when applicable)
4F
ADD SPEC LVL
Add special level detail (update item record
special level data when applicable)
4G
DEMAND DATA
CG
Demand data input processing, updating item
record
4H
NEW ITEM LOAD
Self-explanatory
4I
ITEM DELETE
Self-explanatory
4J
CHG STK DATA
Change stock control data
4K
OVL RCD TR/T/F
Overflow record--transfer to/from
4L
OVL RCD L/L &
TR
Overflow record--load or load and transfer
4M
BULK ISU
Update monetary records when bulk issue is
made
4N
LOAD IN-USE
RCD
Load new in-use detail record
4O
CHG IN-USE RCD
Change data on in-use detail record
4P
DEL IN-USE RCD
Delete in-use detail record from the computer
4Q
ORG RCD L/C/D
Organization record load/change/delete
4R
DECR REP CYC
Decrease item repair cycle data
4S
INCR REP CYC
Increase item repair cycle data
4T
CHG SUP PT DET
Change supply point detail
4U
CHG WRM SP DET
Change WRM spares detail
4V
ERC CG DIFM DL
ERRCD changed from RC to non-RC and
DIFM detail record has been deleted
4W
NOT AUTH STK
Item not authorized stock (zero requisitioning
objective)
4Y
SATS 1SI SIGN
SATS date/time/confirmation
4Z
MICAP UPDATE
Transaction History Record Update
182 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
5A
-SPEC SP DET
Decrease special spares detail
5B
+SPEC SP DET
Increase special spares detail
5C
-SPEC SP DET
Decrease/delete special spares detail
5D
+SPEC SP DET
Add/increase special spares detail
5E
-HPMSK DET
Decrease HPMSK detail
5F
+HPMSK DET
Increase HPMSK detail
5G
-HPMSK DET
Decrease/delete HPMSK detail
5H
+HPMSK DET
Add/increase HPMSK detail
5I
PARTIAL RDO
DENIAL
Self-Explanatory
5J
FULL RDO
DENIAL
Self-Explanatory
5K-5L
UNUSED
5M
+PFY COM
Increase local purchase requisitions not
obligated prior fiscal year (PFY)
5N
-PFY COM
Decrease local purchase requisitions not
obligated PFY
5O
CHG FR UMMIPS
Change-from UMMIPS data
5P
CHG TO UMMIPS
Change-to UMMIPS data
5Q
ACK OF RECEIPT
Project Receipt Acknowledgment
5R-5T
UNUSED
5U
TRANS DATA SHP
Transportation data for shipments
5U
DENIAL
Shipment denied
5V
EAID TRANS
EAID transfer
5W
EAID/SPRAM REC
EAID/SPRAM Receipt
5X
EAID/SPRAM
LOAD
Establish an EAID/SPRAM detail for short-
term deployments/Receipts
5Y
EAID/SPRAM
DELETE
Delete an EAID/SPRAM detail for short-term
deployments/transfers
5Z
EAID CHANGE
Change an EAID detail for short-term
deployments/transfers/Receipts
6A
EQUIP TRAN SUM
Equipment transaction summary
6B
SMALL ARMS
INQ
DSF/DSR small arms inquiry
6C
-NAMRSP DET
Decrease non-airborne MRSP detail
6D
+NAMRSP DET
Increase non-airborne MRSP detail
6E
-NAMRSP DET
Decrease/delete non-airborne MRSP detail
6F
+NAMRSP DET
Add/increase non-airborne MRSP detail
6G-6H
UNUSED
6I
WHSE LOC CHG
Warehouse location change
6N
-WCDO DET
Decrease WCDO detail
6O
+WCDO DET
Increase WCDO detail
6P
-WCDO DET
Decrease/delete WCDO detail
6Q
+WCDO DET
Add/increase WCDO detail
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 183
6R
-PROJECT DET
Decrease project detail
6S
+PROJECT DET
Increase project detail
6T
-PROJECT DET
Decrease/delete project detail
6U
+PROJECT DET
Add project detail
6V
CHG WRM DET
Change WRM detail indicative data
6W-6Z
UNUSED
7A
TEX 8 DO REQD
Requisition for due-out previously coded
TEX 8
7B
UNUSED
7C
CHG SPRAM DET
Change SPRAM detail
7D
DEL SPRAM DET
Delete SPRAM detail
7E
LOAD SPRAM
DET
Load SPRAM detail
7F
-MUN WRM DET
Decrease munitions WRM detail
7G
+MUN WRM DET
Increase munitions WRM detail
7H
-MUN WRM DET
Decrease/delete munitions WRM detail
7I
+MUN WRM DET
Add/increase munitions WRM detail
7J
CHG SCH DET
Change Projects detail indicative data
7K
CHG WRM DO
DET
Change WRM due-out detail
7L
+249/-250 DTL
Increase serialized control detail
Decrease in-use serialized control detail
7M
+250/-249 DTL
Increase in-use serialized control detail
Decrease serialized control detail
7N
+SER CTRL DTL
Increase serialized control detail
7O
-SER CTRL DTL
Decrease serialized control detail
7P
+INUSE CTRL
DTL
Increase in-use serialized control detail
7Q
-INUSE CTRL DTL
Decrease in-use serialized control detail
7R
CHG SER CTRL
DTL
Change serialized control detail serial number
7S
CHG SER CTRL
DTL
Change in-use serialized control detail serial
number
7T-7V
UNUSED
7X
CHG WRM CNTRL
Change WRM control record
7Y
PFMR/OCCR-ADJ
ADJ, CCS, 1PU--charge or credit PFMR and
OCCR
7Z
ORG CHG
Organization load/change/delete
8A
+ADD CR/CP DET
Add or change claims receivable (CR) or
claims payable (CP) detail
8B
IMR: + FIA FLD
Increase line number associated with financial
inventory accounting (FIA) code IMR
8C
LOAD MACR
Load MACR
8D
DELETE MACR
Delete MACR
184 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
8E
CHG MACR INDIC
Indicative data change in MACR
8F
ADJ MACR
VALUE
Dollar change in MACR fields
8G
MICAP START
IDENTIFY MICAP START
8H
MICAP IND CHG
IDENTIFY MICAP INDICATIVE DATA
CHANGE
8I
MICAP CANN,
WRM MSI
IDENTIFY MICAP CANNIBALIZATION,
WRM issue to preclude MICAP DUO
8J
PFMR ADJ-UDO
Adjust PFMR Unobligated Due-Outs
8K
MICAP STOP
IDENTIFY MICAP STOP
8L
MAPS DISTRO
IDENTIFY MAPS DISTRIBUTION
8M
LOAD PFMR
1PF--load PFMR
8N
CHG PFMR CLASS
1PF--change accounting classification data
8O
DELETE PFMR
1PF--delete PFMR
8P
UNUSED
8Q
PFMR ADJ - ODO
Adjust PFMR obligated due-outs
8R
UNUSED
8S
PFMR ADJ - ISS
Adjust PFMR issues/turn-ins
8T
PFMR ADJ - TAR
Adjust PFMR fund authorizations
8U
BULK TURN-IN
Decrease net issues to this organization
8V-8X
UNUSED
8Y
FORCE TIN - DO
1PU--force return without credit of obligated
due-out, direct charge processed
8Z
UNUSED
9A
-DEL CR DET
Decrease and delete claims receivable (CR)
detail
9B-9C
UNUSED
9D
IMR: - FIA FLD
Decrease line number associated with
financial inventory accounting (FIA) code
IMR
9E
OCCR ADJ - TAR
Adjust OCCR fund authorization line
9F
UNUSED
9G
OCCR ADJ - ISS
Adjust OCCR net issues
9H
OCCR ADJ - UFD
Adjust OCCR unfunded due-outs
9I
OCCR ADJ - ODO
Adjust obligated due-outs
9J
UNUSED
9K
OCCR ADJ - NNI
Adjust OCCR net nonreimbursable issues
9L
OCCR ADJ - BCZ
Adjust OCCR net investment issues
9M
UNUSED
9N
OCCR ADJ - UTI
Adjust OCCR unserviceable turn-ins
9O-9W
UNUSED
9X
SF OVR/SHT BNR
SF Receipts over/shortdifference between
quantity shipped and quantity received
9Y
BIL REJ A&F
Billing input rejected
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 185
9Z
BIL SF
PAYMENTS
BIL SF payments (ZBL transaction)
Note: TTPC 9M will be assigned for the input only (TRIC/DIC ORG). When TTPC
9M is assigned, two transaction histories will be produced (TTPC 8T and 9E). An AA
phrase code represents the reverse-post of a 1A transaction; a BA phrase code
represents the reverse-post of a 2A transaction, etc.
2.12. Acquisition Advice Code (AAC).
2.12.1. Purpose. To determine the correct routing identifier code (RIC) for loads to an item
record.
2.12.2. Assignment (1-position A). Acquisition advice codes are maintained on the item
record and are used with an AF MIL-RI to determine correct RICs. See DoD 4 100.39-M,
Vol 10 for a list of these codes.
2.13. Budget Code.
2.13.1. Purpose. BUDGET CODE (1-position A/N or Special Character). Determines
whether items are centrally procured, investment, or SMAG.
Table 2.113. Budget Codes.
Budget Code
Budget Program
Stock Fund Division
A
12 Aircraft Support Equipment
B
17 War Consumable Spares
C
18 E/R
D
19 E
E
22 E
F
28 E/R
G
29 E
H
81 E
I
Department of Energy (DOE) Owned Nuclear
Ordnance Components
J
82 E
K
83 E/R/I (Electronic and Telecommunications
Equipment, ESC)
L
83 E
M
84 E
N
87 E/R
O
83 R/1 (Electronics and Telecom Spares, Non
ESC
186 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
P
20E Missile Weapon Systems and Peculiar
Support Equipment
Q
10E Aircraft Weapon Systems and Peculiar
Support Equipment
R
11 E
S
15 R/161 Aircraft Spares
T
25 R/261 Missile Spares
U
81 R/I Munitions Spares
V
Vehicle
W
84 R/I Other Base Main Support Spares
X
82 R/I Vehicular Spares
Y
Selected Equipment Items With a Unit Price of
Less Than $250,000 That Are Centrally Procured
With MAJCOMs O&M Funds
Z
84 E
@
(AFMC pseudo code)
8
CSAG-S
9
Supply Management
Activity Group Retail
(SMAG-R)
*
84E ($250,000 or >)
SMAG-R (<$250,000)
#
Unique Multi- Service (Joint) items managed in
support of special activities.
Table 2.114. Centrally Managed Budget Programs Codes.
Category
Budget Program
Budget
Code
Centrally-Managed Investment Items
Equipment Items are all Air Force centrally managed
investment items with ERRC "ND2" or "NF2" (except
munitions).
Aircraft Weapon Systems and Peculiar Support Equipment
10
Q
Aircraft Modifications
11
R
Ground Support Equipment
12
A
Procurement Other Than Air Force (Appropriation 3010)
18
C
Other Charges
19
D
Missile Weapon Systems and Peculiar Support Equipment
20
P
Missile Replacement Equipment
22
E
Procurement Other Than Air Force (Appropriation 3020)
28
F
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 187
Other Charges
29
G
Vehicular, non-REMS
82
J
Vehicular, REMS
82
V
Cryptology and Other USAF Security Service Equipment
(BPAC 831-832)
83
K
Electronic and Telecommunications Equipment, non-AFLC
(UPAC 832-838)
82
L
Other Base Maintenance and Support Equipment
84
M
Procurement Other Than Air Force (Appropriation 3080)
87
N
Selected Equipment Items With a Unit Price of Less Than
$250,000 That Are Centrally Procured With MAJCOMs O&M
Funds
Y
Replenishment Spares Items are all Air Force centrally
managed investment items ERRC "XD1," "XD2" or "XD3"
(except munitions).
Aircraft Spares
15
S
War Consumable Spares
17
B
Missile Spares
25
T
Vehicular Spares
82
X
Electronics and Telecommunications
Spares, AFMC
83
Electronics and Telecommunications Spares, non-AFLC
83
O
Other Base Maintenance and Support Equipment Spares
84
W
Base-Managed Investment Items
Equipment Items are all Air Force decentralized managed
investment items (ERRC "NF2" with unit cost $250,000 or
greater) which are requisitioned or procured at the base/retail
level from either DLA, GSA, other services, field manufacture
or commercial vendors. They must be a proper charge to
appropriation 3080.
84
Z
Depot Plant Equipment Program Items
Investment equipment items
12
A
84
M
84
Z
Munitions Items
Principal or major end items are
Operational munitions rounds, associated launchers and
dispensers, and components (not common repair parts) required
to assemble a complete operational round and associated
launchers arid dispensers. This determination is made
regardless of ERRC assignment.
-Munitions test equipment with ERRC "ND1" or
-Armament training devices with ERRC "ND1” or "NF2.”
-Hand and shoulder weapons with ERRC "ND2” or "NF2."
-Nuclear ordnance (FSG11, MMAC “CM”) with ERRC “ND2"
or “NF2."
81
H
188 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
-Nuclear Ordnance War Reserve (FSG11, MMAC "CM") with
ERRC "ND2" or “NF2."
DOE
I
Replenishment spares items are
-Explosive and non-explosive repair parts which are peculiar to
munitions rounds, components, and associated launchers and
dispensers, and which are not considered principal or major end
items. This determination is made regardless of ERRC
assignment. (ERRC "XB3" and "XF3" investment items with
FSG 11, MMACs “CM" and "MN," and certain FSG 13 items
are managed according to munitions management selection
criteria).
-Munitions test equipment spare parts with ERRC "XD1,"
"XD2," or “XD3.”
-Armament training devices spare parts with ERRC "XD1,"
“XD2," or “XD3.”
-Hand and shoulder weapons spare parts with ERRC "XD1,"
"XD2," or “XD3.”
-Nuclear Ordnance (FSG 11 MMAC "CM") spare parts with
ERRC "XD1," "XD2," or "XD3."
81
U
-Nuclear Ordnance War Reserve (FSG 11, MMAC "CM")
spare parts with ERRC "XD1," “XD2,” or “XD3.”
DOE
I
Air Force Stock Fund
-SMAG-R items are all Air Force decentrally managed expense
items (ERRC "XB3" and "NF2" with unit cost less than
$250,000) which are requisitioned or procured at the base/retail
level from either
DLA, GSA, other services, depot maintenance service, Air
Force industrial fund, or field manufacture or commercial
vendors.
9
- CSAG-S items are those Air Force centrally managed
investment items (ERRC “XB3”,” XF3”, "XD1" and "XD2")
8
Special
- Decentrally managed equipment items whose price will be
determined at time of procurement are indicated by an asterisk
in the budget code field. These items, with ERRC “NF2,” are
considered GSD items if the unit cost is less than $250,000.00.
They are considered HP 84 E items (BC Z) if the unit cost is
$250,000 or greater.
*
- Non-reportable items are items processed within a special
project pseudo code used by AFMC SCM-R Information
Technology Activity. No interface with existing data systems is
involved.
@
Unique Multi- Service (Joint) items managed in support of
special activities.
#
2.14. Custody Receipt Account Code/Shop Code.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 189
2.14.1. Purpose. Identifies functions within an individual organization. The shop code and
custody Receipt account code are synonymous within the SBSS; they are distinguishable
only by their application. Each organization assigns and controls these codes to identify its
own functions. These codes appear in positions 5 and 6 of the organization document number
and must not be duplicated within the same organization. Some of these codes are required
for specific inputs. For example, code NS must be used on FCH inputs for identity changes.
However, this does not prevent organizations from duplicating this code for other functions.
The following list provides suggested examples:
Table 2.115. Custody Receipt Account Codes.
Code
Shop
AD
Assembly/Disassembly
AE
Aircraft/Missile Equipment Property Record
AG
Aerospace Ground Equipment (AGE)
AH
Appliance Holding Account (CE)
AM
ADPE (for correction of records, etc.)
AP
Autopilot Shop
AR
Armament Shop
BA
Battery Shop
BS
Bench Stock Support Element
CA
Carpenter Shop (structural)
CH
Chaplain
CL
Cleaning Activity (for individual equipment)
CM
Contract Maintenance
CO
Commander
CP
Civilian Personnel
CR
Contractor and/or Other DOD Service Agency Into-Plane Refueling
Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the SBSS, but the code is
listed for reference , but the code is listed for reference
CW
Chemical Warfare Defense Equipment
DP
Demand Processing Element
DS
Data Services
EA
Equipment Authorization Element
EG
Egress Shop
EL
Electrical Shop
EM
Engine Manager
EP
Electroplating Shop
ES
Engine Shop
EX
Executive
FB
Central Base Fund
FD
Fire Protection
FM
Records Maintenance Element
FS
Fillstand Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the SBSS, but
the code is listed for reference , but the code is listed for reference
190 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
FU
Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the SBSS, but the code is
listed for reference , but the code is listed for reference
GF
Ground Fuels (non-VIMS) Fuels transactions are no longer processed
in the SBSS, but the code is listed for reference , but the code is listed
for reference
GP
Group Headquarters
GS
Ground Safety
GT
Ground Training
GY
Gymnasium
HA
Military Family Housing (MFH)
HF
Female Issue
HO
Hobby Shop
HP
Hospital
HS
Hydraulic Shop
IE
Individual Equipment Section
IG
Inspector General
IN
Instrument Shop
IR
Item Research Element
JA
Judge Advocate
JE
Jet Engine Shop
KS
Munitions Account
LA
Laundry and Dry Cleaning
MC
Maintenance Materiel Control
MF
Materiel Facilities Flight
MI
Male Issue
MK
Mobility Kit (individual equipment)
MM
Munitions Maintenance
MP
Motor Pool
NS
Inspection Section
NV
Inventory Section
OD
Officers Open Mess
OP
Operations
PA
Paint Shop (protective coating)
PE
Personal and Survival Equipment
PH
Photographic Shop
PL
Precision Measurement Equipment Laboratory (PMEL)
PO
POL (Petroleum)
PP
Plans and Programs
PR
Propeller Shop
PS
Parachute Shop
QC
Quality Control
Q5
C-5 items (applicable to the AMC Forward Supply System when
processing an issue or a MICAP)
Q7
C-17 items (applicable to the AMC Forward Supply System when
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 191
processing and issue or a MICAP)
RB
Requirements Element (equipment)
RC
Repair Cycle Support Section
RD
Research and Development Equipment
RE
Reciprocating Engine Shop
RF
Refrigeration Shop
RG
Grounds
RH
Refueling Hydrant Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the
SBSS, but the code is listed for reference , but the code is listed for
reference
RM
DLADS
RN
Individual Equipment Section (personal retention items)
RP
Civil Engineering Real Property (installed equipment)
RQ
Requirements Section (Stock Control)
RR
Reports Section
RT
Refueling Tanker Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the
SBSS, but the code is listed for reference , but the code is listed for
reference
RU
Refueling Section Fuels transactions are no longer processed in the
SBSS, but the code is listed for reference , but the code is listed for
reference
RV
Receiving Station
SC
Stock Control Section
SF
Space Flight
SG
Surgeon
SI
Storage and Issue Section
SM
Sheet Metal Shop
SP
Special Projects
SQ
Squadron Headquarters
SR
Support Records Section
SS
Base Service Store
TA
Transient Alert
TC
Tool Crib
TM
Traffic Manager
TS
Commissary
TO
TOC Kit Section
TP
Transportation
UR
UR Exhibits
VP
VIP VV Ground Fuels (VIMS vehicle) Fuels transactions are no
longer processed in the SBSS, but the code is listed for reference , but
the code is listed for reference
WG
Wing Headquarters
WS
Welding Shop
ZA-ZZ
Deployed Equipment/MRSP
192 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.15. Disposal Authority Code.
2.15.1. Purpose. Indicates items which are excluded from reporting or which are reportable
but exceed authorized retention levels. These codes are assigned by program control to A5J
outputs, and they are printed in position 64 of the output. For a list of DoD codes see DLM
4000.25-1.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 193
Table 2.116. Air Force Disposal Authority Codes.
194 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 195
196 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.16. Document Identifier Code, Wholesale.
2.16.1. Purpose. Identifies a product (that is, a requisition, referral action, status, follow-up,
or cancellation) to the appropriate wholesale system. It also identifies the product's intended
purpose and use See the references below for more information.
2.16.1.1. MILSTRIP: See DLM 4000.25-1.
2.16.1.2. MILSTRAP: See DLM 4000.25-2.
Table 2.117. Document Identifier Codes.
DI
Code
D035 Type
Trans Code
(RP 7)
Description
D4S
Receipt of Item Manager (IM) directed shipment from contractor
Excludes end items directed to a specialized repair activity for repair/test
P
Receipt from local purchase
D6_
F
SSC/WSSC turn-in to supply
M
Line turn-in to SSC/WSSC
D6A
A
Receipt of EOQ items from own service/agency
D
Local turn-in of material from Product directorates
F
Local turn-in of floating stock items
H
Local turn-in of material from procurement / contracting
L
Local turn-in of material from organizations not specifically listed
M
Local turn-in of material from maintenance or may be used to transfer
excess material to another control number, job designator, or cost code
(excludes end items from work and exchange items)
N
Local turn-in of test sets and/or similar components as a result of tear
down of initial build-up
S
Local turn-in of material from storage and transportation
X
Local turn-in from all local organizations and tenant activities for which
there is no record of issue (Found on base)
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 197
DI
Code
D035 Type
Trans Code
(RP 7)
Description
D6H
F
Receipt of GFM spares and spare-parts that are excess to contractor’s
requirement Excludes depot supply requisitions and end items from/for
work
G
Receipt of government furnished aeronautical equipment excess to
contractor’s requirements
D6K
Receipt of material from another storage location under control of the
same AF IM
T
Turn-in from RSP
D6L
A
Turn-in of items from assembly (end items and/or components previously
issued for assembly)
B
Receipt from contractor End items from contractor assembly, components
previously furnished Excludes depot supply requisitions
C
Receipt from contractor End item from work other than repair/test,
assembly/disassembly, or reclamation Excludes depot supply requisitions
D
Turn-in of components from disassembly and/or end item previously
issued for disassembly
E
Receipt from contractor Components from reclamation projects and/or
end item previously issued for reclamation
K
Receipt from contractor Components from disassembly and/or end items
previously issued for disassembly
P
Turn-in of end items previously issued to depot maintenance DIOH
Excludes repair/test, local manufacture, assembly/disassembly, and
reclamation May include material retained by maintenance but transferred
to another end item control number, operation number, job designator, or
cost code
R
Turn-in of components from reclamation projects and/or end item
previously issued for reclamation projects
D6M
A
Receipt from another DoD agency or their contractor AF end items from
repair/test (maintenance (DMISA) performed by another DoD agency)
Excludes depot supply requisitions
C
Return of material from contractor previously sent for maintenance,
P
Turn-in of end items from repair/test, due-in from overhaul Post a local
turn-in NSN change May include material retained by maintenance but
transferred to another job designator, end item control number, operation
number, or cost code
D6R
A
Receipt from SA program (grant aid accounts) to an AF specialized-repair
activity of unserviceable AF managed exchange items Serviceable
shipped by AF IM/SM
C
Exchange item Also, follow-up for exchange item request: Local turn-in
received with no matching credit
D
Receipt from another DoD agency of unserviceable AF managed
exchange item Serviceable item shipped
198 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
DI
Code
D035 Type
Trans Code
(RP 7)
Description
E
Receipt of government furnished aeronautical equipment exchange item
from contractor Serviceable item shipped
F
Receipt from a non-DoD federal agency of unserviceable AF managed
exchange item Serviceable item shipped
G
Receipt of unserviceable (reparable) items from local Communication
Squadrons on an exchange basis
L
Local turn-in (or follow-up) of exchange item from an organization not
specifically listed under “D6R” document identifier on an exchange basis
M
Local turn-in (or follow-up) of an exchange item from maintenance on an
exchange basis
S
Receipt from SA program - Foreign Military Sales (FMS) accounts of
unserviceable AF managed exchange items Serviceable item shipped
T
Receipt of exchange item from tenants on an exchange basis May also be
a follow-up to an exchange request (turn-in with no matching credit)
D6U
A
Receipt from another DoD agency as a result of ISSP screen
(reimbursable)
B
Receipt from another DoD agency as a result of a depot supply requisition
D6V
A
Receipt from a non-DoD federal agency as a result of AF IM/SM ISSP
screen (reimbursable)
B
Receipt from a non-DoD federal agency as a result of a depot supply
requisition
D6Z
A
Material Receipt - notices from losing IM to gaining IM of Receipt of
decapitalized item (Not from a procurement instrument)
B
Receipt of project 164-material received for support of AF maintenance
performed for other DoD agencies Includes depot supply requisitions
Excludes end items for/from repair/test
C
Receipt of project 164-material received for support of AF maintenance
performed for non-DoD federal agencies Includes depot supply
requisitions Excludes end items for/from repair/test
D
Receipt from AF IM/SM as a result of base support requisitions
E
Receipt of material from activities not separately identified Includes
return of unserviceable item to depot supply from loan, lease, or bailment
when the due-in record is maintained by the AF IM Excludes end-items
for repair/test
F
Receipt of material shipped at the direction of an AF IM to an AF SRAN
from other than a contractor Excludes end items for repair/test
G
Receipt from SA program (grant aid) excesses
H
Receipt of item directed to a specialized repair activity from an AF
activity for repair/test
K
Local turn-in of a serviceable item as directed by the AF IM (other than
production turn-ins) such as kits assembled at the direction of the AF IM
L
Receipt of non-EOQ items as returns from AF activities
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 199
DI
Code
D035 Type
Trans Code
(RP 7)
Description
M
Receipt from SA program - FMS excesses
N
Receipt from a non-DoD federal agency (non-reimbursable) End-item
for/from repair/test (numeric ownership code)
P
Local turn-in from local manufacture (field/depot maintenance)
S
Receipt from another DoD agency (non- reimbursable) End-item for/from
repair/test (numeric ownership code)
T
Receipt of material from a non-DoD agency as a result of AF IM/SM
screen (non-reimbursable)
Z
Receipt of material from contractor inventory (CFE) on completed or
terminated contracts
D7_
A
Shipment of EOQ items to AF requisitioning activities (RDO)
F
Floating Stock Depot Maintenance
L
Local issue/request Organizations not separately identified
M
Local issue/request Depot Maintenance
N
Equipment (including components for initial build- up of test sets, mock-
ups, and similar equipment) for all organizations or tenants
S
Local issue/request Supply
D7A
A
Shipment of EOQ items to AF requisitioning activities (RDO)
D
Local issue/request Product Directorates (LA, LI, LM)
E
Local issue/request Civil Engineer
F
Floating Stock Depot Maintenance
H
Local issue/request Directorate of contracting and manufacturing
L
Local issue/request Organizations not separately identified
M
Local issue/request Depot Maintenance
N
Equipment (including components for initial build-up of test sets, mock-
ups, and similar equipment) for all organizations or tenants
S
Local issue/request Technology & Industrial Support Directorate
T
Local issue/request Tenants
D7B
A
ISSP shipment to another DoD agency-reimbursable Excludes end-items
for/from repair/test, spares, and spare parts in support of AF maintenance
performed by another agency, and exchange items
B
Non-ISSP shipment to another DoD agency-reimbursable Excludes end-
items for/from test/repair, spares, and spare parts in support of AF
maintenance performed by another agency, and exchange items
D7C
A
ISSP shipment to non-DoD federal agency- Reimbursable Excludes end-
items for/from repair/test and exchange items
B
Non-ISSP shipment to non-DoD federal agency- reimbursable Excludes
end-items for/from repair/test and exchange items
D7H
C
Shipment of Government Furnished Aeronautical Equipment (GFAE) to
contractors (except GFAE exchange items)
200 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
DI
Code
D035 Type
Trans Code
(RP 7)
Description
F
Shipment of government furnished material and repair parts to contractors
Excludes end-items for repair/test, exchange items, GFAE,
assembly/disassembly, conversion, modification, litigation, and
reclamation
D7J
E
Transfer of excesses of base stock to property disposal officer
M
Transfer of condemned material to property disposal officer
D7L
A
Components for assembly Local organization or tenant Excludes initial
build-up of test sets, mock-up, and similar equipment
B
Shipment of components to contractors for assembly
C
Shipment of end-item to contractors for conversion/modification
D
Shipment of item to contractor for disassembly
E
Shipment of item to contractors for reclamation
K
Shipment of item to contractors for disassembly
P
End-item for work-depot maintenance Excludes assembly/disassembly
reclamation, and repair/test
R
End-item for reclamation - depot maintenance
S
Shipment of items to off-base AF reclamation activities for reclamation
purposes Includes Davis-Monthan AFB (FN2373)
D7M
A
Shipment of AF owned end-items to another DoD agency for repair/test
(DMISA)
C
Shipment of AF owned end-items to contractors for repair/test
P
Issue of end items for repair/test depot maintenance
D7P
A
Shipment of material previously purchased Returned to supplier for credit
or reimbursement
C
Shipment of material previously purchased Returned because of litigation
D7R
D
Exchange item - shipment of serviceable item in exchange for an
unserviceable one to another DoD agency
E
Exchange item of GFAE Shipment to contractors of serviceable item for
an unserviceable item
F
Shipment of serviceable item in exchange for an unserviceable item to a
non-DoD federal agency
J
Exchange item - Excludes GFAE Shipment to contractors of serviceable
item for unserviceable one
L
Exchange item - serviceable for unserviceable Organizations not
specifically listed
M
Exchange item - serviceable for unserviceable depot maintenance
D7Z
A
Shipment of material to another DoD agency under the ISSP non-
reimbursable, excludes exchange items
B
Shipment of material to another DoD agency in support of maintenance
performed by the agency for USAF
C
Shipment of ISSP material to a non-DoD federal agency Non-
reimbursable, excludes exchange items and end items
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 201
DI
Code
D035 Type
Trans Code
(RP 7)
Description
D
Shipment to AF IM/SM Return to IM/SM ALC location Material
previously requisitioned
F
Shipment of material previously purchased Returned to the supplier
without credit to USAF
G
Unknown
H
Shipment of end items for repair/test to another AF specialized-repair
activity
L
Shipment of non-EOQ items to AF activities
S
Shipment to another DoD agency of end items from repair/test
T
Shipment of material to non-DoD federal agency, non-ISSP- non-
reimbursable Excludes exchange items and end items for repair/test
D8A
A
Inventory adjustment - increase during scheduled inventory (complete)
B
Inventory adjustment - increase during scheduled inventory (sample)
C
Inventory adjustment - increase during scheduled inventory (other)
D
Inventory adjustment - increase during a special inventory by condition
code
E
Inventory adjustment - increase during a spot inventory due to a denial,
optional, and un-cleared debits
N
Inventory adjustment - increase due to the re-
D9A
A
Inventory adjustment - decrease due to a scheduled inventory (complete)
B
Inventory adjustment - decrease due to a scheduled inventory (sample)
C
Inventory adjustment - decrease due to a scheduled inventory (other)
D
Inventory adjustment - decrease during a special inventory by condition
code
E
Inventory adjustment - decrease during a spot inventory due to denial,
optional, and un-cleared debits
N
Inventory adjustment - decrease due to the re-identification of assets
DAC
A
Inter-condition transfer due to scheduled inventory (complete)
B
Inter-condition transfer due to scheduled inventory (sample)
C
Inter-condition transfer due to a scheduled inventory (other)
E
Inter-condition transfer due to a spot inventory as the result of a denial,
optional, and un-cleared debits
DGA
D
Backorder Product Directorates (LA, LI, LM) Excludes
assembly/disassembly exchange, reclamation, repair/test,
conversion/modification, or loan
F
Backorder Depot Maintenance Floating Stock Excludes
assembly/disassembly exchange, reclamation, repair/test,
conversion/modification, or loan
H
Backorder Contracting & Manufacturing Excludes assembly/disassembly
exchange, reclamation, repair/test, conversion/modification, or loan
202 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
DI
Code
D035 Type
Trans Code
(RP 7)
Description
L
Backorder Other organizations not specifically listed Excludes
assembly/disassembly, exchange, reclamation, repair/test,
conversion/modification, or loan
M
Backorder Depot Maintenance Excludes assembly/disassembly,
exchange, reclamation, repair/test, conversion/modification, or loan
N
Backorder Local Organizations and tenants Excludes
assembly/disassembly exchange, reclamation, repair/test,
conversion/modification, or loan
S
Backorder Supply Excludes assembly/disassembly exchange, reclamation,
repair/test, conversion/modification, or loan
T
Backorder Tenants Excludes assembly/disassembly, exchange,
reclamation, repair/test, conversion/modification, or loan
DGR
L
Backorder for exchange items Other organizations not specifically listed
M
Backorder for exchange items Depot Maint
T
Backorder for exchange items Tenants
DGZ
Manually generated unfunded requisition to another DoD agency
S
Automatic or DoD directed shipment to another DoD activity End item
from repair
DJA
A
Inventory freeze Scheduled inventory (complete)
B
Inventory freeze Scheduled inventory (sample)
C
Inventory freeze Scheduled inventory (other)
E
Inventory freeze Spot inventory due to denial, optional and un-cleared
debits Manual request for inventory freeze
Table 2.118. Document Identifier Code--Intra-Air Force.
DI
Code
D035 Type
Trans Code
(RP 7)
Description
B__
Financial Inventory Accounting Management Stock List Change (SLC)
B0_
Financial Inventory Accounting - Management Data Change Record
B6H
Kit SN/management data assets
B7_
RDO denial
B72
Reconciliation interrogation
BAD
Negative reply to validation
BAO
Reconciliation Request (From requisitioner)
BB
Reply To Reconciliation Request Supply Status
BB_
SLC to change data elements other than NSN and UI
BCK
Support Equipment Requirement Notice
BDD
Inactive item review notification - Initial notice to base
BDE
Inactive item review notification - Follow-up
BDG
Inactive item review notification - Base reply to initial notice
BDH
Inactive item review notification - Base reply to follow-up notice
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 203
DI
Code
D035 Type
Trans Code
(RP 7)
Description
BDR
File maintenance action to establish an item in the Reparable Item
Movement Control System (RIMCS)
BF7
RDO Follow-up to Shipping Activity
BG_
Reply to Reconciliation Request Shipment Status
BKO
Notice Of Customer Follow-up to Shipping Activity
BLO
RDO Confirmation Exact Qty Shipped
BL7
Reply to RDO Follow-up Confirmation
BLA
RDO Confirmation Over-shipment
BLB
RDO Confirmation Under-shipment
BM_
Stock List Change Transaction
BRA
Copy To Contractor Requisition for Stock Fund Items
BSL
A
Bench Stock File Maintenance Formats - Add
C
Bench Stock File Maintenance Formats Change
D
Bench Stock File Maintenance Formats - Delete
I
Bench Stock File Maintenance Formats - Change Unit Of Issue
L
Bench Stock File Maintenance Formats - Change Stock Level Indicator
N
Bench Stock File Maintenance Formats - Change Function or
Building/Station
BSU
Bench Stock Issue
BT7
Reply To RDO Denial Follow-up
BUO
Disposition notice
X2A
Non-directed transfer
X2C
Receipt acknowledgment
X2D
Receipt acknowledgment
X2T
Shipment Status on NIMSC 5 Item From PICA
XAA
Stock list change CMD cross reference
XAB
AF I&S / “X” File maintenance
XAC
ALC maintenance and replies
XAD
Stock list change cross-reference data
XAG
AUTODIN data
XAK
Regeneration of NSN change
XBB
Changes to the reportable balances of any ERRC coded “C,” “T,” or “L”
item (AFRAMS)
XBD
Asset overlay - asset status report from account 09
XBF
Depot supply excess asset overlay
XBG
Asset overlay - asset overlay record depot supply high-priority
serviceable assets
XBI
Maintenance asset overlay
XBL
Daily stock levels (SB&CR)
XBT
D035K consumption data
XCA
AFMC Computed Level
XCB
DDR/PBR Report
204 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
DI
Code
D035 Type
Trans Code
(RP 7)
Description
XCC
Level Receipt Acknowledgment
XCD
DDR Confirmation Request
XCE
RBL Inquiry
XCH
AFMC ISSL IMAGE
XE2
Weapon Control Error Notification
XE4
Special level justification
XE5
Adjusted Stock Level Reject
XE6
Adjusted Level Confirmation
XE7
Awaiting Parts (AWP) disposition advice
XE8
AVYT disposition response
XE9
AWP Disposition Response
XEX
AWP Disposition Response (AFMC Interrogation)
XFA
RIW Failure Notice to RIW Contractor
XGC
ISSL Usage Data Report
XGF
Item Record/Catalog Management Report
XGG
Item Balance Record
XGH
Reason Coded Transaction Report
XGI
Shipping or Receiving Report
XGJ
In-Use Detail Overlay Report
XGL
Organization Record Report
XHA
COMSEC Control Report
XHB
COMSEC Control Error Notification
XHC
Supply/Equip Transaction Summary
XJE
AFEMS (C001) Inquiries
XJU
Deployment Shipping Report
XSA
Equipment Shortage
XSB
Repair and Return Assets
XSC
Reporting SRAN/CSB SRAN Cross Reference
XSD
Due-in/Due-out Notification (Budget Code 9/Z)
XSE
Organization Change
XSF
WPARR Update
XSI
Excess Disposition Notice
XSJ
Base Authorization Update
XSK
Supply/Ship Status Info Record
XS1
Serialized Control Input
XS2
SBSS Mass Organization Change
XT3
Selective CSMS Reconciliation Parameter
XTA
Summary Report Indicator
XTG
Peacetime Operating Stock (POS) Overlay Report
XTH
Airborne MRSP Overlay Report
XTJ
MAJCOM WRM Serial Number Authorization Record
XTK
MRSP/IRSP Serial Number Report Record
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 205
DI
Code
D035 Type
Trans Code
(RP 7)
Description
XTL
HPMSK Overlay Report
XTU
IRSP Overlay Report
XVE
Munitions WRM Spares Detail Load, Change, Delete
XVF
WRM Authorization Input Record
XVH
MSK Overlay Report
XXR
Results of research
XXX
SNUD adds and deletes
XZ6
Supply Status on NIMSC 5 Item From PICA
XZZ
Confirmation of processing disposal turn-in documents
Y5_
Automatic shipment
Y51
Automatic overseas shipment
Y52
Return of material to DLA, GSA, or OSFF due to negotiation (overseas)
Y53
Return of material not in excess or due to litigation (overseas)
Y54
Lateral support shipment (overseas)
Y5A
Automatic CONUS shipment
Y5B
Return of material to DLA, GSA, or OSFF due to negotiation (CONUS)
Y5C
Return of material not in excess or due to litigation (CONUS)
Y5D
Lateral support shipment (CONUS)
YT_
Advance REPSHIP file maintenance
YTA
Acknowledgment of Receipt data
YTB
Advance bill of lading/file maintenance data/billing correction
YTC
REPSHIP update
YTD
REPSHIP add
YTE
REPSHIP follow-up notice
Z2
RDO to Other Service
Z2B
Gross ALC Due Out By SRAN
Z91
Local manufacture status
Z92
Local manufacture bill status
ZAA
Establish items record
ZAB
Wholesale Manager Designator change
ZAK
Establish/change items record
ZAP
AMC/AMCS establish, change - stock list
ZBB
Tight Items Control Notification
ZBE
Base Excess Report (AFRAMS)
ZBF
Gross Cancellation By SRAN
ZCA
Usage data
ZCB
Master locator work center transaction Bin notice
ZCM
Turn-in Receipt
ZCN
FIA transaction reconciliation
ZCO
Transaction from WARRS subsystem to IMWRP subsystem containing
status on remote prepositioned requisition.
ZCQ
Stock Balance and Consumption Data
206 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
DI
Code
D035 Type
Trans Code
(RP 7)
Description
ZD_
SBSS denial
ZDA
Maintenance express table data request
ZF1
Document identifier control established for local purchase due-in
ZF2
Mass request for due-in shipment status
ZF3
A
P
ZF4
File maintenance - Job Order Number (JON) Table
ZF5
JON date maintenance
ZF6
Delete intransit detail
ZF8
Pilferable Security Code change
ZFA
A
Overlay backorder detail
B
Backorder modifier transaction
D
Obligated backorder customer notice Document Number Change
E
Backorder detail JON number change
H
Inspection Data Code (IDC) maintenance
I
Intensive control code and data change
K
Rob-back/cann
L
AWP File Maintenance
M
Maintenance inventory auto reject/detail establishment
Q
Validation of D035K management data
R
Intensive control code and data delete
W
DMISA code update
X
Obligated backorder customer notice
Y
Obligated backorder reply “Want material”
Z
Obligated backorder replyDoes not want material”
ZFB
B
Items record establish = action
C
Detail record delete
M
Master Items record delete
ZFC
Manager designator change
ZFD
A
Date last asset report change
ZFE
Change requisition exception code
ZFF
Change quantity unit pack
ZFG
Change exception report code
ZFH
A
Add maintenance repair code Specialized-repair activity routing
identifier
D
Delete maintenance repair code Specialized-repair activity routing
identifier
ZFI
A
NSN inquiry
B
Back order detail inquiry by document number
C
MIC detail inquiry
D
Due-in detail inquiry
E
Master balance management data inquiry
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 207
DI
Code
D035 Type
Trans Code
(RP 7)
Description
F
Fund record inquiry
G
Master balance serviceable balance inquiry
H
Master balance unserviceable balance inquiry
I
Master balance suspended (in stock/litigation) balance inquiry
J
Master balance floating stock inquiry
K
Master balance WRM authorized inquiry
L
Master balance stock level detail record inquiry
M
Supply item or family inquiry
N
Document number detail due-in record inquiry
O
Master balance maintenance requirement data inquiry
P
Project detail inquiry
Q
Project balance inquiry
R
Supply point balance inquiry
S
Supply point detail inquiry
T
MIC balance inquiry
U
DIOH intransit file inquiry
V
MIC location inquiry
W
WRM detail inquiry
X
DIFM document number inquiry
Y
Master balance location by condition inquiry
Z
Organization table inquiry
2
AFCS war readiness spares kit detail inquiry
3
Control-file inquiry
ZFJ
A
Add to project code table
B
Establish project detail and transfer asset
C
Delete from project detail record
D
Project code table delete
E
Project code table update
ZFK
A
Special level indicator and/or special level change - ADD
C
Special level indicator and/or special level change - CHANGE
D
Special level indicator and/or special level change - DELETE
J
Change special level justification
M
SSC/WSSC level indicator or special level change
ZFL
D
Manual de-linkage of NSNs
Z
Manual linkage of NSNs
ZFM
A
Increase in DIOH balance
B
DIOH transfer between NSNs
C
Increase DIOH to maintenance balance
D
Decrease DIOH to maintenance balance
E
Increase DIOH from maintenance balance
F
Decrease DIOH from maintenance balance
ZFM
D035A
Division/manager designator code change
208 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
DI
Code
D035 Type
Trans Code
(RP 7)
Description
ZFN
A
File maintenance of floating stock requirement - ADD
C
File maintenance of floating stock requirement - CHANGE
D
File maintenance of floating stock requirement - DELETE
E
Change floating stock function code
R
Change floating stock date
ZFP
D035A
Priority change on requisitions by SRAN/AFSD
ZFQ
D035A
Back order file interrogation
ZFQ
A
Add organization record
C
Change organization record
D
Delete organization record
ZFR
D035A
Requisition control file interrogation
ZFR
S
MISTR requirements
ZFS
Automatic shipment code
ZFT
A
Funds table overlay Expense Operating Budget (EOB)
B
Funds table increase Expense Operating get (EOB)
C
Funds table decrease (EOB)
D
Funds table increase (creditable returns)
E
Funds-record establish
G
Funds table increase (cumulative issue)
H
Funds table overlay (due-outs)
I
Funds table decrease (creditable returns)
K
Dollar-limit review
L
Funds table decrease (cumulative issue)
M
Overlay current month authorized funds
N
Overlay current month orders placed funds
O
Overlay year-to-date authorized funds
P
Overlay year-to-date orders placed funds
R
Overlay unfunded requisition
S
Increase current month orders placed funds
T
Decrease current month orders placed funds
U
Increase year-to-date orders placed funds
V
Decrease year-to-date orders placed funds
W
Increase or decrease current fiscal year obligated dollars due-out
X
Increase or decrease prior fiscal year dollars due-out
Y
Increase prior fiscal year dollars issued
Z
Decrease prior fiscal year dollars issued
ZFU
Unit cost change (LP only)
ZFU
D035A
Special requisition control file interrogation
ZFV
Account 09 overlay
ZFV
D035A
Attrition site change by materiel management code/federal supply class
ZFW
M
Funded requisition control by fund code and percentage
P
Funded requisition control by fund code and priority
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 209
DI
Code
D035 Type
Trans Code
(RP 7)
Description
S
Stock replenishment fund code and priority
ZFX
B
Due-in cancellation bill available but no Receipt
C
Due-in cancellation
D
Due-in cancellation increase for DMISA
H
Due-in cancellation decrease for DMISA
M
Due-in cancellation decrease credit DIFM/DOTM
P
Due-in cancellation increase credit DIFM/DOTM
R
Due-in cancellation Receipt available but no bill
X
Due-in cancel. Due-in quantity equal to Receipt or bill quantity but not
equal to each other
ZFX
D035A
Stock control data change
ZFY
D035A
Forced reveled transaction
ZFZ
B
Budget code change
L
Warehouse location change
ZG_
Advance bill of lading FM data/bill correction data
ZG6
REPSHIP data correction
ZG8
Establish and update serialized control
ZGD
REPSHIP data
ZGF
REPSHIP follow-up data
ZGH
Inbound shipment discrepancy
ZGH
D035A
Excess history file update transaction
ZGJ
REPSHIP discrepancy data request
ZGK
Misdirected shipment data
ZGL
Request for mode/carrier
ZGM
Inbound transportation received
ZGN
Manual shipment discrepancy reconciliation
ZGO
Shipment cancellation Receipt data
ZGP
Request for completed inbound shipment status
ZGR
Inbound status request
ZGT
Inbound transportation received
ZH_
Inspection data code notice
ZHA
Request for Inventory
ZIV
D035A
Division Assignment Record
ZK_
D035A
Diverted/Direct Shipment
ZL_
D035A
Controlled exception input/output card
ZM_
Prepositioned Material Release Order (RDO)
ZP_
D035A
Contract termination/completion notice
ZQ_
D035A
Diverted/Direction Shipment By SRAN
ZQ2
Document control classified response
ZR_
Prepositioned RDO
ZSC
Depot Supply daily Stock List Change
ZSS
Locally assigned NSN data to DSS
210 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
DI
Code
D035 Type
Trans Code
(RP 7)
Description
ZVB
D035A
Special back order interrogation by type
ZVP
D035A
Special processing master record interrogation by type
ZZ_
Total number of transaction records
2.17. Excess Transaction Status Code.
2.17.1. Purpose. Indicates either a reject or the action status and other information on an
excess report and related documentation from the DLA/GSA and the national inventory
control point (NICP). The S series rejects excess transactions. The T series gives information
about the action status of excess transactions. Also, see DoD 4100.39-M.
Table 2.119. Excess Status Codes.
Code
Explanation/Processing Action
SA
EXPLANATION: Rejected. If appropriate, resubmit with exception information as
required by the instructions distributed separately by ICP. Assign a new document
number if a new report is submitted.
PROCESSING ACTION: The computer attempts to locate the corresponding excess
detail. If the detail is found, the computer outputs an I107 management notice and
deletes the detail. If re-reporting is required, process FEX with TEX code C and load
EEC code 6 to item record, if applicable. If no detail is found, no action is taken on the
input.
SB
EXPLANATION: Rejected. Report garbled, incomplete. Corrective actions cannot be
determined. Review contents; correct and resubmit if appropriate. Assign a new
document number if a new report is submitted. Also provided in response to
MILSBILLS (DIC) FTP, Follow-up for Credit. Indicates the supply source has no
matching document on file. Research, correct, and resubmit, if appropriate. If the
transaction is valid, then contact the Materiel Returns POC through the DLA Customer
Support Network, 1-877-DLA-CALL (1-877-352-2255).
PROCESSING ACTION: The computer attempts to locate the corresponding excess
detail. If the detail is found, the computer flags the item record for releveling, creates a
TTPC 5U transaction history, and deletes the detail. If no detail is found, no action is
taken on the input.
SC
EXPLANATION: Rejected. ICP of the reported item cannot be determined. Research
records and, if applicable, resubmit citing correct NSN. (Assign a new document
number if a new excess report is submitted). If NSN is GSA managed, item is non-
stocked; disposition is authorized under local directives. (Use to reject invalid
FTE/FTP transactions). (Use on FTR).
PROCESSING ACTION: The computer attempts to locate the corresponding excess
detail. If the detail is found, the computer outputs an I043 management notice and
deletes the detail. If no detail is found, no action is taken on the input.
SD
EXPLANATION: Rejected. NSN is not identifiable. Corrective action cannot be
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 211
determined. Review correct and resubmit, if appropriate. (Assign a new document
number if a new excess report is submitted.) (Use to reject invalid FTE/FTF
transactions.) (Use on FTR.)
PROCESSING ACTION: The computer attempts to locate the corresponding excess
detail. If the detail is not found, the computer outputs an I044 management notice and
deletes the detail. If no detail is found, no action is taken on the input.
SE
EXPLANATION: FTL/FTM transaction received by the ICP identified in positions 4-
6. FTL/FTM does not match a report of excess at the ICP or the NSN in FTL/FTM
cannot be identified. Review, correct, and resubmit if appropriate. (Used on FTR)
PROCESSING ACTION: The computer attempts to locate the corresponding excess
detail. If the detail is found, the computer outputs an I044 management notice and
deletes the detail. If no detail is found, no action is taken on the input.
SF
EXPLANATION: Rejected. The item is not in the authorized condition to be reported
or the condition code cannot be identified. The materiel should be screened for correct
condition and a new FTE submitted. If the item is not reportable, it should be disposed
of according to current procedures. If a new excess report is submitted, assign a new
document number.
PROCESSING ACTION: The computer attempts to locate the corresponding excess
detail. If the detail is found, the computer outputs an I108 management notice and
deletes the detail. If no detail is found, no action is taken on the input. If DLADS
action is still required, process the TRM with an R in position 80.
SG
EXPLANATION: Rejected. This transaction is a duplicate of a previously submitted
FTE.
PROCESSING ACTION: This code indicates a duplicate report of excess. No action is
taken on this input.
SH
EXPLANATION: Rejected. The unit of issue is incorrect and cannot be converted or
corrected. Assign a new document number if a new excess report is submitted.
PROCESSING ACTION: The computer attempts to locate the corresponding excess
detail. If the detail is found, the computer outputs a I041 management notice and
deletes the detail. If no detail is found, no action is taken on the input.
SJ
EXPLANATION: Rejected. The signal code is incorrect.
PROCESSING ACTION: The computer attempts to locate the corresponding excess
detail. If the detail is found, the computer flags the item record for releveling, creates a
TTPC 5U transaction history, and deletes the detail. If no detail is found, no action is
taken on the input.
SK
EXPLANATION: Rejected. The signal code requires a compatible fund code. Assign
a new document number if a new excess report is submitted. PROCESSING ACTION:
Processing is the same as for status code SJ.
SL
EXPLANATION: Rejected. The dollar value of the reported excess is less than the
minimum allowed by current instructions. Assign a new document number if a new
212 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
excess report is submitted.
PROCESSING ACTION: Processing is the same as for status code SJ. If DLADS
action is still required, process the TRM with an R in position 80.
SM
EXPLANATION: Rejected. The stock balance indicates that disposal action is
appropriate. However, the item is in the process of migrating, so further action is
postponed until the date contained in positions 70-73 arrives. If the item is still in
excess position after that date, resubmit to the appropriate item manager. Assign a new
document number if a new excess report is submitted.
PROCESSING ACTION: The computer attempts to locate the corresponding excess
detail. If the detail is found, the computer updates the follow-up date field with the
date in positions 70-73 of the input FTR. An FTR/SM flag is also placed in the
FTR/SM flag field of the excess detail. If the date is less than the current Julian date,
the follow-up program deletes the excess detail and flags the item record for
releveling, if required. If no detail is found, an FTC is output to cancel the excess
report.
SN
EXPLANATION: Rejected. The materiel reported is not authorized for return. (Used
on FTR.)
PROCESSING ACTION: The computer attempts to locate the corresponding excess
detail. If the detail is found, the computer outputs an I148 management notice and
deletes the detail. If no detail is found, no action is taken on this input. If DLADS
action is still required, process the TRM with an R in position 80.
SQ
EXPLANATION: Rejected. The reported NSN is a master item number (that is, all
makes and models) used for reference purposes only. (Used on FTR.)
PROCESSING ACTION: Review the records and resubmit with a new document
number, citing the appropriate NSN for the specific item being reported.
TA
EXPLANATION: Creditable return. Credit will be granted for the quantity indicated
in positions 25-28. Ship materiel to the activity indicated in positions 54-56. (Used on
FTR.) Note: The quantity shipped is the serviceable balance minus the requisition
objective, but it cannot be greater than the input quantity.
PROCESSING ACTION: The computer directs the shipment of property with
reimbursement, outputs a reimbursable shipment, creates TTPC 1A/3S and 2H
transaction histories, creates a shipped-not-credited detail, and outputs shipment
suspense (SSC). DD Form 1348-1A will be output on the appropriate warehouse
terminal. The computer also attempts to locate the corresponding excess detail. If the
detail is found and the suffix is blank, the excess detail is deleted. If the suffix code is
not blank, the quantity shipped is subtracted from the excess detail and the result, if
positive, remains on file. Otherwise, the detail is deleted. If the detail is not found, an
FTC is output to cancel the reported excess.
TB
EXPLANATION: Non-creditable return. Return the quantity indicated in positions
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 213
25-29 to the activity in positions 54-56. (Used on FTR or FT6.) The quantity shipped
is the serviceable balance minus the group total requirement, but the quantity shipped
cannot be greater than the input quantity.
PROCESSING ACTION: The computer directs the shipment of property with no
reimbursement, creates a shipment suspense detail, and outputs an SSC. The computer
also attempts to locate the corresponding excess detail. If an excess detail is located
and the requisition objectives is not zero, or the cumulative recurring demand is not
zero and the DATE-SPC- ASSIGNED is less than 730 days, an FTC will be output
and the excess report detail will be deleted from the field. (See note.) If a detail is
found and the suffix code is blank, the excess detail is deleted and a shipping
document is output on the appropriate warehouse terminal. If the suffix code is not
blank, the input quantity is subtracted from the excess detail and the remainder, if
positive, is written back on file. Otherwise, the detail is deleted. If no detail is found,
an FTC is output to cancel the reported excess. Note: For budget code 8 (XB3, XF3)
and budget code 9 (XB3 and NF1 - IEX 3, 6, E, K), the retention criteria will be 365
days for mission impact code of 3, 4, or blank. These criteria are based on the DATE-
SPC-ASSIGNED date. MIC 1 and 2 assets will use 730 days (two years) from the
DATE-SPC-ASSIGNED date to determine the retention criteria.
TC
EXPLANATION: Not returnable. The quantity indicated in positions 25-29 is in
excess of the authorized retention levels. Further processing must proceed according to
appropriate service regulations. (Used on FTR.)
PROCESSING ACTION: The computer attempts to locate the corresponding excess
detail. If the detail is found, the computer performs requirements computation to
determine the current inventory position for the entire ISG. If the on-hand serviceable
balance is considered total excess, and if all the processing edits and conditions
required for serviceable transfers are, the input quantity is transferred to DLADS. If
the detail is not found, the input is ignored. Note: See AFH 23-123, Vol 2, Pt 1, Ch 6
for additional processing actions for excess status code TC. The area covers the logic
used for Materiel Returns FTR inputs when shipment action is authorized to transfer
items to DLADS. It applies to items that are budget 9.
TD
EXPLANATION: Not returnable. 1) Special instructions for disposition are stated in
the remarks field (continued on the reverse side). In this case, the status output will be
submitted. Code TD will not be used when other status codes have been established to
communicate applicable status. 2) For reasons of security or due to space limitations,
instructions must be provided by separate communication. The communication will
refer to the specific document number. When separate communication is to be used
and this status code is provided, the remarks block will be blank. (Used on FTR.)
PROCESSING ACTION: The computer attempts to locate the corresponding excess
detail. If the detail is found, the computer outputs an I039 management notice. If no
detail is found, the computer outputs an FTC to cancel the excess. If DLADS action is
still required, process the TRM with an R in position 80.
TE
EXPLANATION: Materiel required for lateral redistribution (Used on FTR.). TE is
214 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
an intra-Air Force excess transaction code.
PROCESSING ACTION: The computer attempts to locate the corresponding excess
detail. If the detail is found, the computer deletes the detail and no further action is
taken. If no detail is found, no action is taken on the input.
TF
EXPLANATION: Materiel received. The status is being investigated. (Used on FTR.)
PROCESSING ACTION: The computer attempts to locate the corresponding
shipped-not-credited detail for the input document number and suffix code. If the
detail is found, the computer updates the date shipped field to reflect the current Julian
date plus 30 days. This action prevents follow-up for 30 days. If no detail is found, no
action is taken on the input.
TG
EXPLANATION: Material required for lateral redistribution A4_referral(s) will
follow, containing NSN and/or unit of issue as changed and as indicated in positions 8-
22 and/or positions 23-23. (Used on FTR.)
PROCESSING ACTION: Examine unit of issue and quantity fields for possible
changes prior to Receipt of referral order(s).
TH
EXPLANATION: Credit will be granted for the quantity in positions 25-28. The NSN
and/or unit of issue are changed as shown in positions 8-22 and/or 23-23. The quantity
field (25-29) is adjusted as required. Examine the unit of issue and quantity field for
possible changes. Ship materiel to the activity in positions 54-56. (Used on FTR or
FT6.)
PROCESSING ACTION: The computer attempts to locate the corresponding excess
detail. If the detail is found, the input NSN is matched to the excess detail NSN. If the
NSNs are not equal, an I040 management notice is output. If the NSNs are equal, the
retail supply system converts the excess status code TA, but processes the transaction
as if the excess status code is TH. If the item record unit of issue and the input unit of
issue are not equal, a 329 reject is output. After taking corrective action as indicated by
reject 329, the input must be reprocessed. If no detail is found, an FTC is output to
cancel the excess report.
TJ
EXPLANATION: Non-creditable return. The NSN and/or unit of issue have been
changed as shown in positions 8-22 and/or positions 23-23. Examine the unit of issue
and quantity fields for possible changes. Return the quantity indicated in positions 25-
29 to the activity indicated in positions 54-56. (Used on FTR or FT6.)
PROCESSING ACTION: Edits are the same as those for status code TH, while
processing is the same as that for status code TB.
TK
EXPLANATION: Not returnable. The NSN and/or unit of issue have been changed as
shown in positions 8-22 and/or positions 23-23. The quantity indicated in positions 25-
29 is in excess of authorized retention levels. Examine the unit of issue and quantity
field for possible changes. Further processing must proceed according to appropriate
service regulations. (Used on FTR.)
PROCESSING ACTION: Edits are the same as those for status code TH, while
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 215
processing is the same as that for status code TC. If DLADS action is still required,
process the TRM with an R in position 80.
TL
EXPLANATION: Materiel received. No credit allowed because the item received was
other than that authorized for return. (Used on FTZ.)
PROCESSING ACTION: See DFAS-DE 7077.10-M.
TM
EXPLANATION: Materiel received. No credit or reduced credit is allowed since the
condition received was less than reported. The condition of the materiel received is
indicated in position 71. (Used on FTZ.)
PROCESSING ACTION: See DFAS-DE 7077.10M.
TN
EXPLANATION: Materiel received. Credit is authorized for quantity in positions 25-
28. (Used on FTZ.)
PROCESSING ACTION: See DFAS-DE 7077.10M.
TP
EXPLANATION: Materiel not received within the prescribed time period. Credit
authorization is cancelled. (Used on FTZ.)
PROCESSING ACTION: See DFAS-DE 7077.10M.
TQ
EXPLANATION: Materiel received. Non-creditable return as indicated in the reply to
the report of excess. (Used on FTZ.)
PROCESSING ACTION: See DFAS-DE 7077.10M.
TR
EXPLANATION: Your FTF received and in process. A reply will be provided by the
date indicated in positions 70-73. (Used on FTD.)
PROCESSING ACTION: The computer attempts to locate the corresponding excess
detail. If the detail is found, the follow-up date field is updated with the date contained
in positions 70-73 of the input FTD. If no detail is found, an FTC is output to cancel
the excess report.
TT
EXPLANATION: Materiel received and in process of inspection and classification.
FTZ will be provided upon completion. (Used on FTR.)
PROCESSING ACTION: The computer attempts to locate the corresponding
shipped-not-credited detail for the input document number and suffix code. If the
detail is found, the date shipped field is updated with the current Julian date plus 15
days. If no detail is found, no action is taken on the input.
TU
EXPLANATION: Materiel not received. (Used on FTR and FTB.)
PROCESSING ACTION: The computer provides an I042 management notice for
external actions as indicated by this management notice.
TV
EXPLANATION: Materiel not received within the required time period. Non-
creditable return authorization is cancelled. (Used on FTZ.)
PROCESSING ACTION: See DFAS-DE 7077.10M.
TW
EXPLANATION: Credit action in process. A financial transaction is forthcoming.
216 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
(Used on FTB.)
PROCESSING ACTION: See DFAS-DE 7077.10M.
TX
EXPLANATION: Financial transaction accomplished. The bill number of the credit
transaction appears in positions 76-80. (Used on FTB.)
PROCESSING ACTION: See DFAS-DE 7077.10M.
TY
EXPLANATION: FTC generated on the cited document number indicated that no
credit was authorized for return. (Used on FTB.)
PROCESSING ACTION: See DFAS-DE 7077.10M.
TZ
EXPLANATION: FTE has been routed to the activity indicated in positions 67-69 by
the DASS facility identified in positions 4-6. (Used on FTQ.) The FSC on the item
record and all details are changed to FSC in positions 8-11.
PROCESSING ACTION: The retail supply system attempts to locate the
corresponding excess detail. If the detail is found, the reported-to routing identifier is
updated with the routing identifier code contained in positions 67-69 of the input FTQ.
A SNUD inquiry is also output. If the detail is not found, an FTC is output to cancel
the excess report.
T3
EXPLANATION: FTM has been received, but the materiel has not been received.
Ship materiel, initiate tracer action, or submit FTC, as appropriate. (Used on FT6.)
Note: An FTC is submitted only if research determines that property has been lost in
shipment.
PROCESSING ACTION: The computer provides an I147 management notice.
Follow-up to Transportation or initiate tracer action. Make certain that an FTM citing
updated shipping information, or the original shipping data (when no update is
applicable), is prepared and provided to the ICP within 30 days after the FT6 was
transmitted. This action is required to ensure that credit on the return is not lost.
T4
EXPLANATION: Materiel not returnable. The quantity indicated in positions 25-29
is excess IPE and must be reported to Industrial Machinery Services (IMS) (SE 4300).
(Used on FTR.)
PROCESSING ACTION: This code is assigned by AFMC to identify service excess
managed by the IMS. Upon input, an attempt is made to locate the corresponding
excess detail. If the detail is found, it is deleted and a reject 343 output. If the detail is
not found, no action is taken on the input.
T6
EXPLANATION: Your FTE document has been routed to the activity indicated in
positions 67-69. Forward all future documents to that activity. (Used on FTR.)
PROCESSING ACTION: Processing actions are the same as for advice code TZ with
the exception that the input is an FTR and was initiated by the ICP.
T7
EXPLANATION: The FSC has been changed by the ICP identified in positions 4-6.
(Used on FTR.)
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 217
PROCESSING ACTION: This is an FTR initiated by the ICP. Attempt to locate the
corresponding excess detail. If the detail is found, an automatic program interface with
the file maintenance program changes the excess details item records and all details to
the new NSN. If the detail is not found, no action is taken on the input.
2.18. Level Justification Code.
2.18.1. Purpose. Identifies the reason for or justifies the loading of a special level. This code
is loaded to the special level detail.
Table 2.120. Level Justification Code (LJC).
Code
Definition/Restraints
Notes
0
Life of System Stock (LSS) Item. LJC 0 may never be manually assigned to
firm retail supply systems ASLs. However, an appropriate LJC can be
internally changed on firm adjusted levels until such time the level is no
longer effective. For example, ISSL ASLs. After the original levels expire,
LJC 0 may be assigned for retention of assets. Additionally, LJC 0 may be
assigned with any ERRCD.
Note 1
1
Contingency Support Standby Item. This category is restricted to essential
support systems, such as fuel dispensing equipment, runway barriers/lighting,
power generators, air traffic control and communications, etc. LJC 1 may be
assigned with any ERRCD.
2
Stocks for Electronic Asset Control Center (EACC). LJC 2 may be assigned
with any ERRCD.
3
Stocks for the AMC Forward Supply System. LJC 3 may be assigned with
any ERRCD.
4
Flight Safety Items. LJC 4 may be assigned only to non-HQ AFMC managed
items with any ERRCD. For HQ AFMC managed items, LJC 4 can be
assigned with only ERRCD XF3 or XB3.
5
Seasonal Item. LJC 5 is assigned to items which do not meet the criteria for
LJC 1 and which are required on a seasonal basis. LJC 5 may be assigned
with any ERRCD.
6
Health and Welfare Items. LJC 6 is not applicable to HQ AFMC managed
items. LJC 6 may be assigned with any ERRCD to non-HQ AFMC managed
items.
7
Insufficient Storage Facility. LJC 7 applies only to maximum/fixed levels.
LJC 7 may be assigned with any ERRCD.
8
Directed by HQ AFMC (ICP)/USAF/MAJCOM/FOA. Applicable to firm
adjusted level details only, LJC 8 may be assigned with any ERRCD.
A
ISSL. LJC A may be assigned with any ERRCD.
B
Individual Equipment Items and Warranted Tools. LJC B may be assigned to
non-HQ AFMC managed items with any ERRCD. HQ AFMC managed
items are restricted to ERRCD XF3, XB3, or N(x)(x).
C
Program Phase Up/Phase Down. LJC C may be assigned with any ERRCD.
218 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
D
Spares for Support of CEM/RADAR/CRYPTO/Training Devices/Automatic
Test Equipment and RDT&E Test Operations/Functions. LJC D applies to
ERRCD XD*, XF3, or XB3.
E
Office Equipment. LJC E may be assigned to any ERRCD ND* or NF*
items.
G
All Other Base-Initiated Adjusted Levels. LJC G may be assigned to non-HQ
AFMC managed items with any ERRCD. HQ AFMC managed items are
restricted to ERRCD XF3, XB3, or N**.
H
Spares required to maintain the integrity of matched sets or to complete
buildup assemblies, such as aircraft wheels, control surfaces, etc. LJC H may
be assigned only to HQ AFMC managed items with ERRCD XD*.
J
Spares for support of rescue and recovery missions. LJC J may be assigned
with ERRCD XD*, XF3, or XB3.
K
Mission related support for FAD I units/missions. LJC K may be assigned
only to HQ AFMC managed items with ERRCD XD*.
Note 2
L
Mission related support for FAD II or III units for support of designated
projects assigned specific project codes. LJC L may be assigned only to HQ
AFMC managed items with ERRCD XD*. Must contain an authorized
project code.
M
Mission related support for FAD II or III units for spares for mission support
kits when normal base stocks are inadequate to support both a deployment
and normal base missions. LJC M may be assigned only to HQ AFMC
managed items with ERRCD XD*.
Note 2
N
FAD IV and V units may negotiate for adjusted levels other than LJC 0
through J or P through U only if stocks are required in support of higher
priority missions (FAD I - III) and fall under the provisions of LJC K, L, or
M. Under these circumstances, assign LJC N. LJC N may be assigned only to
HQ AFMC managed items with ERRCD XD*.
Note 2
P
Spares peculiar to systems operated by a single command and deployed to a
limited number of locations. Under these circumstances, the operating
command and SM/MM may jointly decide that deployment of spares to the
principal operating locations is the most effective method of providing
support. Adjusted levels may be negotiated by the base and the SM/MM as
necessary to implement such a decision. These negotiated levels will be
assigned LJC P. LJC P may be assigned with ERRCD, XD*, XF3, or XB3.
R
Negotiation of adjusted levels not authorized by any other LJC requires
specific approval by AF/A4LM. Only HQ AFMC managed items having
ERRCD XD* are covered by this paragraph. Requests for the authority to
negotiate as provided by LJC R are forwarded through HQ AFMC for review
and comment prior to consideration by HQ USAF. HQ USAF approval
authorizes negotiation only. It does NOT grant the authority to stock specific
items or quantities. As a minimum, the requests for the authority to negotiate
must indicate the mission, condition, and situation to be supported, the
approximate number of items and estimated dollar value for which negotiated
levels will be requested. LJC R may be assigned to HQ AFMC managed
items with ERRCD XD*.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 219
S
Base initiated adjusted levels for ERRCD XD* which do not affect the stock
level, as when a minimum level is less than the demand level. The level of
approval code is always B; the type of adjusted level code is always C. LJC S
may be assigned only to HQ AFMC managed items with ERRCD XD*.
T
ISSL adjusted levels which will become Life of Systems Stock (LSS). LJC T
may be assigned with any ERRCD.
U
Bare Base Support Items. LJC U may be assigned with any ERRCD.
V
Mission support kits to support recurring exercises and deployments of a unit
not authorized a MRSP. LJC V may be assigned with any ERRCD.
Notes:
1. The adjusted level detail must always be memo.
2. LJC codes K through N can be assigned only when no other LJC applies.
2.19. Status/Cancellation Justification Code/Phrase.
2.19.1. Purpose. Provides a means for identifying status codes on management notices that
result from status processing. The phrase provides information or explains why a due-in or
due-out was canceled. See DLM 4000.25-1.
Table 2.121. Intra-Air Force Status Codes.
Code
Phrase/Explanation
F1
Not used.
F2
Rejected. Uncommitted Military Assistance Program (MAP) value is not
large enough to meet the requirement. See management notice F424 for
more information.
F3
Rejected. MAP line cutoff or suspended status. See management notice F425
for more information.
F4
Rejected. Requisition submitted against an AFMC MAP Data Center
controlled program line. See management notice F426 for more information.
F5
Rejected. MAP requisition was submitted to the wrong supply source.
Requirement is an Army, Navy, or GSA item.
Processing: Check the correct source of supply and submit a new requisition
with new document number and current Julian date to the appropriate
service logistical control office or procure the materiel locally. See
management notice F446 for more information.
F6
Rejected. Foreign Military Sales (FMS) cooperative logistics or open and
requisition type case criteria do not authorize the requisitioning of this item.
Note: Applies to equipment items assigned ERRC code S or U. See
management notice F447 for more information.
F7
MAP record control number (RCN) or program year, or both, has been
changed. The requisition has been sent to the activity indicated in positions
67-69.
Processing: Change the supply source in positions 67-69 on your
requisition.
F8
Reject. A SMAG item requisitioned against reparable return line (generic
code A9R) and uncommitted program availability generic code A9C is
220 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
insufficient to process requisition. See management notice F448 for more
information.
F9
Not used.
FA
HQ AFMC will authorize base funds to buy the item locally (even though
HQ AFMC has the responsibility to procure the item). FA status does not
apply to requisitions from overseas activities, requisitions with advice code
2A, or other requisitions unless the requisitioning activity has agreed to
accept responsibility for local purchase (Part I). See management notice
F411 for more information.
FB
Canceled. The requisition has been canceled. A report of serviceable excess
(FTE) transaction has been received for item currently requisitioned.
FC
The follow-up on materiel release order (MRO) or redistribution order
(RDO) has not confirmed or denied shipment.
Processing: Confirm with the MRO/RDO release point to confirm shipment.
If the requirement still exists, submit a new requisition with a new document
number and current Julian date. See management notice F412 for more
information.
FD
Not used.
FE
Not used.
FF
Rejected. The item is stock listed as non-published and not authorized for
requisition, stockage, or issue. REX code 1 assigned.
Processing: If the customer still requires the item, manually requisition it by
message or letter with a new document number and current Julian date..
Include a full justification for reactivating the item and complete information
about how the item will be used. See management notice F429 for more
information.
FG
Rejected. No published or computer disseminated NSN list authorizes Air
Force activities to requisition this item. REX code 1 assigned.
Processing: Check for errors on the submitted requisition. If the NSN is
correct and the requirement exists, manually requisition the item with a new
document number and current Julian date by message or letter. Provide the
new requisition by message or letter. Provide data about the source of the
NSN and complete information about how the item will be used. See
management notice F406 for more information.
FH
Not used.
FI
Not used.
FJ
Denied. Requisitioning action was denied when the materiel release order
(MRO) or redistribution order (RDO) was first processed. MRO/RDO denial
information was previously furnished. Review your records before
reinstating supply action. See management notice F428 for more
information.
FK
Canceled. The requisitioning activity failed to reply to a request and
subsequent follow-up for additional information necessary for processing the
requisition. See management notice F430 for more information.
FL
Rejected. Item requisitioned is an Insurance item not authorized for stock at
base level. REX code 1 assigned. This status will only be provided when
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 221
priority 09-15 requisitions are received at the source of supply without
complete written justification.
Processing: If the item is still required, submit a manual requisition with a
new document number and current Julian date by either message or letter.
Provide complete justification on why the item is needed for stock. See
management notice F431 for more information.
Note: Priority 01-08 requisitions will not be rejected with FL status since
priority requisitions indicate immediate requirements.
FM
Rejected. Depot overhaul item. REX code 1 assigned.
Processing: If the item is still required, submit a manual requisition with a
new document number and current Julian date by message or letter. Provide
complete justification for the requirement. See management notice F432 for
more information.
FN
Rejected. Replacement type item. REX code 1 assigned.
Processing: Review the authorization. If an EAID requirement exists,
submit a new requisition with a new document number and current Julian
date and the correct advice code. See management notice F433 for more
information.
FO
Rejected. Incomplete or invalid T.O. reference. REX code 1 assigned.
Processing: First determine if T.O. reference is valid. If valid, ensure the
T.O. reference is loaded in the nomenclature field correctly for the part
number. If not, change the nomenclature with an FNL transaction and submit
a new requisition with a new document number and current Julian date with
document identifier code A0B/A02. If the T.O. reference is valid and the
nomenclature field is correct, submit a new requisition with a new document
and current Julian date on DD Form 1348-6, citing the complete T.O.
reference, end item identification, etc. See management notice F451 for more
information.
FP
Rejected. Major command has agreed to provide spares support for the
requested item. REX code 1 assigned.
Processing: Submit a new requisition with a new document number and
current Julian date on DD Form 1348-6 to the major command, including
what the item will be used for. See management notice F454 for more
information.
FQ
Change in fund and/or signal code. The requisition has been routed as
necessary to the correct source of supply. Requisitions have been changed as
followed:
a. Status Transactions. If DLATS corrected and rerouted the requisition, the
DIC will be AE9. If an ALC corrected and rerouted the requisition, the DIC
will be AE1 or AE2.
b. NSN. If an ALC changed the fund code and rerouted the requisition, an
NSN has been found on which the Air Force is not a recorded user. The NSN
found has been screened to see it meets technical requirements for AF use
and can replace the part number originally submitted. Action is being
initiated to record the Air Force as a user on the NSN. Appropriate changes
have been made in Signal and Fund code (positions 51-53), and the Source
222 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
of Supply (positions 67-69) of the requisition.
FR
Canceled. Invalid MICAP requirement. See management notice F413 for
more information.
FS
Canceled. The quantity released has been adjusted to the unit pack quantity.
Processing: If additional materiel is still required, submit a new requisition
with a new document and a current Julian date for unit pack quantities.
Request the exact quantity required using advice code 2D as necessary.
FT
Suffix code changed. The status quantity previously assigned to the
requisition in position 44 has been deleted and reduced by the quantity in
positions 25-29. Additional status and suffix codes will be assigned if
necessary.
FU
Rejected. The item has not been procured for stock (items with provisioning
source code (PSC) U, X, X1, X1D, 2X2, or X2D). REX code 1 assigned.
Processing: If the provisioning source code (PSC) entered in positions 67-69
of the status (AE*) transaction is incorrect, submit a new requisition with a
new document number and current Julian date on DD Form 1348-6. Include
a justification to change the PSC code so the item can be stocked if required.
If the PSC is correct, submit a new requisition with a new document number
and current Julian date for the Next Higher Assembly (NHA). See
management notice F452 for more information.
FW
Rejected. The item must be reported as work stoppage according. Note:
This code applies to AFMC contractors only.
FX
Rejected. Item has been assigned Provisioning Source Code A. Parts
required to make the assembly are listed in the Technical Order (TO).
REX code 1 assigned.
Processing: Submit a new requisition with a new document number and
current Julian date for the required parts. Note: The PSC A item record
should be deleted. See management notice F453 for more information.
FY
Rejected. The part number requisitioned is not the preferred item, and has
been related to another part number with an assigned NSN which is not used
by the Air Force. AFMC IM has initiated catalog action to register the Air
Force as a user.
Processing: If the part number requisitioned is not available, submit a new
requisition with a new document number and a current Julian date using the
NSN (positions 8-22) and routing identifier (positions 67-69) identified on
the status (AE*) transaction.
FZ
Canceled. The requisition has been canceled because requisitioned items
changed from non-marginal analysis to marginal analysis. See management
notice F455 for more information.
JA
Canceled. The Communications Security (COMSEC) item requisitioned was
held in BB status for 30 days waiting for the Air Force Equipment
Management System (AFEMS) to be updated with an authorization for the
item. The requisition was canceled because AFEMS did not receive the
authorization from your base.
Processing: If the item is still required, submit a new requisition with a new
document number and a current Julian date. See management notice F410
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 223
for more information.
2.19.2. Intra-Base Status Codes. The following status codes will be used for retail
Materiel Management Activity intra-base transactions only and will not be used in off-base
MILSTRIP requisitions.
Table 2.122. Intra-Base Status Codes.
Code
Phrase/Explanation
PD
Base Contracting uses this code to indicate that items have been delivered to
the pier (port of embarkation).
RW
Inspection uses this code to identify delayed local purchase Receipts that
contain discrepancies.
Z1
Cancellation of CE BEAMS due-out.
Z2
Applies to overseas Standard Procurement System (SPS) activities only.
Foreign Service Procurement Determination (FSPD). To have procurement
action completed, the requesting organization must provide justification. See
management notice F467 for more information.
Z3
Procurement action cannot be taken until a valid description is provided to
Contracting. See management notice F468 for more information.
Z4
Procurement action cannot be taken until additional data description is
provided. See management notice F469 for more information.
Z5
The due-in was cancelled as the result of an automatic sourcing decision by
ES-S. A new due-in with a lateral source was created by ES-S to fulfill the
requirement. This status code will not be used on manual inputs for any
reason. .
Z6
A cancellation has been generated offline to correct a due-in or due-out
detail for Receipt or due-out release processing. See management notice
F456 for more information.
Z7
The due-in was canceled as the result of three follow-ups with no response.
The due-in is deleted on the fourth follow-up. Also used for cancellation of
due-in without source of supply status confirmation.
Z8
Reserved for internal system control. Assigned to claims receivable detail to
identify shipment apparently lost in parcel post shipment. Assigned by
Accounting and Finance (A&F) programs.
Z9
Reserved for internal system control. Assigned to claims receivable detail to
identify shipment apparently lost in transportation channels. Assigned by
A&F programs.
ZA
This code applies to Prepositioned Materiel Receipt (PPMR) reversal action
by initiating source. These PPMR inputs will be internally reformatted into
MILSTRIP cancellations AE1/ZA and processed through status programs.
ZB
The due-out has been canceled for lack of funds. Program generated.
ZC
The customer has initiated a due-out cancellation request (AC1) to the source
of supply through a REC TEX E input. Due-out canceled.
ZD
Releveling programs have generated a requisition cancellation request to the
source of supply.
ZE
Contracting cannot buy the item because the description of the item is
224 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
incomplete. See management notice I963 for more information.
ZF
LRS/Materiel Management Activity has canceled the request before
procurement.
ZG
Item permanently not available from Base Contracting. REX code 1
assigned. REX code 2 will automatically be assigned at overseas bases,
except bases in Alaska. See management notice I964 for more information.
ZH
The item is temporarily not available from Base Contracting. REX code 1
assigned. See management notice I964 for more information.
ZJ
Contract canceled by mutual agreement at the Air Force's request.
ZK
Contract unilaterally canceled by the Air Force.
ZL
Contract canceled by mutual agreement at the vendor's request.
ZM
Contract unilaterally canceled by vendor due to failure to perform.
ZN
Cancellation of a repair and return due-in because the repair activity was not
able to repair the item. See management notice F450 for more information.
ZO
Due-out cancellation of an obligated due-out.
ZP
The quantity in positions 25-29 has been canceled.
ZQ
The due-out was canceled through the S04 bench stock semiannual review.
ZR
Canceled. The extended dollar value is greater than the maximum limit of a
federal supply schedule. Requisition from appropriate GSA region.
ZS
The due-out has been canceled through the daily or weekly review of due-
outs.
ZW
The due-out has been canceled through the monthly or quarterly validation
of due-outs.
ZU
The due-out has been canceled through the aircraft records validation
required by AFI 21-101.
ZX
The Awaiting Parts (AWP) due-out has been canceled because the end item
has been turned in with Maintenance Action Taken Code (MATC) 4 (Not
Reparable This Station (NRTS) due to lack of parts).
ZY
Canceled. This requisition's dollar value exceeds the limitation for
commodity assignment that overseas bases can purchase. Prepare an offline
requisition with a new document number and current Julian date to the
source of supply assigned responsibility for the commodity (GSA, DLA, or
the applicable AF item manager).
ZZ
Local Purchase Items Only. Requisition held in suspense awaiting additional
obligation authority. See Stock Fund Manager to obtain additional obligation
authority.
99
Follow-up Counter. Assigned by the retail supply system to record follow-up
action on due-in details without status. The counter begins with “99” and
decreases by one each time another follow-up transaction is created. For
example, 96 would represent four follow-up transactions.
2.20. Urgency Justification Code.
2.20.1. Purpose. Indicates on SBSS issue requests the urgency of need and the type of
requirement (that is, the justification). The first position will contain the URGENCY OF
NEED DESIGNATOR (UND).
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 225
Table 2.123. Urgency Justification Code (UJC).
Cond
Description
MICAP
UND/UJC
MICAP
Condition
Code
Standard
UJC
Remarks
NMCS
Aerospace vehicle
not mission capable
supply (includes
ICBM)
1A
G
AA -- --
NMCS
(Vehicles)
Vehicle Dead-lined
(inoperative) for
NMCS
1F
V
AF BF CF
PMCS
Aerospace vehicle
partial mission
capable supply
(includes ICBM)
JA
F
AA -- --
BD
Battle damage
/A
M
AA -- --
ROCP
Radar out of
commission for parts
(equipment out of
commission)
1C
K
AC BC CC
ROLP
Radar out of
commission for parts
(equipment operating
in limited or
restricted capacity)
JC
L
AC BC CC
NAIOP
Navigational aids
inoperative for parts
(equipment out of
commission)
1D
K
AD BD CD
NAILP
Navigational aids
inoperative for parts
(equipment operating
in a limited or
restricted capacity)
JD
L
AD BD CD
CCMEIP
Communications/cry
pto/ meteorological
equipment
inoperative for parts
(includes L systems)
(equipment out of
commission)
1E
K
AE BE CE
CCMEIP
Communications/cry
pto/ meteorological
equipment
inoperative for parts
JE
L
AE BE CE
226 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
(includes L systems)
(equipment operative
in limited or
restricted capacity)
PMCS
P-15 fire fighting
vehicle partial
mission capable
supply
JF
N
AF BF CF
AGEOCP
Aerospace ground
equipment out of
commission for parts
(includes an
inoperative test
station segment if
required to repair an
essential asset listed
in the command
Minimum Essential
Subsystem Listing
(MESL))
1G
W
AG BG CG
AGEOLP
Aerospace ground
equipment out of
commission for parts
(equipment operating
in limited or
restricted capacity)
JG
R
AG BG CG
ECM
Electronic warfare
pod inoperative or
missile or drone not
mission capable
supply (excludes
ICBM)
1H
E
AH BH CH
MUNITIO
NS
Aerospace munitions
not mission capable
supply
--
--
AJ BJ --
WS
Industrial/production
in repair,
modification, or
manufacture of
primary weapons,
equipment, or
supplies, having a
work stoppage due to
lack of materiel
--
--
AK BK --
Note 1
VRP
Vital base real
--
--
AL BL CL
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 227
property facility
inoperative (includes
missile RPIE, fuels
laboratory and
servicing facilities)
ENG
NMCS
Aerospace engine
not mission capable
supply
1M
E
AM BM
CM
RDTP
Research/developme
nt/test engineering
test project stopped
for supplies
--
--
AN BN CN
PMEL
Parts required for
repair of non-
MICAP reportable
items by precision
measurement
equipment
laboratories
--
--
AO BO CO
NMCS
MICAP reportable
precision
measurement
equipment
inoperative for parts
(equipment out of
commission)
1O
W
AO BO CO
PMCS
MICAP reportable
precision
measurement
equipment
inoperative for parts
(equipment operating
in a limited or
restricted capacity)
JO
R
AO BO CO
TDIOP
Training equipment
trainer cannot be
used to perform any
degree of its
designated training
objective
1P
G
AP BP CP
TDILP
Training equipment
trainer can be used
but is not capable of
performing all of the
command training
objectives due to one
JP
F
AP BP CP
228 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
or more designed
capabilities being
inoperative
DD
Delayed discrepancy
entry records
--
--
-- BQ CQ
AWP
Materiel required to
repair unserviceable
recoverable assets in
the repair cycle that
need parts to return
them to a serviceable
condition
--
--
AR BR --
HWM
Materiel required to
maintain health,
welfare, morale or
supported personnel
--
--
-- BS CS
WRM
Mobility kit,
mobility equipment
shortages, war
consumables
inviolate level,
Harvest Eagle
replacement
requirements,
LOGDET Mobility
requirements
--
--
-- BT CT
Note 2
TCTO
Materiel required to
comply with time
change/time
compliance technical
orders (TOs)s
--
--
AU BU CU
MEE
Initial/replacement
of controlled mission
equipment (including
SPRAM
requirements) and
station set, and
housekeeping set
items
--
--
AV BV CV
Note 3
WOR
Work order
requirement not
otherwise described
--
--
AW BW
CW
EAID
Initial/replacement
of EAID shortages
not otherwise
described
--
--
-- -- CX
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 229
NAIRS
MICAP reportable
airborne image
recording and
support equipment
1Y
P
AY BY --
PMCS
MICAP reportable
airborne image
recording and
support equipment
partial mission
capable
JY
F
AY BY --
HPMSK
Initial or replacement
requirements in
support of high
priority mission
support kits (MRSP
details containing
type WRM spares
code F). This UJC
will be assigned by
the retail supply
system as
appropriate.
--
--
-- BT --
IJC
All requirements not
otherwise described
--
--
AZ BZ CZ
DC
Disease or calamity:
Medical disaster
relief supplies or
equipment to prolong
life in case of critical
injury, fatal disease,
or calamity
--
--
AZ -- --
Note 4
EIC
Organizational
clothing to provide a
minimum of
essential clothing to
an individual
--
--
-- BZ --
2.21. Screen Name/Number Index.
2.21.1. Purpose. To provide the name and number for each screen format. Almost all SBSS
legacy transactions can be submitted through ES-S using simple web based GUI screens.
This transaction processing capability allows authorized users to process transactions against
one or more SBSS accounts without having to sign-on to each account separately. See ES-S
User’s Manual. Note: A screen feature exists on almost all of the screens to bring input
data back on the screen after input. This feature is available whether the transaction processes
or rejects. Position cursor at the top of the screen where the screen number is shown (i.e.,
230 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
/083) and simply replace the slash (/) with an ‘R’ (i.e., R083). Then enter the data to be
reprocessed. This is particularly useful when multiple inputs must be processed.
Table 2.124. Screen Name/Number Index.
DIC/TRIC Screen Call
Name
Screen Call Number
1AACHNG
182
1AALOD
181
1AM
489
1AP
231
1APNAEW
230
1AQ
503
1BS
082
1CK
465
1CW01 thru 1CW27
506 thru 532
1CX
543
1DE
463
1DL
435
1DP
415
1DQ
412
1DS
410
1DU
411
1EBC
191
1EBD
141
1EBL
140
1ED
548
1ET
549
1ETX
537
1F3A
368
1F3C
366
1F3D
372
1F3L
152
1F3V
370
1FE
460
1GP
159
1HM
467
1ID
126
1KK
469
1KTM
189
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 231
1KTS
190
1LK
464
1MK
468
1MMDEL
461
1MMRET
413
1MMUPD
414
1NK
472
1PC
244
1PCDI
249
1RFTRANS
251
1SA
550
1SC
210
1SD
155
1SP
245
1SQ
535
1SR
202
1ST
173
1STAMMO
174
1SZ
436
1SZA
437
1TO
158
1UB
466
1VR
170
1VRC
169
1VS
165
1XA
175
1WL
426
2BSC
077
2BSCON
081
2BSD
079
2BSL
080
2WL
427
7MS
135
99S
397
A2
160
A2OS
161
A4
162
A4OS
163
232 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
AE
115
AFCAUTO
121
AFCMAN
122
AS
117
AU
118
BDL
206
BDR
219
BDT
217
BIR
139
BM
179
BSS
137
BST
138
BVE
432
BVL
207
BVT
218
BV4
431
BV8
220
BZ
474
BZA
475
BZA1
476
BZA2
477
BZB1
478
BZB2
479
D6A
393
DFM
073
DFMLOC
075
DFMUP
071
DITDI
053
DITDO
055
DMC
156
DOC
069
DORAUTO
145
DORFORCE
143
DORPP
144
DSR
203
DU
534
DW
533
DW/DU
395
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 233
DXB
151
DZE
153
EDD
128
FCC
195
FCCMUN
192
FCCPOL
193
FCCSAT
194
FCD
149
FCH
196
FCHSAT
197
FCIC
374
FCID
376
FCIL
176
FCIMER
430
FCIREM
129
FCLDMD
147
FCLRID
146
FCLSHIP
148
FCS
441
FCU
208
FEC
119
FEDE
186
FEDP
483
FEDS
187
FER
378
FET
380
FEX
150
FEXUNS
364
FFC
209
FIC
200
FID
201
FIL
442
FISC
212
FISD
213
FISL
211
FLPAUTO
120
FLPMAN
123
FNL
205
234 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
FORBAS
457
FORSYS
458
FRC
108
FRCDO
114
FRD1
214
FRD2
215
FRD3
216
FRDR
538
FRD4
539
FRI
228
FRR1
485
FRR2
486
FSU
404
FSP
131
FSPW
116
FTB
353
FTQ
354
FXR
157
FXRREQ
227
FXRSHP
226
GENERAL PURPOSE
051
INQ1F3A
385
INQ1F3C
367
INQ1F3D
371
INQ1F3V
369
INQ2BSC
076
INQ2BSD
078
INQDBRA
236
INQDFM
072
INQDFMLO
074
INQDFMUP
070
INQDITDO
054
INQDITDI
052
INQDN
235
INQDND
433
INQDOC
068
INQFCIC
373
INQFCID
375
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 235
INQFCIREM
112
INQFER
377
INQFET
379
INQFEXUN
365
INQFSP
130
INQISG
242
INQMACR
241
INQOCCRA
240
INQPFMRB
238
INQPN
234
INQREC
058
INQRECLP
056
INQRECN
381
INQRECND
382
INQRECO
062
INQRECS
064
INQRECUN
060
INQRECV
362
INQRVP
489
INQSN
233
ISN
223
INQTN
416
ISUAWP
090
ISUCE
085
ISUCEMIC
084
ISUIEU
088
ISUIEUX
089
ISUKIT
086
ISUMAINT
083
ISUMISC
091
ISUTCTO
087
ISUV
134
LCCCIAPS
127
LPA
125
LPS
124
MSD
450
MSIKIT
092
MSIUNS
093
236 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
NORA
417
NORA1
103
NORB
418
NORC
419
NORD
420
NORE
428
NORF
421
NORG
422
NORH
423
NORI
424
NORJ
425
RAR
403
RCI
444
RDC
232
REC
059
RCC
110
RECJ
066
RECLP
057
RECN
383
RECND
384
RECO
063
RECPP
067
RECS
065
RECUNS
061
RECV
363
RVP1PU
258
RVPDOR
254
RVPE3A
259
RVPISU1
132
RVPISU2
386
RVPREC
492
RVPREC1
452
RVPREC2
256
RVPREC3
257
RVPREC4
455
RVPSHP1
387
RVPSHP2
388
RVPTIN1
094
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 237
RVPTIN2
188
RVPTIN3
390
SEI
178
SHPDETL
102
SHPLAT
100
SHPUNSER
101
SHPVEH
164
SPR
113
SPRAUTO
109
SRC
443
SSC
111
TAR
198
TAR1
504
TAR2
505
TIN
098
TINCE
097
TINMAINT
096
TINPP
099
TINVEH
142
TINVEHMA
095
TRMPNR
168
TRMUNS
166
TRMVEH
167
TRN
180
XCA
136
XCH
177
XHB
222
XJE
199
XSE
440
XS1
496
XVE
185
2.22. MICAP Codes.
2.22.1. Purpose. To describe different codes utilized and reported in the base MICAP
process. Several codes are used on MICAP report transactions to accurately reflect actions
affecting MICAP incidents. These codes are explained and listed as follows.
2.22.2. MICAP Cause Code. For MICAP Cause Codes, see Stocked Item Due-Out Cause
Codes and Non-stocked Item Due-Out Cause Codes.
2.22.3. MICAP Condition Code.
238 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.22.3.1. Purpose. To explain the purpose and usage of MICAP condition codes. A
MICAP condition code is assigned to each MICAP incident and describes the type of
requirement (aircraft, AGE, spares, etc.) and how the MICAP end-item is functioning.
The MICAP condition code is entered in position seven of the MICAP report (B9M)
transaction.
Table 2.125. MICAP Condition Codes.
Condition
Code
Aerospace Ground Equipment (AGE)
Equipment out of commission
W
Equipment operating in limited or restricted capacity
R
Aircraft/ICBM
To relieve a NMCS condition
G
To relieve a PMCS condition
F
Battle Damage
M
Communications & Electronic Equipment
Equipment out of commission
K
Equipment operating in limited or restricted capacity
L
Cryptological Equipment
Equipment out of commission
K
Equipment operating in limited or restricted capacity
L
ECM Pods, Missiles, and Drones (Excludes ICBM)
Identifies all NMCS conditions
E
P15 Fire Fighting Vehicle
To identify a PMCS condition
N
Selected Photographic Equipment
Identifies all NMCS conditions
P
Spare Engines
Identifies all NMCS conditions
E
Trainers and MTS/RTE
Equipment out of commission
G
Equipment operating in limited or restricted capacity
F
Vehicles
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 239
Identifies all NMCS conditions
V
2.22.4. MICAP Hour Codes.
2.22.4.1. Purpose. To identify the time in hours for each MICAP start and stop
occurrence. The MICAP hour code is entered in position 48 of MICAP notification
(NOR) transactions and position 44 of MICAP report (B9M) transactions.
Table 2.126. MICAP Hour Codes.
Hour
Code
Hour
Code
0001-0059
A
1200-1259
N
0100-0159
B
1300-1359
P
0200-0259
C
1400-1459
Q
0300-0359
D
1500-1559
R
0400-0459
E
1600-1659
S
0500-0559
F
1700-1759
T
0600-0659
G
1800-1859
U
0700-0759
H
1900-1959
V
0800-0859
J
2000-2059
W
0900-0959
K
2100-2159
X
1000-1059
L
2200-2259
Y
1100-1159
M
2300-2400
Z
Note: Hour codes I and O are not used.
2.22.5. MICAP Delete (Termination) Codes.
2.22.5.1. Purpose. To explain the assignment and usage of MICAP delete (termination)
codes. MICAP delete codes identify the reason for termination of the MICAP incident.
The MICAP delete code is entered in position 67 of MICAP report (B9M) transactions.
Table 2.127. MICAP Delete (Termination) Codes.
Code
Reason For Deletion
Remarks
1
Received from ALC
2
Received from DLA/Other Services
3
Satisfied through Lateral Support
4
Cannibalization Has Been Used To Preclude MICAP Occurrence
N/A to AWP
5
Receipt of Base Procured Item
240 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
6
Received from Base Assets
7
WRM Asset Has Been Used To Meet Requirement
8
Cannibalization Has Been Used To Satisfy MICAP Occurrence
N/A to AWP
9
Reported in Error (MICAP Hours Backed Out)
0
Cancellation/Administrative transfer when codes 1-9 do not apply
T
Automated termination generated by the D165B system. Hours are
backed out to 5 days after shipment date (AFMC-managed items) or
5 days after status date (non-AFMC managed items). This code is
assigned after the base fails to respond to three consecutive D165B
system interrogations.
B
Automatic termination generated by the D165B system. Hours are
backed out to zero (0). The base has failed to respond to three
consecutive D165B system interrogations. Records do not meet the
criteria for Delete code T.
2.22.6. MICAP Advice Code.
2.22.6.1. Purpose. To explain assignment and usage of MICAP advice codes. MICAP
advice codes provide the reason the MICAP incident is being reported. MICAP advice
codes are entered in position 70 of MICAP report transactions.
Table 2.128. MICAP Advice Codes.
Explanation
Advice
Code
Basic MICAP Incident START Report
A
Cancellation - Initiated by Requester
F
Transfer of Incident to Lateral Requisition
L
Incident Still Open - Material Not Received (B9Z input only)
G
Reserved
P
Indicative Data Correction
Q
Upgrade of Non-Reportable Condition to a Reportable Condition
R
Status From Non-AFMC Sources of Supply (B9Z report only)
S
Transfer of Requisition from One End-Item to Another
T
Change of a Reportable MICAP Condition to Another Reportable Condition
U
Report of Cannibalization from One End-Item to Another after Termination
V
WRM Asset Has Been Used to Preclude MICAP
W
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 241
Basic MICAP Incident STOP Report
Z
2.23. ES-S Definitions.
2.23.1. Purpose. To provide definitions of common and specialized terms used in the ES-S.
The following glossary is intended to supplement glossaries provided in other Air Force
manuals.
2.23.2. Definitions.
2.23.2.1. ADJUNCT RECORD. A record used only for NSNs and identified by a dash
(-) in position 14 of the NSN field. The adjunct record numbers are currently limited to -
1, -2, and -9. An adjunct record may be an overflow adjunct or a supplemental adjunct
record. Overflow adjunct records (-9) are used to record assets or demands that exceed
the field length on basic records. The overflow fields are in addition to the basic record
and are recorded in thousands (for example, 1 on the overflow record equals 1000 on the
basic record). All processing is against the basic record; assets and demands are
transferred by the program to and from the overflow adjunct record. Supplemental
adjunct records (-1, -2) are used for exceptions to the basic record. The dash one (-1)
record is used for locally assigned unit of issue and category B clothing sales items. The
dash two (-2) record is used for recapped tires. The other-asset flag on the basic record is
used to determine if an adjunct record is on file.
2.23.2.2. ALPHA/NUMERIC (A/N) CHARACTERS. Alphabetic letters (A-Z) and
Arabic numerals (0-9) used to represent information on item records, detail records, and
supporting records and documents. Items of information (data elements) may be
expressed by alphabetic (A) and/or numeric (N) characters in the form of codes,
quantities, abbreviations, numbers, and plain language statements.
2.23.2.3. AREA. A physical subdivision of a database containing pages.
2.23.2.4. ASCII COBOL DATA MANIPULATION LANGUAGE PROCESSOR
(ADMLP). A preprocessor used to scan user source code replacing Data Manipulation
Language (DML) commands with CALLS to Database Management System (DBMS)
routines and placing the Data Management Communications Area (DMCA) and records
in either working or common storage. Linkage to the Data Management Routine (DMR)
and error procedures is established through calls to appropriate routines.
2.23.2.5. AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT (ADPE). Electronic
equipment used to maintain records and solve mathematical problems. These machines
are under the control of internal programs which are activated by the input of data from
punched cards, tape, and keyboard inquiries. When activated, these programs will
perform necessary calculations and recordings and will provide output products for
external actions and decisions.
2.23.2.6. AUTOMATIC SET. A data set where member/owner linkages are established
automatically by the system when a member record is stored in the database.
2.23.2.7. BACKORDER (B/O). An obligation, assumed and recorded by any level of
Supply, to issue at a later date a requisitioned item which was not available for immediate
issue.
242 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.23.2.8. BASE FUELS MANAGEMENT OFFICE (BFMO). The office charged
with responsibility for the inventory, Receipt, storage, and issue of missile fuels and
related items. The BFMO maintains quantity records at base level for the above
transactions, including records for items used by contractors who perform research
development, and testing at the base.
2.23.2.9. CALC. A record location mode achieved by computing record locations where
data items are transformed into a page number, record number, and CALC chain number.
DMSCALC is a system-provided randomizing algorithm.
2.23.2.10. CALC RECORDS. Records that are stored randomly. The user must supply
the CALC routine with CALC keys and with an area-name where the record can reside.
2.23.2.11. CATEGORY (CAT). One factor used when classifying Air Force inventory
for management purposes. Category is directly related to unit costs or dollar value of
annual issues.
2.23.2.12. COMMUNICATIONS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
(CMS). Communication software which allows the Series 1100 Executive System to
communicate with a variety of remote computer users.
2.23.2.13. COMPUTER SUPPORT BASE (CSB). A facility where computer
hardware is located.
2.23.2.14. CONFERENCE ON DATA SYSTEMS LANGUAGES (CODASYL)
DATA BASE TASK GROUP (DBTG). A CODASYL committee which produced two
reports containing specifications for a standardized data management facility that would
use a DATA DESCRIPTION LANGUAGE and a DATA MANIPULATION
LANGUAGE.
2.23.2.15. CONTROLLED CRYPTOGRAPHIC ITEM (CCI). Secure
telecommunications or information handling equipment, associated cryptographic
component, or other hardware which performs a critical COMSEC function. Items so
designated are unclassified but controlled and will bear the designation Controlled
Cryptographic Item or CCI. Many modernized CHVP and CCI items require serially
matched ignition keys that must be requested, separately, via COMSEC account manager
2.23.2.16. CRYPTOGRAPHIC HIGH VALUE PRODUCTS (CHVP): Category of
secure telecommunications or information handling equipment, associated cryptographic
component, or other hardware which performs a critical COMSEC function to secure
secret (and below) national security systems. They will be treated as CCI with a CIIC of
"7" to meet reporting and handling requirements set forth in national policy. Many
modernized CHVP and CCI items require serially matched ignition keys that must be
requested, separately, via COMSEC account manager.
2.23.2.17. DATA BASE ADMINISTRATOR (DBA). The individual charged with
coordinating the design, implementation, and monitoring of a database.
2.23.2.18. DATA BASE KEY. The unique database address assigned by the DATA
MANAGEMENT ROUTINE to each record (DATA DEFINITION LANGUAGE
(DDL)). A language used to describe the database. This description is called a SCHEMA.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 243
2.23.2.19. DATA MANAGEMENT ROUTINE (DMR). The online DATA
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM routine which accesses and updates the database according
to DATA MANIPULATION LANGUAGE commands issued by user run units.
2.23.2.20. DATA MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (DMS). Any system which allows for
the definition and manipulation of databases.
2.23.2.21. DATA MANAGEMENT UTILITY (DMU). A DATA MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM utility using an independent language to provide a special syntax-directed
method for accomplishing a variety of database maintenance processes. The data
management utility is used primarily by the DATA BASE ADMINISTRATOR.
2.23.2.22. DATA MANIPULATION LANGUAGE (DML). A language that makes
calls to the DATA MANAGEMENT ROUTINE to access the database user's
SUBSCHEMA and database.
2.23.2.23. DATA NAME. A name chosen to identify the contents of a particular field
or data item within a record.
2.23.2.24. DATA PROCESSING INSTALLATION (DPI). A site where all data
processing equipment and systems for a COMPUTER SUPPORT BASE and the
supported activities are controlled, operated, and maintained.
2.23.2.25. DATA REORGANIZATION UTILITY (DRU). A DATA
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM utility which provides an efficient method for reorganizing
without dumping and reloading the database.
2.23.2.26. DECENTRALIZED WAREHOUSE (DW). A storage facility located away
from the LRS/Materiel Management Activity main storage area. There are no restrictions
as to the type, quantity, or ERRCD of items authorized for storage in a decentralized
warehouse. Decentralized warehouses differ from supply points in that supply points may
stock only selected repair cycle items. Decentralized warehouses are established and
maintained by the Storage and Issue Section.
2.23.2.27. DEMAND THROUGH TIP. Provides users the capability to move between
DEMAND and TIP without signing off one session/page and signing on to another. This
capability is provided through the system RSI driver interface.
2.23.2.28. DEMAND (DMD). A request submitted to support managers for supplies
and/or equipment.
2.23.2.29. DYNAMIC AREA RECORD PLACEMENT (DARP). A DATA
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM feature which allows one to initially allocate only the
minimum number of data pages. At the same time, DARP allows additional data pages
and overflow pages to be dynamically allocated as needed by the record placement
strategies.
2.23.2.30. ECONOMIC ORDER QUANTITY (EOQ). A variable requirement for an
economic order and stockage program (EO&SP) item which is computed as a function of
the cost to order, the cost to hold, the unit price, and the annual requirements rate.
2.23.2.31. ENTERPRISE SOLUTION SUPPLY (ES-S). The Enterprise Solution
Supply (ES-S) is one of three components of the Integrated Logistics System Supply
244 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
(ILS-S). The other two components are the Standard Base Supply System (SBSS) and the
AF Supply Central Databank (AFSCDB). ES-S is designed to leverage the services of the
GCSS-AF integration framework (IF), commercial-off-the-shelf (COTS) system
development tools, and custom components to achieve a seamless integration and
presentation of operational supply information. ES-S provides role-based security access
through the AF Portal to all (approximately 300) instances of the Standard Base Supply
System (SBSS). ES-S also provides a limited interface to the Stock Control System
(SCS), Defense Logistics Agency’s (DLA) Integrated Data Environment (IDE),
Integrated Data Environment/Global Transportation Network Convergence (IGC), and
the DoD Supply Discrepancy Reporting (WebSDR) system. The ES-S user interface
(UI) is designed to make over 300 SBSS, SCS, and DLA accounts look and feel like a
single system. Once the user accesses ES-S through the AF Portal, no further login is
required to access operational systems.
2.23.2.32. ENTERPRISE SOLUTION SUPPLY (ES-S) ASSET
MANAGEMENT. ES-S asset management incorporates the tracking and Automatic
Identification Technology (AIT) capabilities of the Standard Asset Tracking System
(SATS). ES-S provides an enterprise asset tracking capability that replaces the base level
client/server architecture of SATS. The Handheld Terminal (HHT) application and HHT
synchronization with ES-S will be provided by the Enterprise Data Collection Layer
(EDCL), which is a service of the GCSS-AF framework. The EDCL functions as the
enterprise “SATS Server” that will provide an enterprise view of assets as they move
through the warehouse to the shelf or delivery to a customer. Ultimately the Vista
Operating System will render SATS inoperable. Reference the ES-S Users Manual on the
ES-S CoP for specific how-to information.
2.23.2.33. EQUIPMENT APPROVAL AUTHORITY (EAA). The authority vested in
the LRS CC/AO to approve or disapprove allowance and/or authorization requests.
2.23.2.34. EQUIPMENT AUTHORIZATION INVENTORY DATA (EAID). An
authorized/in-use detail record, an REM detail record, or an associated item detail and
support record which is maintained internally by the SBSS for those equipment items
requiring formal Supply property accountability. Unless specifically excluded by this
volume, the equipment reflected on these records will be authorized and in-use/in-place,
including substitute items.
2.23.2.35. EQUIPMENT REVIEW AND AUTHORIZATION ACTIVITY
(ERAA). The function established within each Equipment Management System and
CEMO to 1) manage equipment allowances and authorizations through evaluation and
validation of requirements, 2) approve or disapprove requirements, 3) approve or
disapprove allowance/authorization requests not requiring off-base approval/disapproval
actions, and 4) conduct utilization surveys, etc.
2.23.2.36. FILE. A collection of one or more records of the same type. Each file is
given a separate name.
2.23.2.37. FLAG. A position on a record used to make processing decisions or to
identify specific conditions. (The term flag has replaced the terms INDICATOR and
SWITCH for the above purposes.)
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 245
2.23.2.38. FORWARD SUPPLY LOCATION (FSL). A LRS/Materiel Management
Activity located at a key point along an AMC airlift traffic route and designed to stock
selected aircraft spares and spare parts to support the AMC airlift fleet. Forward
LRS/Materiel Management Activity locations are subdivided in three categories: 1)
Super/Air Evac, 2) High Density, and 3) En route.
2.23.2.39. HIGH ORDER POSITION (HOP). The first position on the extreme left of
a field of information.
2.23.2.40. INTEGRATED LOGISTICS SYSTEM SUPPLY (ILS-S). The ILS-S
system is the overarching term used to describe the system(s) used by base retail supply
operations. The ILS-S is comprised of the Standard Base Supply System (SBSS),
Enterprise Solution Supply (ES-S), and the Air Force Supply Centralized Database
(AFSCDB).
2.23.2.41. INPUT/OUTPUT (I/O). The methods by which information is entered
(input) or received (output) from an Automated Data Processing System.
2.23.2.42. K. A symbol representing one-thousand (1000). The symbol K is generally
used to indicate core storage (for example, 28K or 32K).
2.23.2.43. LOW ORDER POSITION (LOP). The last position on the extreme right of
a field of information.
2.23.2.44. MISSION SUPPORT KIT (MSK). A transportable package of expendable
supplies, spares, aircraft parts, aerospace ground equipment, and communication end
items required to support a deployed Air Force element or segment of an element.
2.23.2.45. MOBILITY READINESS SPARES PACKAGE (MRSP). A kit consisting
of selected spares and repair parts required sustaining operations (without resupply) at a
base, a deployed location, or a dispersed location for the first month of conventional
activity as projected in USAF war plans.
2.23.2.46. NONSTOCK LISTED (NSL). Items that do not have an assigned NSN.
2.23.2.47. NOTE (NT) or NOTES (NTS). An instruction found primarily in
attachment formats that applies to general policies or specific procedures.
2.23.2.48. ORGANIZATION COMMANDER. The individual responsible for success
of the mission. At base level and lower, organization commander refers to the individual
possessing supervisory control of the function, but the organization commander can also
be a senior noncommissioned officer assigned as detachment chief.
2.23.2.49. ORDER AND SHIPPING TIME (O&ST). The time interval in days
between the initiation of stock replenishment action by a specific activity and the Receipt
by the base of the materiel resulting from such action. Also referred to as pipeline time.
2.23.2.50. QUERY LANGUAGE PROCESSOR (QLP). A program that provides
dynamic inquiry, update, and report generation capabilities. The QLP is an interactive,
non-procedural piece of software which interfaces to a DMS-1100 database (online,
demand, and batch modes).
2.23.2.51. RECORD. Basic storage and logical access unit of DMS-1100; a collection
of one or more fields relating to a specific piece of information.
246 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
2.23.2.52. REMOTE PROCESSING STATION (RPS). A location not immediately
within the area housing the SBSS computer system where ADPE is installed for the
input/output of data to and from the CPU.
2.23.2.53. SCHEMA. The DATA DEFINITION LANGUAGE (DDL) description of
the entire database. SCHEMA refers to the description only, not to the database itself.
2.23.2.54. SET. Two or more record types which have a hierarchical relationship to
each other. One record type must be defined as an owner; one (or more) other record
type(s) must be defined as a member.
2.23.2.55. SET NAME. The unique name given a defined SET type.
2.23.2.56. STANDARD BASE SUPPLY SYSTEM (SBSS). The unified management
system that accomplishes all LRS/Materiel Management Activity and service workloads.
The Standard Base Supply System operates through the collective interactions of supply
procedures, service procedures, processing routines, and the SBSS computers.
2.23.2.57. SUBSCHEMA. A portion of the database SCHEMA visible to the
application programs and described by the SUBSCHEMA DATA DEFINITION
LANGUAGE (SDDL).
2.23.2.58. SUBSCHEMA DATA DEFINITION LANGUAGE (SDDL). A computer
language that describes that portion of the database which is visible to the application
programs. The description provided by the SDDL is the SUBSCHEMA. Note that, while
the DATA DEFINITION LANGUAGE describes the entire database (a description
termed the SCHEMA), the SDDL describes only the user view portion of the database.
2.23.2.59. SUPPLY INTERFACE DOCUMENT. A listing and formats produced by
the MMIC ADS in TRIC ISU format. The supply interface document is forwarded to the
LRS/Materiel Management Activity for processing to establish requirements for the
Comprehensive Engine Management System (CEMS) TCTO and time change items.
2.23.2.60. SUPPLY POINT (SP). A repair cycle asset storage facility (other than a
forward supply point) located within or adjacent to a maintenance facility. Supply points
receive, store, issue, and control selected repair cycle items required in support of a
maintenance function. Supply points differ from DECENTRALIZED WAREHOUSES in
that supply point stocks are limited to selected repair cycle items. Supply points are
established and operated by the Flight Service Center.
2.23.2.61. SYSTEMS MANAGER (SM). The individual who ensures that logistic
actions within AFMC accomplish system program objectives and support the
requirements of commands which use the ALC system. The system manager may be an
ALC individual designated by HQ AFMC or an individual appointed by the system
manager of ALC.
2.23.2.62. TERMINAL SECURITY SYSTEM. The software controls used in the
SBSS to control access to the SBSS computer system and to process controlled and
uncontrolled TRICs.
2.23.2.63. TIME COMPLIANCE TECHNICAL ORDER (TCTO). A requirement to
take action(s) according to a technical order that specifies the period within or date by
which the required action(s) must be completed.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 247
2.23.2.64. TRANSACTION INTERFACE PACKAGE (TIP). An OS-1100 Operating
System feature that allows a transaction-driven software environment to be established.
2.23.2.65. TRANSACTION INTERFACE WITH THE AUTOMATED DATA
SYSTEM (TIWADS). A software interface that performs several functions. For
example, TIWADS will convert an Automated Data System (ADS) transaction code into
a TRANSACTION INTERFACE PACKAGE transaction code (VALTAB).
2.23.2.66. TECHNICAL ORDER COMPLIANCE (TOC). The status of a
serviceable item while maintained according to a USAF technical order or some other
military department modification order. Items under technical order compliance are
processed by a maintenance activity for periodic inspection, calibration, test
modification, change, or alteration prior to shipment or issue, or for initial or continued
storage.
2.23.2.67. UNIT OF ISSUE CONVERSION FACTOR. A table created by running
program 402 that identifies the factor by which the old quantity must be multiplied to
convert to the new unit of issue. For a list the conversion see 4100.39-M, Vol 10.
2.23.2.68. UNIT OF MEASURMENT (U/M) DESIGNATION. A table of
measurement terms and designations authorized to be used in conjunction with unit of
measure of related NSN and quantitative expression required as the result of the
application of Phrase Codes K (unit of issue contains (Qty) (U/M)), and Q (fabricate or
assemble) in Catalog Management Data transactions. For a list of these codes see
4100.39-M, Vol 10.
2.23.2.69. UNIT STATUS AND IDENTITY REPORT (UNITREP). A UNITREP
reporting program provides unit combat readiness reporting capability for MRSP, IRSP,
and HPMSK authorizations.
2.23.2.70. UNSERVICEABLE (UNSERV). That condition in which an item is
considered unfit for use, but could be restored to serviceable condition if repaired,
reworked, or overhauled. An item in unserviceable condition may require calibration,
test, modification, assembly, or the addition of components.
2.23.2.71. WAR CONSUMABLE DISTRIBUTION OBJECTIVE (WCDO). A
classified document that reflects the distribution objective for prestocking and
prepositioning equipment and supplies at bases/depots worldwide, as projected in USAF
Program Documents. HQ AFMC publishes and distributes the WCDO by authorization
of AFI 25-101.
2.23.2.72. WAR RESERVE MATERIEL (WRM). Enterprise managed, pre-
positioned materiel required with primary operating stocks and deployment equipment
necessary to obtain objectives in the scenarios approved for sustainability planning in the
Defense Planning Guidance.
2.24. Classes Of Supply.
Table 2.129. Classes of Supply.
Class
Major Classification
Subclassification (See Note 1)
248 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
I
Subsistence
A -- Air (in-flight rations)
B -- Refrigerated subsistence
S -- Nonrefrigerated subsistence (less combat rations)
C -- Combat rations (see Note 2)
II
Clothing, individual equipment, tentage, organizational
tool sets, and tool kits, hand tools, administrative and
housekeeping supplies and equipment.
B -- Ground support materiel (see Note 3)
E -- General supplies
F -- Clothing and textiles
M Weapons
T -- Industrial supplies (see Note 4)
III
POL. Petroleum fuels, lubricants, hydraulic and insulating
oils, preservatives, liquid and compressed gasses, bulk
chemical products, coolants, de-icing and antifreeze com-
pounds, together with components and additives of such
products, and coal.
A Air
W -- Ground (surface)
IV
Construction. Construction material to include installed
equipment, and all fortification/barrier material.
V
Ammunition. Ammunition of all types (including chemi-
cal, biological, radiological, and special weapons), bombs,
explosives, mines, fuses, detonators, pyrotechnics, mis-
siles, rockets, propellants, and other associated items.
A Air
W -- Ground
VI
Personal demand items (nonmilitary sales items)
VII
Major end items. A final combination of end products
which is ready for its intended use; such as, launchers,
tanks, mobile machine shop, vehicles.
A Air
B -- Ground support materiel (see Note 3)
D -- Administrative vehicles (see Note 5)
G Electronics
K -- Tactical vehicles
L Missiles
M Weapons
N -- Special weapons
VIII
Medical materiel including medical peculiar repair parts.
IX
Repair parts (less medical peculiar repair parts). All repair
parts and components to include kits, assemblies, and sub-
assemblies, reparable and nonreparable, required for main-
tenance support of all equipment.
A Air
B -- Ground support materiel (see Note 3)
D -- Administrative vehicles (see Note 5)
G Electronics
K -- Tactical vehicles
L Missiles
M Weapons
N -- Special weapons
T -- Industrial supplies (see Note 4)
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 249
Note
1. The alpha code for subclassification of classes II, VII, and IX represents materiel category
designators used in supply management, with the exception of "A" (Air) which is used throughout all
classes of supply, as applicable. Alpha codes not utilized as materiel category designators have been
assigned to the subclassifications for classes I, III, and V. The subclassification materiel designators
("A" through "T") may be used in combination with the designated subclassifications, when
appropriate and if desired, to further definitize a portion of a class of supply for planning purposes; that
is, use of Class V "AL" to designate ammunition, air missile. Additional codes may be utilized by the
services to satisfy a specific requirement; for example, to designate reparable or nonreparable, high
dollar items, or for other selective management purposes. This additional permissive coding is to be
utilized in lieu of that designated for the major classification and subclassifications.
2. Includes gratuitous health and welfare items.
3. Includes power generators and construction, barrier, bridging, firefighting, petroleum, and
mapping equipment.
4. Includes bearings, block and tackle, cable, chain, wire rope, screws, bolts, studs, steel rods, plates,
and bars.
5. Commercial vehicles utilized in administrative motor pools.
Table 2.130. End Item Serial Number (ESN) Standard Structure.
Position
Description
Notes
1
ALC Code
1
2
Constant 0
3-5
Standard Reporting Designator (SRD)
6
ALD Division, unique identifier or alpha filler
7-8
Command Code
2
9-10
Number of end items supported
3
11-12
Package Serial Code
4
13
Package Status
5
Notes:
1. ALC codes: OC = H, OO = G, and WR = L
2. If the package is assigned to a reserve unit, the first position of the code will be "M". If
assigned to a guard unit, the first position of the code will be "Z". The second position of the
code for both guard and reserve packages will be the second character of the gaining
command's code.
3. When the number of aircraft or end items supported is between 99 and 300, the following
alpha codes will be used in the ninth position to indicate the first two digits of the PMAI:
250 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
4. Position 11 identifies the type of package. Position 12 may be any letter or number to
provide a unique identifier. Position 11:
5. A = Approved package
H = Historical package
N = New review packages, manually created
R = Review packages, computer generated
X = Test packages
Table 2.131. Package Serial Number (PSN) Standard Structure.
Position
Description
Notes
Mission Design Series, End Item or Capability
7-8
Command Code
1
9-10
Number of aircraft or end items supported
2
11-12
Package Serial Code
3
13
Package Status
4
Notes:
1. If the package is assigned to a reserve unit, the first position of the code will be "M". If
assigned to a guard unit, the first position of the code will be "Z." The second position of the
code for both guard and reserve packages will be the second character of the gaining
command's code.
2. When the number of aircraft or end items supported is between 99 and 300, the following
alpha codes will be used in the ninth position to indicate the first two digits of the PMAI:
3. Position 11 identifies the type of package. Position 12 may be any letter or number to provide
a unique identifier. Position 11:
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 251
4. A = Approved package
H = Historical package
N = New review packages, manually created
R = Review packages, computer generated
X = Test packages
Table 2.132. Credit Policy Table.
BUDGET
CODE
ERRCD
CONDITION
DIFM
DETAIL
CREDI
T
INDIC
A-TOR
CREDIT
OVER
RIDE
CREDIT
AWARDE
D
8
XD
Serviceable (See
Note 1)
Yes under
60
days
--
--
Exchange
8
XD
Serviceable
Yes over
60 days
--
--
Standard
8
XD
Unserviceable
Yes
A or D
Y or N
No Credit
8
XD
Serviceable or
Unserviceable
Yes (DIFM
status flag
3)
--
--
No Credit
8
XD
Unserviceable
Yes over
60 days
--
--
Mark Up
Price
8
XD
Serviceable
No (FOB,
Bench
Mock-Up
or
SPRAM)
A or
Y
Carcass
Cost
8
XD
Serviceable
No (FOB,
Bench
Mock-Up
or
SPRAM)
D or
N
No Credit
8
XD
Unserviceable
No (FOB,
Bench
Mock-Up
or
SPRAM)
D
--
No Credit
252 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
8
XD
Unserviceable
No (FOB,
Bench
Mock-Up
or
SPRAM)
A or
Y
Carcass
Cost
8
XD
Unserviceable
(Condition code
Q)
Yes
--
--
Exchange
8
XD
Unserviceable
(Condition code
Q)
No
--
--
Standard
8
XF
Serviceable
(See Note 1)
Yes
--
--
Standard
8
XF
Unserviceable
Yes or No
A or
Y
No Credit
8
XF
Serviceable
No
A or
Y
Latest
Acquisition
Cost (LAC)
8
XF
Serviceable
No
D or
N
No Credit
8
XF
Unserviceable
(Condition code
Q)
Yes
--
--
Standard
8
XB
Serviceable
No
A or
Y
LAC
8
XB
Serviceable
No
D or
N
No Credit
8
XB
Unserviceable
No
--
Y
LAC
8
XB
Unserviceable
(Condition code
Q)
No
--
--
Standard
8
XB
Unserviceable
No
A or D
--
No Credit
9
XF
Serviceable
Yes
--
--
Computatio
n (See Note
3)
9
XF
Serviceable
Yes
--
Y
Standard
9
XF
Serviceable
No
--
Y
Standard
9
XF
Serviceable
No
--
N
No Credit
9
XF
Serviceable
No
--
--
Computatio
n (See Note
3)
9
XF
Unserviceable
Yes or No
--
--
No Credit
9
XF
Unserviceable
(Condition code
Q)
Yes or No
--
--
Standard
9
XB
Serviceable
No
--
--
Computatio
n (See Note
2)
9
XB
Serviceable
No
--
Y
Standard
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 253
9
XB
Serviceable
No
--
N
No Credit
9
XB
Unserviceable
other than
condition code Q
No
--
--
No Credit
9
XB
Unserviceable
(Condition code
Q)
--
--
--
Standard
9
NF1 IEX
E or K
Serviceable
--
--
--
Standard
(See Note 4)
9
NF1 IEX
E or K
Unserviceable
--
--
--
No Credit
9
NF1 IEX
E or K
Serviceable
--
--
Y
Standard
9
NF1 IEX
E or K
Unserviceable
--
--
N
No Credit
9
NF(x)
Non-
Retail
Sales
Serviceable
--
--
--
No Credit
9
NF(x)
Non-
Retail
Sales
Serviceable
--
--
Y
Standard
9
NF(x)
Non-
Retail
Sales
Unserviceable
--
--
N
No Credit
Notes:
1. Serviceable turn-in of budget code 8, XD items originally issued as unserviceable using an
Activity Code C are credited at exchange, while XF/XB returns with the same conditions
are credited at LAC.
2. The following information applies:
a. First the program will compute a value that equals the (requisitioning objective (RO) plus
firm due-outs) minus (due-ins plus on-hand (DI plus OH)). This computed value is the
maximum quantity that the customer will receive 100 percent credit.
b. Next the program will compute the upper limit value which is (RO plus firm due-outs plus
730 times daily demand rate (DDR)) minus (DI plus OH). This value is the maximum quantity
that can be given credit at this time which includes the quantity of items that can receive 100
percent credit. Any quantity being turned in that is greater than the upper limit value will
receive no credit.
c. To determine the additional percent of credit the program must look at the cumulative
recurring demands (CRD) and subtract the turn-in quantity to determine the new CRD. If the
new CRD value is greater than or equal to 50, the quantity above the RO but below the upper
limit value will receive 40 percent credit.
d. If the new CRD value is between 1 and 50, 20 percent credit for items above the RO
but below the upper limit value is granted. The quantity that will be credited at the
254 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
graduated percent is determined as follows: Upper limit quantity (see subparagraph b)
minus the 100 percent credit quantity (see subparagraph a) equals the quantity credited
at the graduated percent.
e. If the new CRD value is zero, no credit will be given for the turn-in since the RO will
also become zero unless there are firm due-outs.
f. The final step is to determine the dollar value of credit being granted. The dollar value
at 100 percent credit is determined by multiplying the quantity at 100 percent credit by
the unit price. The dollar value of the additional percent credit is determined as follows:
graduated percent credit quantity times the unit price times the graduated percent. The total
credit provided is the sum of the above computations.
3. The following information applies:
a. Turn-in of budget code 9, XF items with a DIFM detail (minus those for DLA-DS
withdrawals)
are considered turn-ins with a sale, and will be credited 100 percent up to retention level (RO
plus 730 times DDR minus (on hand, plus due-in, plus DIFM). Turn-in of XF items without a
sale (FOB or DRMO withdrawals) will be credited 100 percent up to the RO minus (on hand,
plus due-in, plus DIFM assets) and 44 percent above the RO up to 730 times DDR minus (on
hand, plus due-in, plus DIFM).
b. Only grant any credit if the item will have a demand level after the processing the turn
in transaction. So for Due-In From Maintenance (DIFM) items, if the CRD is greater than or
equal to 1, credit is granted since the DIFM turn in will create a demand level.
c. For non-DIFM, since the turn in does not generate a demand, the item must already have a
demand level to be credited. Note FOB turn-ins do not count as demands. Turn-ins to DLA-DS
normally count as demands.
d. In order to identify those turn-ins repaired as a result of a DRMS withdrawal, the DIFM
should be coded to indicate the DIFM created was a result of an asset received from DRMS.
e. The final step is to determine the dollar value of credit being granted. The dollar value at
100% credit is determined by multiplying the quantity at 100% credit by the unit price. The
dollar value of the additional percent credit is determined as follows: graduated percent credit
quantity times the unit price times the graduated percent. The total credit provided is the sum of
the above computations.
4. Serviceable turn-in of retail sales items (IEX E or K) receive automatic credit at standard
price. Local policy can override this. When the decision has been made to not allow credit,
process the TIN input with credit code N.
5. The turn-in of alpha budget coded items does not update customer funds.
Table 2.133. Special and Miscellaneous Allowances.
ASC
SHORT TITLE
000
Unauthorized Equipment on Hand
000A
Excess Equipment Awaiting Authorization
000C
Communication Project Materiel Awaiting Installation
014
FM Class III Training Aids
040
Non-Standard Research, Development and Testing Equipment
041
Special Allowance
042
Depot Non-listed Equipment
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 255
044
Gift Items
047
Collateral Equipment
048
Retention Authority
049
Standard Research, Development, and Testing Equipment
050
Equipment Loaned to USAF
051
AF Equipment for Non-AF Activities
054
Special Projects (One Time)
056
Service Test Non-Aero communications Items (AF Owned)
057
Service Test Non-Aero communications Items (On Loan)
058
Contingency
060
Mechanized Materiel Handling Systems (MMHS)
063
Inter/Intra Command Loan (Losing Base)
064
Inter/Intra Command Loan (Gaining Base)
067
Visual Information Equipment (VIE)
076
Bases undergoing deactivation
081
Reserved for special equipment management purposes and may only be used
when directed by the Air Staff (AF/A4LR).
082
Reserved for special equipment management purposes and may only be used
when directed by the Air Staff (AF/A4LR).
083
Reserved for special equipment management purposes and may only be used
when directed by the Air Staff (AF/A4LR).
986
Quick Reaction Capability
987
Temporary Required Items
Table 2.134. Alpha Code and Agency.
ALPHA
CODE
AGENCY
A
Army
B
NASA
C
Coast Guard
D
Other Federal Agencies
E
Contractors
F
FAA
G
Civilian Activities (Boy
Scouts, etc.)
H
State and Local
Governments (City,
County, etc.)
N
Navy
M
Marine Corps
O
Other
S
National Security Agency
2.25. End Item Serial Number (ESN ). A thirteen position unique identifier for a group of
stock numbers that together support the contingency operations of an end item. An ESN is a
256 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
component of a Package Serial Number (PSN), which supports a specific mission. See Table
2.130.
2.26. Package Serial Number (PSN) . A standard thirteen-digit serial number structure will be
used to identify all RSPs. See Table 2.131.
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 257
Chapter 3
FORMATS & STANDARDS FOR THE DOD SUPPLY CHAIN
3.1. Overview. This chapter provides links to guidance that provides formats & standards and
other relevant transactional information for the DoD supply chain.
3.2. DLM 4000.25-M, Defense Logistics Management System Manual.
3.2.1. This manual prescribes logistics management policy, responsibilities, procedures,
rules, and electronic data communications standards for use in the DoD to conduct logistics
operations in the functional areas of supply, acquisition (contract administration),
maintenance, and finance. The web link to this manual is http://www.dla.mil/j-
6/dlmso/elibrary/Manuals/DLMS/default.asp.
3.3. DLM 4000.25-1, Military Standard Requisitioning and Issue Procedures (MILSTRIP).
3.3.1. This manual prescribes uniform procedures, data elements and codes, formats, forms,
and time standards for the interchange of logistics information relating to requisitioning,
supply advice, supply status, materiel issue/Receipt, lateral redistribution, and materiel return
processes The web link to this manual is http://www.dla.mil/j-
6/dlmso/eLibrary/Manuals/MILSTRIP/Default.asp
3.4. DLM 4000.25-2-M, Military Standard Transaction Reporting And Accounting
Procedures (MILSTRAP).
3.4.1. This manual provides policies and prescribes uniform procedures for recording
inventory management data passed between elements of a single Service or Agency
distribution system or between the various distribution systems of the DoD. The web link to
this manual is http://www.dla.mil/j-6/dlmso/eLibrary/Manuals/MILSTRAP/default.asp.
3.5. DLM 4000.25-6-M, Department of Defense Activity Address Directory (DoDAAD.
3.5.1. This manual prescribes data elements and codes, standard procedures and formats to
be followed in establishment, maintenance, publication, and dissemination of address data for
Services/Agencies using the Department of Defense Activity Address Directory (DoDAAD).
The web link to this manual is
http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/corres/pdf/40002506m.pdf
3.6. DLM 4000.25-3-M, Military Standard Billing System (MILSBILLS) Manual.
3.6.1. This manual provides the data elements, codes, standard procedures, and formats to be
used for billing and related adjustments and collections for sales of materiel and related
services. The web link to this manual is http://www.dla.mil/j-
6/dlmso/elibrary/Manuals/MILSBILLS/Default.asp
3.7. DoD 4 100.39-M . Federal Logistics Information System (FLIS) Procedures Manual.
3.7.1. The policies outlined in this manual are published under the authority of DoD 4140.1-
R, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Regulation and are mandatory for use by all
participants in the Federal Catalog Program. The web link to this manual is
http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/corres/html/410039m.html
3.8. DoD 4 140.1-R, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Regulation.
258 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
3.8.1. This regulation establishes requirements and procedures for DoD materiel managers
and others who need to work within or with the DoD supply system. The web link to this
publication is http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/corres/pdf/414001r.pdf
3.9. CJCSI 4110 01D, Joint Materiel Priorities and Allocation.
3.9.1. This directive provides the supplemental guidance on the assignment and use of
Force/Activity Designators (FADs) and the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff (CJCS)
project codes. The web link to this manual is
https://ca.dtic.mil/cjcs_directives/cdata/limited/4110_01.pdf
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 259
Chapter 4
EXTERNAL MATERIEL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
4.1. Overview. This chapter provides links to materiel management systems external to the Air
Force that are routinely accessed by Air Force materiel management personnel in the
performance of their duties. The information provided is for reference purposes only and not
intended to be all inclusive.
4.2. Mobility Inventory Control Accountability System (MICAS).
4.2.1. MICAS is an automated system used to track shelf-life serviceability and inventory of
Individual Protective Equipment (IPE). It has a centralized management of assets using
distributed databases with a centralized reporting capability, providing for increased data
accuracies, and improved efficiencies in asset visibility and shelf-life management. MICAS
tracks and maintains the shelf-life serviceability and status of Chemical Defense Equipment
items, notifying users when items are expired or unserviceable.
4.2.2. The main functions of MICAS include receiving, inspecting, storing, issuing,
shipping, and tracking IPE. All assets are tracked by NSN. The contract number, lot number,
manufacture date, and expiration date of each asset is also stored.
4.2.3. MICAS Web is the web application of this system. MICAS Web requires registration
for users to access it. The web link for this system is
https://micasweb.army.mil/Login.aspx?ReturnUrl=%2fDefault.aspx.
4.3. Hazardous Materials Information Resource System (HMIRS).
4.3.1. The Hazardous Materials Information Resource System (HMIRS) is the central
repository for Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for the U.S. Government military
services and civil agencies. HMIRS is a Department of Defense (DoD) automated system
developed and maintained by the Defense Logistics Agency. It also contains information
input by the service/agency focal points. This data includes Hazard Communication
(HAZCOM) warning labels and Department of Transportation information. HMIRS provides
this data for hazardous materials purchased by the Federal Government through the DoD and
civil agencies. The system assists Federal Government personnel who handle, store,
transport, use, or dispose of hazardous materials.
4.3.2. The web link for this system is https://hmirsmsds.dlis.dla.mil/hmirs/login.asp.
JOHN B. COOPER, Lt Gen, USAF
DCS/Logistics, Engineering & Force Protection
260 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
Attachment 1
GLOSSARY OF REFERENCES AND SUPPORTING INFORMATION
References
AFH 23-123, Materiel Management Handbook, Vols. 1-3, Date TBD
AFI 10-201, Status of Resource and Training System, 13 April 2006
AFI 10-401, Air Force Operations Planning and Execution, 7 December 2006
AFI 10-2501_AFGM 4, Air Force Emergency Management Program Planning and Operations,
24 January 2007
AFI 14-205, Geospatial Information and Services (GI&S), 5 May 2010
AFI 16-701, Special Access Programs, 1 November 1995
AFI 20-110, Nuclear Weapons-Related Materiel Management, 18 February 2011
AFI 21-101, Aircraft and Equipment Maintenance Management, 26 July 2010
AFI 21-201, Conventional Munitions Maintenance Management, 11 December 2009
AFI 21-204, Nuclear Weapons Maintenance Procedures, 30 November 2009
AFI 23-101, Materiel Management, 30 June 2013
AFI 23-111, Management of Government Property in Possession of the Air Force, 7 January
2011
AFI 24-101, Passenger Movement, 19 October 2012
AFI 24-203, Preparation and Movement of Air Force Cargo, 2 November 2010
AFI 24-230, Maintaining Air Force DoD Activity Address Codes (DODAAC), 20 February 2009
AFI 25-101, War Reserve Materiel (WRM) Program Guidance and Procedures, 2 May 2005
AFI 31-101, Integrated Defense, (FOUO), 8 October 2009
AFI 31-117, Arming and Use of Force by Air Force Personnel, 29 June 2012
AFI 31-401, Information Security Program Management,1 November 2005
AFI 32-7086, Hazardous Materiel Management, 1 November 2004
AFI 33-112, Information Technology Hardware Asset Management, 7 January 2011
AFI 33-364, Records DispositionProcedures and Responsibilities,22 December 2006
AFI 34-270, Air Force Library and Information System (AFLIS), 23 June 2005
AFI 34-1201, Protocol, 25 January 2013
AFI 35-109, Visual Information, 12 March 2010
AFI 36-2306, Voluntary Education Program, 13 August 2010
AFI 36-2605, Air Force Military Personnel Testing System, 24 September 2008
AFI 36-2805, Special Trophies and Awards, 29 June 2001
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 261
AFI 38-401, The Air Force Innovative Development through Employee Awareness (IDEA)
Program, 21 November 2007
AFI 40-201, Managing Radioactive Materials in the US Air Force, 16 March 2011
AFI 41-209, Medical Logistics Support, 30 June 2006
AFI 51-105, Automated Legal Information Services and Library System, 16 April 2010
AFI 52-101, Planning and Organizing,10 May 2005
AFI 64-117, Air Force Government-Wide Purchase Card (GPC) Program, 20 September 2011
AFI 65-501, Economic Analysis, 10 November 2004
AFI 65-601, (Vol 1) Budget Guidance and Procedures, 16 August 2012
AFI 65-603, Official Representation Funds, 24 August 2011
AFI 84-103, USAF Heritage Program, 27 October 2004
AFI 90-301, The Inspector General Complaints Resolution, 23 August 2011
AFJI 16-401, Designating and Naming Defense Military Aerospace Vehicles, 14 April 2005.
AFMAN 23-122, Materiel Management Procedures, 30 June 2013
AFMAN 24-206_IP, Packaging of Materiel, 12 January 2004
AFMAN 33-363, Management of Records, 1 March 2008.
AFMAN 36-2227, Vol 1, Combat Arms Training Programs Individual Use Weapons, 21 May
2004
AFPD 10-35, Battlefield Airmen, 4 February 2005
AFPD 16-4, Accounting for Units, Installations, and Aerospace Vehicles, 7 September 1993
AFPD 16-7, Special Access Programs,29 December 2010
AFPD 16-8, Arming of Aircrew, Mobility, and Overseas Personnel, 18 May 1993
AFPD 23-1, Materiel Management, 10 March 2006
AFPD 25-2, Support Agreements, 12 October 2012
AFPD 65-1, Management of Financial Services, 1 July 1996
AFJMAN 23-209, Storage and Handling of Hazardous Materials, 13 January 1999
AFJMAN 23-215, Reporting of Supply Discrepancies, 6 August 2001
CJCSI 4110.01D, Joint Materiel Priorities and Allocation, 13 March 2009
DFASDE 7077.10-M, Standard Base Supply System User’s Manual, 1 June 2010
DLA Handbook
DLM 4000.25, Defense Logistics Management System (DLMS), 5 June 2012
DLM 4000.25, Vol 2, Supply Standards and Procedures, 13 June 2013
DLM 4000.25, Vol 6, Logistics Systems Interoperability Support Services, 5 June 2012
262 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
DLM 4000.25, Vol 7, Contract Administration, 24 April 2012
DLM 4000.25-1, Military Standard Requisition and Issue Procedures (MILSTRIP), 13 June
2012
DLM 4000.25-2, Military Standard Transaction Reporting and Accounting Procedures
(MILSTRAP), 13 June 2012
DLM 4000.25-5, Military Standard Contract Administration Procedures (MILSCAP), 17 Feb
1999
DoD 4100.39-M, Federal Logistics Information System (FLIS) Procedures Manual, Varies by
Volume
DoD 4140.1-R, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Regulation, 23 May 2003
DoD 4140.26-M, DoD Integrated Materiel Management (IMM) for Consumable Items:
Operating Procedures for Item Management Coding (IMC), 24 September 2010
DoD 4140.27-M, Shelf-Life Item Management Manual, 5 May 2003
DoD 4160.21-M, Defense Materiel Disposition Manual, 18 August 1997
DoD 4160.28-M-V2, Defense Demilitarization Manual, 7 June 2011
DoD 4500.9-R, Defense Transportation Regulation, June 2008
DoDM 5100.76, Physical Security of Sensitive Conventional Arms, Ammunition, and Explosives
(AA&E), 17 April 2012
DoD 5200.1-R, DoD Information Security Program, January 1997
DoDI 3110.05, Readiness-based Materiel Condition Reporting for Mission-Essential Systems
and Equipment, 25 September 2006
DoDI 4140.58, National Guard and Reserve Equipment Report (NGRER), 8 January 2010
DoDI 8320.04, Item Unique Identification Standards for Tangible Personal Property, 16 June
2008
TO 00-20-2, Maintenance Data Documentation, 1 September 2010
TO 00-20-3, Maintenance Processing of Reparable Property and Repair Cycle Asset Control
System, 2 February 2009
TO 00-20-14, Air Force Metrology and Calibration Program, 20 October 2007
TO 00-20K-1, Aerospace Equipment Maintenance Inspection, Documentation, Policy and
Procedures, 15 June 2011
TO 00-25-195, Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability Coding of Air Force Weapons,
Systems, and Equipment,1 October 2012
TO 00-35D-54, USAF Deficiency Reporting, Investigation, and Resolution, 21 October 2009
TO 42B5-1-2, Gas Cylinders (Storage Type) Use, Handling, and Maintenance, 15 May 2006,
FED-STD 313B, Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), Preparation and Submission of, 14 April
1983
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 263
FED-STD-313D, Material Safety Data, Transportation Data, And Disposal Data, For
Hazardous Materials Furnished To Government Activities, April 3, 1996
MIL-STD-129, Military Marking for Shipment and Storage, 19 September 2007
MIL-STD-130, Identification Marking of U.S. Military Property, 17 December 2007
Adopted Forms
AETC Form 120/120A, Training/Field Training Equipment List
AF Form 9, Request for Purchase
AF Form 15, USAF Invoice
AF Form 86, Request for Cataloging Data/Action
AF Form 332, Base Civil Engineer Work Request
AF Form 538, Personal Clothing and Equipment Record
AF Form 601, Equipment Action Request
AF Form 636, Systems Change Release Document
AF Form 847, Recommendation for Change of Publication
AF Form 1297, Temporary Issue Receipt
AF Form 1445, Materials and Equipment List
AF Form 1815, Difficulty Report (DIREP) Worksheet
AF Form 2005, Issue/Turn-In Request
AF Form 2006, Tape Utilization Log
AF Form 2011, Base Supply ADPE Work Request
AFTO Form 22, Technical Manual (TM) Change Recommendation And Reply
AFTO Form 95, Significant Historical Data
AFTO Form 102, Munitions Inspection Document
AFTO Form 135, Industrial Radiography Safety Checklist
AFTO Form 375, Selected Support Equipment Repair Cost Estimate
DD Form 114, Military Pay Order
DD Form 200, Financial Liability Investigation of Property Loss
DD Form 250, Material Inspection and Receiving Report
DD Form 250-1, Material Inspection and Receiving Report, Tanker/Barge
DD Form 361, Transportation Discrepancy Report (TDR)
DD Form 362, Statement of Charges/Cash Collection Voucher
DD Form 780, Aircraft Inventory Record
264 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
DD Form 1131, Cash Collection Voucher
DD Form 1150, Request for Issue or Turn-In
DD Form 1342, DoD Property Record
DD Form 1348-1, DoD Single Line Item Release/Receipt Document
DD Form 1348-1A, Issue Release/Receipt Document
DD Form 1348-6, Single Line Item Requisition System Document, DoD (Manual - Long Form)
DD Form 1387-2, Special Handling Data/Certification
DD Form 1392, Data Message Form
DD Form 1574, Serviceable Tag Materiel
DD Form 1743, Military Dog Death Certificate
DD Form 1745, Animal Euthanasia
DD Form 2875, System Authorization Access Report (SAAR)
JLC Form 17, Nonconsumable Item Materiel Support Request (NIMSR)
OHSA Form 174, Material Safety Data Sheet
SF 344, Mulituse Standard Requisitioning/Issue System Document
SF 364, Report of Discrepancy (ROD)
Abbreviations and Acronyms
1LMIntermediate Level Maintenance
2LMTwo-Level Maintenance
AACAcquisition Advice Code
AAFESArmy and Air Force Exchange Service
AAOApproved acquisition objective
ACCAir Combat Command
ACHAdvanced Combat Helmet
ACOAdministrative Contracting Officer
ACSAAcquisition and Cross Servicing Agreements
AEFAerospace Expeditionary Force
AETCAir Education and Training Command
AFAir Force
AF/A4/7Air Force Logistics, Installations & Mission Support
AF/A4LAir Force Directorate of Logistics
AF/A4LEMateriel Support Division
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 265
AF/A4LMMaintenance Division
AF/A4LRLogistics Readiness Division
AFGSCAir Force Global Strike Command
AFIAir Force Instruction
AFIAAAir Force Intelligence Analysis Agency
AFITAir Force Institute of Technology
AFLRBAF Logistics Readiness Board
AFMCAir Force Materiel Command
AFMMCABAir Force Supply Chiefs Advisory Board
AFMMWGAir Force Materiel Management Working Group
AFNICAir Force Network Integration Center
AFSCAir Force Specialty Code
AFSOCAir Force Special Operations Command
AFSPBPAir Force Spare Parts Breakout Program
AFSPCAir Force Space Command
AGMAir-To-Ground Missile
AIMAir Interceptor Missile
AITAutomatic Identification Technology
ALCAir Logistics Complex
ALTAdministrative Lead Time
AMCAir Mobility Command; Acquisition Method Code
AMSCAcquisition Method Suffix Code
ANGAir National Guard
AOAccountable Officer
AORArea of Responsibility; Accumulated Operating Result
APSAircraft Parts Store
ASLAdjusted Stock Level
ASMAircraft Sustainability Model
AS/RSAutomated Storage/Retrieval System
AUAir University
AWPAwaiting Parts
BABudget Authority
266 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
BCBudget Code
BESBudget Estimate Submission
BNCCBase Network Control Center
BOCRBusiness Overhead Cost Recovery
BOIBasis of Issue
BPBudget Program
CACost Authority (AKA Obligation Authority)
CA/CRLCustomer Authorization/Custody Receipt Listings
CAGECommercial and Government Entity
CASCombat Ammunition System
CDMContract Depot Maintenance
CDMPCContract Depot Maintenance Production Cost
C-ECommunications-Electronics
C-SAGConsolidated-Sustainment Activity Group
C-ICPContractor Inventory Control Point
CWDEChemical Warfare Defense Equipment
CEMOCommand Equipment Management Office
CFMCareer Field Manager
CFSContractor Field Service
CHPMSKContingency High Priority Mission Support Kit
CIICControlled Item Inventory Code
CLSContractor Logistics Support
CLSSACooperative Logistics Supply Support Agreement
CMDCatalog Management Data
COBContingency Operating Base
COLTCustomer-Oriented Leveling Technique
CONOPSConcept of Operations
COOPContinuity of Operations
COPARSContractor Operated Parts Store
COSISCare of Supplies in Storage
CPFHCost Per Flying Hour
CRFConsolidated Repair Facility
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 267
CRSContingency Retention Stock
CSAFChief of Staff of the Air Force
CSAGConsolidated Sustainment Activity Group
CSAG-SSupply division of CSAG (CSAG also has a Maintenance division)
CSAG-MMaintenance division of CSAG
CSBComputer Support Base
CSWSWGContractor Supported Weapon Systems Working Group
CTControl Team
CTCControl Team Chief
CTICContractor Technical Information Codes
DDRDaily Demand Rate
DFASDefense Finance and Accounting System
DIFMDue-In From Maintenance
DIIPDefense Inactive Item Program
DISADefense Information Systems Agency
DLADefense Logistics Agency
DLRDepot Level Reparable
DLMDepot Level Maintenance
DOLDDate of Last Demand
DoDDepartment of Defense
DoDDDepartment of Defense Directive
DoDIDepartment of Defense Instruction
DoDMDepartment of Defense Manual
DPEMDepot Procured Equipment Maintenance
DWCFDefense Working Capital Fund
EAEEquipment Accountable Element
EISPEnd Item Sales Price
E-MALLElectronic Mall
EOQEconomic Order Quantity
EPWGAir Force Equipment Policy Working Group
ERAAEquipment Review Authorization Activity
ERRCExpendability, Recoverability, Reparability Category
268 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
ERRCDExpendability, Recoverability, Reparability Category Designator
ERSEconomic Retention Stock
ESEquipment Specialist
ESAEngineering Support Activity
ESCElectronic System Center
ESDElectro-Static Devices
FCFund Code
FIXForced Record Change
FMSForeign Military Sales
FOBFound on Base
FSCFederal Supply Class and/or Flight Service Center
FSLForward Supply Location
FSSForward Supply System
FUPForecast Unit Price
G-ICPGovernment-Inventory Control Point
GFEGovernment Furnished Equipment
GFMGovernment Furnished Materiel
GSAGeneral Services Administration
GSDGeneral Support Division
GSLGeographically Separated Location
HAZMATHazardous Material
HPMSKHigh Priority Mission Support Kit
HQHeadquarters
HTAHigh Threat Area
HTSAHost-Tenant Support Agreement
IBAIndividual Body Armor
I&SInterchangeability and Substitutability
I&SGInterchangeable and Substitution Group
ICPInventory Control Point
ICSInterim Contractor Support
IEEIndividual Equipment Element
IIRPImproved Item Replacement Program
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 269
ILS-SIntegrated Logistics Support-Supply
IMWRPItem Manager Wholesale Requisition Process
IMItem Manager
IMSInventory Management Specialist
IMWRPItem Manager Wholesale Requisition Process
INSInsurance
IPAIntransit Property Area
IPEIndividual Protective Equipment; Industrial Plant Equipment
IRSPIn-Place Readiness Spares Package
ISSPInterservice supply Support Procedures
ITInformation Technology
IUIDItem Unique Identification
JALCJoint Aeronautical Logistics Commanders
JCSJoint Chief of Staff
LACLatest Acquisition Cost
LDLLow Density Level
LGRMMateriel Management Flight
LIMFACLimiting Factor
LMCALogistics Materiel Control Activity
LRCLatest Repair Cost
LRSLogistics Readiness Squadron
LRULine Replaceable Unit
LSCLogistics Support Center
LSSLife Systems Stock
LTALow Threat Area
MAJCOMMajor Command
MARSMilitary Affiliate Radio System
MCDMission Change Data
MCRMateriel Cost Recovery
MEFPAKManpower & Equipment Force Packaging
MICMission Impact Code
MICAPMission Capable
270 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
MIICSMaster Item Identification Control System
MILSTRIPMilitary Standard Requisition and Issue Procedures
MISTRManagement of Items Subject to Repair
MMACMateriel Management Aggregation Code
MMHSMechanized Materiel Handling System
MOAMemorandum of Agreement
MOUMemorandum of Understanding
MRSPMobility Readiness Spare Package
MRUMinimum Replacement Unit
MSGMission Support Group
MSKMobility Spare Kit
MTAMedium Threat Area
MTBFMean Time Between Failure
MUPMark-Up Price
MWDMilitary Working Dog
MXMaintenance
NAFNumbered Air Force; Non-Appropriated Fund
NASANational Aeronautics and Space Administration
NATONorth Atlantic Treaty Organization
NCONon-Commissioned Officer
NEMVACNoncombatant Emergency & Evacuation Plan
NEONoncombatant Evacuation Operations
NOPNon-optimized
NRTSNot Reparable This Station
NSLNon-Stock Listed
NSNNational Stock Number
NSONumeric Stockage Objective NWRMNuclear Weapons-Related Materiel
NWRMNuclear Weapons-Related Materiel
O&MOperation and Maintenance
O&STOrder & Shipping Time
OCOperations Compliance
OCCROrganization Cost Center Record
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 271
OICOfficer In Charge
OIMOrganizational Intermediate Maintenance
OOBOperations Operating Budget
OPROffice of Primary Responsibility
PACAFPacific Air Forces
PBRProgram Budget Review
PBLPerformance Based Logistics
PCCNProvisioning Contract Control Number
PCOProcuring Contracting Officer
PAProgram Authority
PB—President’s Budget
PBRProgram Budget Review
PDProgram Document
PDLProactive Demand Leveling
PEOProgram Executive Office
PICAPrimary Inventory Control Activity
PMAIPrimary Mission Aircraft Inventory
PMICPrecious Metals Indicator Code
PMOProgram Management Office
PMRPPrecious Metals Recovery Program
POMProgram Objective Memorandum
POSPeacetime Operating Stock
POWPrisoner Of War
PPBSPlanning, Programming, & Budgeting System
PPLProvisioning Parts List
PRPotential reutilization
QAQuality Assurance
QAEQuality Assurance Evaluator
QDRQuality Deficiency Report
RBLReadiness Based Level
RCDLRepair Cycle Demand Level
RDORedistribution Order
272 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
REALMRequirements/Execution Availability Logistics Module
REMRegistered Equipment Management
RFIDRadio Frequency Identification
RIDRouting Identifier
RIIDRequirements Item Identification Data
RIMCSReparable Item Movement Control System
RORequisitioning Objective
ROPReorder Point
RSPReadiness Spares Package
SA/LWSmall Arms/Light Weapons
SASStorage Aid System
SBSSStandard Base Supply System
SCMSupply Chain Management
SDRShipment Discrepancy Report
SECAFSecretary of the Air Force
SICASecondary Inventory Control Activity
SMSingle Manager
SMAGSupply Management Activity Group
SNUDStock Number User Directory
SOOSatellite Operations Officer
SORTSStatus of Resources and Training Systems
SOSSource of Supply
SOWStatement of Work
SPCStockage Priority Code
SPFSingle Point Failure
PMProgram Manager
SRASpecialized-Repair Activities
SPRAMSpecial Purpose Recoverable Authorized Maintenance
SPRSSpares Priority Release Sequence
SRDStandard Reporting Designator
SSMSystem Support Manager
STRSystem Transaction Recovery
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 273
TACRAllowance Change Request (equipment transaction)
TCMTechnical Content Manager
TCTOTime Compliance Technical Order
TMDETest, Measurement, & Diagnostic Equipment
TOTechnical Order
TRNTurnaround
TSPTransition Support Plan
UCCUnit Control Center
UDMUnit Deployment Manager
UIIUnique Item Identifier
UJCUrgency Justification Code
USDUnder Secretary of Defense
WCDOWartime Consumable Distribution Objective
WCFWorking Capital Fund
WRMWar Reserve Materiel
WRMMWar Reserve materiel manager
WRMPMWar Reserve Materiel Program Manager
WSASWeapon System Allowance Standard
WSGCWeapon System Group Code
WSSPWeapon System Support Program
ZOPZero Overpricing Program (now called the Price Challenge & Verification Program)
274 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
Attachment 2
UPDATED TERMS FOR AF SUPPLY CHAIN SUPPORT
A2.1. This Attachment provides updated terms for AF Supply Chain Support. See Table A2.1
Table A2.1. Updated Terms for AF Supply Chain Support.
New/Current terms
1
Old terms
1
AFMC Air Logistics
Complexes
Air Logistics Centers (ALCs), OC-ALC,
OO-ALC, WR- ALC (obsolete SA-ALC
and SM-ALC)
2
AFMC Allowance Standard
Activity
(AFGLSC Air Force Equipment
Allowance Division), WR-ALC/LETA
3
AFMC Cataloging Activity
(AFGLSC 401
SCMS/GUMB, Item
Identification Flight)
4
AFMC Centralized Asset
Management, (AFMC/A4F)
same/no change
5
AFMC Consolidated Mobility
Bag Activity
(Consolidated Mobility Bag Control
Center CMBCC) AFGLSC 401
SCMS/GUMG
6
AFMC Cryptological System
Activity
Cryptologic Systems Division (CPSD) or
HQ Cryptologic Systems Group (CPSG)
7
AFMC Aerospace
Maintenance and
Regeneration Activity
Aerospace Maintenance and
Regeneration
Group (AMARG) or Center (AMARC)
8
AFMC SA/LW Serialized
Control Activity.
AFMC. Note: 3
AFGLSC -575 Combat Sustainment
Squadron CBSS)
AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013 275
9
AFMC Computer
Operations Activity
AFMC. Note: 3
AFGLSC Computer Operations Element
or GLSC Systems Flight (RPS Console
Operator)
10
AFMC Contingency
Operation Activity
AFMC. Note: 3
(AFGLSC) Functions--Kit movement
& transfers 635 SCOW
11
AFMC Equipment
Activity
AFMC. Note: 3
(AFGLSC) [Equipment
Responsibilities] 635 SCOW)
12
AFMC Information
Technology Activity
AFMC Note: 3
HQ 754
th
Electronics Systems
Group (ELSG)/ILSSO, DOMH, DOYH,
LGSPC, LRE, Field Assistance Branch,
Quality Assurance, control room, Supply
Control Center, or Test Director;
ESC/HGGG; etc. -
13
AFMC Quality Assurance
Activity
AFMC. Note: 3
(AFGLSC) Functions-- Compliance
inspections, proof FIX requests, SBSS
release testings, stock screenings; C2 for
degraded ops
14
AFMC Records Maintenance
Activity
AFMC. Note: 3
AFGLSC Records Maintenance (635
SCOW)
276 AFH23-123 8 AUGUST 2013
15
AFMC Stock Control Activity
AFMC. Note: 3
AFGLSC Stock Control (635 SCOW)
16
AFMC Weapons System
Support Activity
AFMC. Note: 3
AFGLSC (635 SCOW)
17
AFMC Security Assistance
Activity
AF Security Assistance Center (AFSAC)
18
AFMC TRAP Activity
Air Armament Center (AAC)
19
AFMC Uniform Office
Aeronautical Systems Center (ASC)
20
NWRM Transaction Control
Cell (NTCC)
same/no change
21
Support Equipment (SE)
Functional Activity
AFGLSC (405 SCMS/GULA)
Notes
1. These are identification of functions within AFMC and should be considered as
that and not organizations. Their identification provides users a means to identify
what areas within AFMC need to be addressed with regard to a given subject.
2. Air Force Materiel Command (AFMC). In some cases this term is used
without a specific activity identified. In these cases it covers multiple activities.
Contact AFMC/A4RM.
3. References throughout to “AFMC SCM-R Activity” are hereby changed to
“AFMC”.
3.